Skip to main content

Medium Term Financial Plan 2013 – 2015

This content has been automatically generated from the original PDF and some formatting may have been lost. Let us know if you find any major problems.

Text in this format is not official and should not be relied upon to extract citations or propose amendments. Please see the PDF for the official version of the document.

MEDIUM TERM  FINANCIAL PLAN 2013-2015

Council of Ministers

I.J. Gorst  Senator  Chief Minister

B.I. Le Marquand  Senator  Home Affairs and Deputy Chief Minister P.F.C. Ozouf  Senator  Treasury and Resources

A.J.H. Maclean  Senator  Economic Development

P.J.D. Ryan   Deputy  Education, Sport and Culture

A.E. Pryke   Deputy  Health and Social Services

A.K.F. Green M.B.E.   Deputy  Housing

R.C. Duhamel   Deputy  Planning and Environment F. du H. Le Gresley  Senator  Social Security K.C. Lewis   Deputy  Transport and Technical Services

J.D. Richardson  Chief Executive

L.J. Rowley  Treasurer of the States

Draft Medium Term Financial Plan 2013 – 2015

Proposition

The States are asked to decide whether they are of opinion: to receive the draft Medium Term Financial Plan 2013-2015 and, in accordance with the provisions of Article 8 of the Public Finances (Jersey) Law 2005

  1. to approve the intended total amount of States income for each of the financial years 2013 to 2015 as set out in Summary Table A.
  2. to approve the total amount of States net expenditure for each of the financial years 2013 to 2015 as set out in Summary Table A.
  3. to approve the following amounts (not exceeding in the aggregate the total amount set out in paragraph (b) above)
  1. the appropriation of an amount to a revenue head of expenditure for each States funded body (other than the States trading operations) being the body s total revenue expenditure less its estimated income for each of the financial years 2013 to 2015 as set out in Summary Table B, with, in relation to the head of expenditure of the Health and Social Services Department, the approval of £2,000,000 in 2013, £6,000,000 in 2014 and £6,000,000 in 2015 dependent, in accordance with the provisions of Article 16(4) of the Public Finances (Jersey) Law 2005, on the approval by the States of the transfer of these sums from the Health Insurance Fund to the Health and Social Services Department.
  2. the amount to be allocated for Contingency expenditure for each of the years 2013 to 2015 as set out in Summary Table C.
  3. the total amount, as set out in Summary Table D, that, in the Budget for the financial years 2013 to 2015, may be appropriated to capital heads of expenditure, being an amount that is net of any proposed capital receipts and other funding to be used

for capital projects to which the amount may be appropriated, with £8,500,000 of

the 2013 allocation, £4,743,000 of the 2014 allocation and £1,757,000 of the 2015 allocation dependent upon the approval by the States of the redemption of the States 9% Preference Shares in the JT Group Ltd. as set out in paragraph (f).

  1. to approve the following, as set out in Summary Table F, in respect of each States trading operation for the financial years 2013 to 2015
  1. its estimated income.
  2. its estimated expenditure.
  3. its estimated minimum contribution to be made to the Consolidated Fund.
  1. to approve, in respect of each States trading operation, the total cost of the capital projects that each is scheduled to start during the financial years 2013 to 2015 as set out in Summary Table G.

DRAFT MEDIUM TERM FINANCIAL PLAN 2013 2015

  1. to approve, in accordance with Article 32(5)(a) of the Telecommunications (Jersey) Law 2002, the disposal by way of redemption of the States 9% Preference Shares in the JT Group Ltd with the redemption value of £20 million being applied, £15 million to the Capital Programme for 2013 to 2015 and the balance of £5 million for Economic Development Department to provide funding for the proposed Innovation Fund.

Note 1: The Medium Term Financial Plan seeks approval for the amount of capital expenditure in 2013, 2014 and 2015 for each year in total. The approval for the allocation of the capital to individual capital schemes will be sought for each year in the Budget report to the States. The capital schemes for 2013, 2014 and 2015 are therefore indicative and may change according to the needs at the time.

Note 2: The Medium Term Financial Plan assumes that funding of substantial elements of the forward capital programme for both the Housing Department and the Airport and Harbours Trading Operations will be funded from capital receipts, borrowing and other funding sources. Some of these funding sources rely upon the Housing and Ports Authority Incorporations and if these were not successful, or were delayed, the States is likely to have to identify some alternative means of funding.

DRAFT MEDIUM TERM FINANCIAL PLAN 2013 2015

Contents

FOREWORD EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

INTRODUCTION TO MEDIUM TERM FINANCIAL PLAN 2013 – 2015

States Of Jersey

Inspiring Confidence In Jersey s Future

Medium Term Financial Plan 2013 to 2015  26 Introduction  26

Financial and Economic Background

to the Medium Term Financial Plan 2013  26

Three-Part Plan 2011 to 2013

Part One: Cutting spending through the CSR  27 Part Two: Economic Growth  28 Part Three: Raising taxes through the Fiscal Strategy Review (FSR)  29

Current Position on Delivering Against

the Three-Part Plan for 2011 to 2013  29

RESOURCE PRINCIPLES:

BALANCING TAXATION AND SPENDING

Spending  34 Resource Principles: Taxation  35

DEVELOPMENT OF THE MEDIUM TERM FINANCIAL PLAN 2013 - 2015

The Medium Term Financial Plan Process: December 2011 to July 2012  38

LOOKING AHEAD: THE FINANCIAL FORECAST FOR 2012 - 2015

Looking Ahead 2013-2015  42

LOOKING AHEAD:

CARRY FORWARD FUNDING

Carry forward funding for 2012  52

LOOKING AHEAD: GROWTH COMMITMENTS FROM 2012 BUSINESS PLAN

Commitments from 2012 Business Plan  60

LOOKING AHEAD:

NEW BIDS FOR GROWTH

Looking Ahead 2013-2015: New Bids for Growth  66

LOOKING AHEAD:

OTHER PRESSURES AFFECTING THE DEFICIT

Introduction  90 Back to Work and Employment Initiatives  90 Funding of the Education CSR Shortfall  92 Provision for Early Repayment of the PECRS Pre 1987 debt  92 Pay and Terms and Conditions  93

LOOKING AHEAD:

BALANCED BUDGET MEASURES AND APPROACHES TO MAKING BUDGET REDUCTIONS

Looking Ahead 2013-2015:

Measures to Balance Budgets and

Approaches to Making Budget Reductions  98 Budget Reductions: Approach One   99 Reducing revenue expenditure equally across all departments  99 Budget Reductions: Approach Two  102 Budget Reductions: Approach Three  105 Budget Reductions: Approach Four  105 Budget Reduction: Approach Five  106 Other Measures to balance the budget  107

LOOKING AHEAD:

MANAGING THE BALANCE SHEET

Looking Ahead:

Managing The Balance Sheet  112 Impact of Incorporation Projects on the Balance Sheet  113 Housing Department  113 Harbours and Airports  114 States Investment Strategy  115

LOOKING AHEAD:

CENTRAL BUDGETS, CONTINGENCIES AND GROWTH ALLOCATIONS

Looking Ahead:

Central budgets, contingencies

and growth allocations  122 Introduction  122 Central Pay Provision  123 Central Restructuring Provision  123 Central Contingencies  123

LOOKING AHEAD: CAPITAL PROGRAMME 2013-2015

Looking Ahead:

Capital Programme 2013-2015  128 Challenges  128

LOOKING AHEAD:

LONG TERM CAPITAL PLANINDICATIVE PLANS FOR 2012 - 2032

Looking Ahead:

Long Term Capital Plan

Indicative Plans for 2012 to 2032  140

SUMMARY TABLES: FOR PROPOSITION

APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES

Index to Supplementary Notes  156

APPENDIX ONE: STATES INCOME

Supplementary Note 1 Income Tax: Overview  160 What drives the level of Income Tax income?  160

Supplementary Note 2

Income Tax Forecast Note March 2012  166 Executive summary  166 Appendix 1: Background to income tax forecasting  178 Appendix 2: An explanation for the forecast change in yield  179 Appendix 3: Economic assumptions and an explanation  181 Appendix 4: Forecasts by schedule, £million  184 Appendix 5: Exemptions, allowances and reliefs part of the model  186 Appendix 6: Schedule C detail  195 Supplementary Note 3  196

Supplementary Note 4  199 Supplementary Note 5  203 Supplementary Note 6  209 Supplementary Note 7  210 Supplementary Note 8  216

APPENDIX TWO: DIVIDEND POLICY FOR STRATEGIC INVESTMENTS

Appendix Two -

Dividend Policy for Strategic Investments  222

APPENDIX THREE:

CARRY FORWARD REPORT 2011/2012

Appendix Three Carry Forward Report 2011/2012  228 Treasury and Resources Report  228 2011 year end carry forwards  228

APPENDIX FOUR: INDICATIVE LONG TERM

CAPITAL PLAN: 2012 - 2032

Appendix Four  248

APPENDIX FIVE:

OFFICE ESTATE RATIONALISATION

Appendix Five Office Estate Rationalisation  286

APPENDIX SIX:

HOUSING DEPARTMENT AND THE HOUSING TRANSFORMATION PROJECT

Appendix Six Housing Department

and the Housing Transformation Project  294

APPENDIX SEVEN:

PROPOSALS FOR PORTS INTEGRATION AND INCORPORATION

Appendix Seven: Proposals for

Ports Integration & Incorporation  300

APPENDIX EIGHT: MTFP ASSUMPTIONS

Appendix Eight Mtfp Assumptions  304

APPENDIX NINE:

STATES INVESTMENT STRATEGY

Appendix Nine:

Investment Strategies - Introduction  308 Introduction  308 Overarching Strategies  308 States Major Funds  309 Pension Funds  309 Special Funds  310 Trust And Bequest Funds  310 States Of Jersey Common Investment Fund  311 Types of Alternative Investments  311 Appendices Contents Page  314 Overarching Investment Policies  315 AP1: Ethical Investment Strategy  315 AP2: Governance Arrangements (relates to all except Pension Funds)  316 States Of Jersey Major Funds  318 AP3: Strategic Reserve Fund Investment Strategy  318 Ap4: Stabilisation Fund Investment Strategy  320

Ap5: Social Security (Reserve)

Fund Investment Strategy  321 AP6: Health Insurance Fund Investment Strategy  323 AP7: Consolidated Fund Investment Strategy  324

AP8: Currency Notes

And Coins Funds Investment Strategies  326 AP9: Pension Funds and Their Investment Strategies  327 Special Funds  329

AP10: Tourism Development Fund

(TDF) Investment Strategy  330 AP11: Channel Islands Lottery (Jersey) Fund Investment Strategy  333

AP12: Dwelling-Houses Loan Fund

Investment Strategy  336 Trust & Bequest Funds  339

AP13: Estate Of A A Rayner

Fund Investment Strategy  340 AP14: The Rivington Travelling Scholarship Investment Strategy  343 AP15: Estate Of H E Le Seelleur Investment Strategy  346 AP16: Estate Of E J Bailhache Investment Strategy  349

AP17: Le Don De Faye Trust Fund

Investment Strategy  352 AP18: Greville Bathe Fund Investment Strategy  356

AP19: Estate Of A H Ferguson

Bequest Investment Strategy  360

AP20: Ecology Fund Investment Strategy  363

AP21: The Lord Portsea

Gift Fund Investment Strategy  366 AP22: Other Funds and Their Investment Strategies  370

AP23: States Of Jersey

Common Investment Fund Strategies  371

APPENDIX TEN:

PROPOSED REDEMPTION OF ALL

JT GROUP LIMITED 9% CUMULATIVE PREFERENCE SHARES

Appendix Ten  380 Proposed redemption of all of JT Group limited s 9% cumulative preference shares and the

proposed use of these additional funds  380

APPENDIX ELEVEN:

LONG TERM TAX POLICY FOR JERSEY

Appendix Eleven -

Long Term Tax Policy for Jersey  390

Contents – Table of Figures

Figure 1A - States Actual Income v Budget  29 Figure 1B Comparison of States Income and Expenditure  30 Figure 1C Financial position 2002 2015  31 Figure 1D Stabilisation Fund movements 2009-2012  31 Figure 2 Summary of the MTFP forecast (JUly 2012)  42 Figure 3 Income Tax for the period 2002 to 2015  44 Figure 4 Income Tax forecast  44 Figure 5 Income Tax sensitivity Analysis Summary  45 Figure 6 MTFP FORECAST OF STATES INCOME  46 Figure 7 MTFP Proposals States Expenditure Limits  47 Figure 8 MTFP Proposals States Expenditure Limits by Department  49 Figure 9 Carry Forward Funding from 2011 to 2012: supporting strategic priorities  53 Figure 10 Commitments from 2012 Business Plan: Supporting strategic priorities  60 Figure 11 Original Bids for Growth for Departments  66 Figure 12 MTFP Proposals for funding of Growth Bids  67 Figure 13 MTFP Proposals for Funding of Growth Bids (For Departments)  68 Figure 14 Proposed Low Priority Bids Not Funded  83 Figure 15 Back To Work And Employment Initiatives  90 Figure 16 Summary of Revised Education CSR Savings shortfall  92 Figure 17 Additional Funding Required for July 2012 Employer Offer  94 Figure 19 - Net Revenue Expenditure An illustration of a 1.5% Target against Departments  100 Figure 20 Summary Of Budget Reduction Measures That Cut Cost Or Increase Income  102 Figure 21 - Income From Outside The Island  105 Figure 22 - full cost recovery for services provided to the private sector  105 Figure 23 - Planned Use Of Contingencies  108 Figure 24 - Use Of Carry Forwards  108 Figure 27 - Summary Of Housing Department Balance Sheet  114 Figure 28 - Summary Of Harbours And Airport Balance Sheet  115 Figure 29 States Major Funds: Summary of Investment Strategy  115 Figure 30 - Summary of Key Reserves  117 Figure 31 Forecast of Pre-1987 Debt Repayments  119 Figure 32 Base Assumptions and Medium Term Financial Plan proposals  122 Figure 33 Capital Programme 2013 2015 Summary Table  129 Figure 34 Capital Programme 2013 - 2015: Detail of Proposed Projects  130 Figure 35 Capital Expenditure Plans by Department: 2012 - 2032  140 Figure 36 Indicative Funding Sources for Capital Expenditure Plans 2012 2032  141

CONTENTS TABLE OF FIGURES PAGE 8

Contents – Summary Tables

Summary Table A Summary of States Income and Expenditure  144 Summary Table B States Net revenue Expenditure Allocations 2013-2015  145

Summary Table B1 - States Revenue Expenditure And Income

Allocations 2013 - 2015  146

Summary Table C Summary of Central Contingency

Allocations 2013-2015  147 Summary Table D Capital Expenditure Programme 2013-2015  148 Summary Table E Summary of Capital Projects for 2013-2015  149 Summary Table E (cont d) Summary of Capital Projects for 2013-2015  150

Summary Table F Income and Expenditure of States

Trading Operations 2013 to 2015  151 Summary Table G Proposed Capital Programme for States

Trading Operations 2013 to 2015  152 Summary Table H Consolidated Fund 2012 to 2015 for the

Medium Term Financial Plan  153

PAGE 9 CONTENTS SUMMARY TABLES

FOREWORD

Chief Ministers Foreword

Jersey, like many places, is facing challenging economic times in an increasingly competitive global environment.

In the past three years we have made a number of difficult decisions to keep the Island on a sound financial footing. Whilst our economy has been affected by the global downturn, we now have the security of strong foundations from which to navigate a prolonged recovery period.

The Strategic Plan Inspiring Confidence in Jersey s Future was approved by the States in May 2012, designed to steer the Island through these difficult times, ensuring every section of our community can play its part in building a successful future.

Our Strategic Plan highlighted the many of the issues Islanders told us are important to them and their families population, health, education, jobs and using taxpayers money wisely to support our economy. Our vision for Jersey s future was summed up in seven key priorities, which are:

  1. Getting people into work.
  2. Housing our community.
  3. Promoting family and community values.
  4. Reforming government and public service.
  5. Managing population growth/immigration.
  6. Reforming health and social services.
  7. Introducing sustainable long-term planning.

This Medium Term Financial Plan is an important next step in Jersey s sustainable long-term planning and will provide a foundation for our future. Developing medium and long term financial plans to deal with taxation and funding strategies for long-term capital and revenue expenditure is vital in meeting the challenges of the economic downturn and the ageing population.

I wanted the Strategic Plan to form the basis of a partnership between government and

the people of Jersey for the benefit of everyone in our community. Now, this Medium Term Financial Plan will ensure that we have the financial ability to achieve the goals of the Strategic Plan over the next three years. It is a change in the way that we do things with a focus on longer-term decision making and planning more efficiently for the Island s future.

Jersey has traditionally provided a good quality of life for its residents and a competitive climate for its businesses. We will continue to face a number of challenges in the coming years and we need to maintain a careful balance between our economic, social and environmental policies as we deal with those challenges.

I am confident that this three-year plan puts us in a strong position to build a successful future.

FOREWORD PAGE 12

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Executive Summary

2011-2013

Over the last three years the world has faced one of the greatest periods of economic downturn and uncertainty experienced in modern times. In Jersey, on top of the original estimate of £100 million pounds tax loss as a result of moving to the zero/ten tax regime, the Island was facing up to a further £100 million pound deficit in its public finances by 2013 from the economic downturn. In addition, with a growing population of older people, the Island needed to prepare for unavoidable increases in demand for services, particularly health and social care.

To deal with this, Jersey s Council of Ministers put forward a three-part plan to tackle the projected deficit by:

  1. Raising taxes by £35 million pounds to close the gap.
  2. Boosting growth through a fiscal stimulus package.
  3. Cutting spending by 10% within 3 years so as to generate savings of £65 million.

It is against this backdrop that the States is now developing a Medium Term Financial Plan for the three years 2013 to 2015.

Where Are We Now?

New tax measures have been implemented, significant progress has been made towards delivering savings targets of £65 million and the Council of Ministers remains committed to achieving a balanced budget by 2013. £44 million of fiscal stimulus funding has also been successfully applied to support the economy.

The fall in income from zero/ten has happened at the levels predicted and, thankfully, the effects of the economic downturn in Jersey have not been quite as bad as anticipated. Jersey now has a more typical mixture of funding sources from Income Tax, Company Tax, Consumption Tax and Duties which is much more sustainable for the future.

The States is making good progress with delivering CSR savings, there has been success in reducing police overtime, increased efficiency in tax administration, reducing fraud in social security and faster turn around times for vacant States housing amongst many others. We still have savings to deliver, Education have been given more time to deliver their share following the States decision not to proceed with reducing grants to fee paying schools. Looking ahead we plan to make further savings from the reform of government as well as pursuing a number of approaches for further budget reductions. This will not be easy to achieve and will take planning and preparation during the course of the next two years.

Expenditure was planned to be above our income for the three years between 2010 and 2013. The Stabilisation Fund, which was built up during years when there was budget surplus, has been vital in funding the deficit during this time to protect Islanders from the full effects of the downturn.

The Audited Accounts for 2011 show that the States of Jersey now has a strong balance sheet and that the funding gap has been closed faster than expected. Instead of a budgeted operating deficit of £72 million at the end of 2011, the actual was £12 million. This was largely because of higher revenue from Personal Tax of £19 million and Company Tax of £10 million. In addition, Departments carried forward £16 million and there were unapplied central contingencies of £14 million and funding for other spending pressures.

Most Governments currently have an inherited mountain of debt. In contrast to the indebtedness of most other nations the Island has assets in excess of £3 billion, rather than liabilities. Jersey has a strong balance sheet. Having used up the Stabilisation Fund, there is the need to strike the right balance between increasing public spending to meet the needs of Islanders and support the economy, whilst maintaining a competitive tax regime in the best economic interest of Jersey.

What Is Planned for the Next 3 Years?

The Council of Ministers Strategic Plan, which was approved by the States in May 2012, has set out the priorities for Jersey over the next three years. These priorities include developing a strong, sustainable economy, improving healthcare and housing, getting people back to work, supporting family and community values and reforming the public sector.

To achieve these aims an important change has been put in place, namely the move to a 3-year planning framework, or Medium Term Financial Planning. For the first time the States of Jersey is setting minimum Budgets for all Departments 3 years in advance and moving away from short-term decision making. This change is intended to provide flexibility, deliver efficiencies and move to longer-term thinking within a more certain financial framework that will ultimately benefit the Island. This Medium Term Financial Plan is one example of our move to longer term planning.

Key Features of the Medium Term Financial Plan States Income 2013 - 2015

It is against the backdrop of the actions that were taken to deal with the projected deficit that this Medium Term Financial Plan has been developed.

The tough decisions taken earlier are now paying off as this Plan does not contain any proposed changes to the current system of taxation.

The planning assumption is that Zero/ten will remain and GST will stay at 5%. No new taxes are planned during the period of this Plan However, in 2011 the States Assembly agreed proposals for Long Term Care Charges and associated benefits. These charges are planned to be implemented in 2014.

The projected increase in States income from £624 million in 2012 to £711 million in 2015 shown in the Table below is produced from the States Income Tax Forecasting Model, using the Economic Adviser s forecast of the economy and the Taxes Office latest assessment data.

The additional income will arise from existing tax policies with a tighter approach being taken to collection. Taxation will remain low, broadly based and levied in a sustainable and internationally competitive way.

 MTFP Proposals Budget Forecast

(July 2012)

2012 2012 2013 2014 2015 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000

States Income

Income Tax  416,000 430,000  450,000  470,000  500,000

- Budget Measures Tightening Compliance on Tax Collection

7,600 7,600 7,600 and Reducing Avoidance

Goods and Services Tax 80,047 77,700 79,761 81,955 84,508 Impôts Duty 54,500 51,117 52,939 53,002 53,111 Stamp Duty 24,029 22,869 24,529 27,702 28,962 Other Income 26,582 31,585 20,545 21,926 24,764 Island Rate 11,185 11,330 11,670 12,032 12,453 States Income  612,343 624,601  647,044  674,217  711,398

States Expenditure

Departmental Net Revenue Expenditure (Revised)  596,034 596,034  626,224  643,510  654,738

Central Allocations (Revised) 19,811 22,085 7,547 26,089 36,419

Total Net Revenue Expenditure (excl: Depn)  615,845 618,119  633,771  669,599  691,157 Forecast Surplus/(Deficit) for the year (Revised) (3,502) 6,482 13,273 4,618 20,241

Net Capital Expenditure Allocation 15,910 13,636 12,566 4,559 20,043 Forecast Surplus/(Deficit) for the year after Capital (19,412) (7,154) 707 59 198

States Expenditure 2013 - 2015

The States Strategic Plan sets out bold and ambitious targets for service improvement. To reform health, social services and housing, get people into work, grow the economy and continue with an education service of a high quality, there has to be investment. This Plan provides the necessary resources to deliver those priorities.

Health and Social Services

The ways in which health care and social services are provided need to be re-designed so as to deliver the best care for Jersey s future.

A number of changes have been set out in the Health and Social Services White Paper

 Caring for each other, Caring for ourselves . The proposals in the White Paper aim towards

services, which wrap around the individual and are delivered in the community not just hospitals and institutions. Change of this magnitude will take time which is why a ten year Transition Plan is being developed covering not just the term of this Medium Term Financial Plan, but the two to follow.

This Plan provides the growth funding needed to implement the first 3 year phase of

the transition plan for health and social services. In addition a feasibility study is being undertaken to consider the best option for acute services, in particular whether a new

hospital should be built on a new site or the existing site substantially redeveloped. Whatever the outcome of the feasibility study, new sources of funding will need to be identified for investment in infrastructure. With regard to future revenue funding beyond this three year Plan, further work will be necessary in the next three years in the light of the economic conditions, the impact of the Long Term Care Charge and Benefit and the review of the Health Insurance Fund.

Housing

There is a pressing need to improve the quality and availability of both social and affordable housing in Jersey.

This Plan provides support for the proposals set out by the Housing Department in the White Paper Achieving Decent Homes .

Implementation of the White Paper would result in a new Housing Association being created from the current Housing Department. This change will enable the Association to borrow to invest in much needed repairs and maintenance in the current State housing stock, ensure it meets Decent Homes Standards and build new stock for local people to meet changing future needs.

In addition, a small Strategic Housing Unit will be needed to coordinate a cross-tenure Housing Strategy, set standards for social landlords and operate the Affordable Housing Gateway. There would also be the creation of an independent Affordable Housing Regulator, to ensure that social landlords meet Decent Homes Standards, are governed effectively and operate in the best interest of tenants.

Employment

The most immediate priority is to get people back to work, keep people in work and create new employment opportunities and jobs through sustainable economic growth. This Plan includes funding for a Back to Work policy, which uses the £7.4 million under spend in the Social Security Department from 2011 to develop a proactive programme to reduce unemployment.

A strong economy provides jobs. The Economic Growth Strategy, which has been designed by the Economic Development Department and informed by the same economic advice as the income tax forecast, is also designed to assist with job creation and better align inward migration with new high value employment opportunities for local people.

This Medium Term Financial Plan includes funding to deliver these aims, not least by creating an Innovation Fund, as well as by increasing the ongoing support for organisations such as Jersey Finance and Digital Jersey, to build Jersey s international profile.

The new economic growth and diversification strategy will ensure that Islanders continue to enjoy a good quality of life, job opportunities, efficient high quality public services and low tax rates. A summary of the growth is set out in the Table below.

2013 2014 2015 Growth by Strategic Priority

£'000 £'000 £'000 Get People Into Work - Commitments from 2012 Business Plan 1,950 1,950 1,950 Get People Into Work - MTFP Growth 5,285 7,115 7,370

7,235

9,065

9,320

5,370 5,418

750

10,180 9,990

1,000

14,180 12,220

10,788

20,170

26,400

1,447 2,348

744 7,090

223 9,061

3,795

7,834

9,284

Manage Population Growth/Migration

House our Community - MTFP Growth Promote Family and Community Values

Reform Health and Social Services - Commitments from 2012 Business Plan Reform Health and Social Services - MTFP Growth

Reform of Government and Public Service Sustainable Long Term Planning

Other Growth - Commitments from 2012 Business Plan Other Growth - MTFP Growth

TOTAL 21,818 37,819 46,004 Other Growth proposed - Not Permanent

Back to Work and Employment Initiatives 5,405 6,930 6,821

This growth funding is carefully targeted at delivering an ambitious programme of service improvement, reform and change led by the Council of Ministers, through Ministerial Oversight Groups that are working hard to include Scrutiny, States Members, representative organisations, voluntary and community groups in their policy and service development. Comments on this financial plan are welcomed in the same spirit.

Balancing The Budget

In order to target resources at these and other service priorities, and at the same time maintain our current system of taxation, steps need to be taken to balance the budget by cutting costs, raising income in other ways and making better use of existing resources. The Table below shows that after allowing for the growth described above, the States would be facing a budget deficit. It also shows the measures that can be taken to balance the budget that are proposed in this Plan.

At a time of change, when the economy is under pressure and local people are feeling the pinch, it is important that the States takes a hard look at its existing resources and ensures that they are being deployed to best effect.

Medium Term Financial Plan 2013 - 2015

MTFP Proposals (July 2012) Summary of Measures to Balance the Budget 2013 2014 2015

£'000 £'000 £'000

MTFP Potential Deficit (after Education CSR shortfall, Back to Work,

(28,909) (38,056) (35,016) Pensions, Growth Allocations and Shortfall in Terms and Conditions)

HIF Funding 2,000 6,000 6,000 Jersey to manage Guernsey Waste Disposal 0 0 1,500 Reduce Growth for Property Backlog repairs and maintenance 0 0 2,000 Additional fees as a result of Housing and Work Law 0 600 600 Additional income from shareholder returns 0 0 3,000 Over achievement of Social Security CSR savings targets 300 300 300 Social Security savings to be delivered by new measures in addition to CSR targets 0 3,000 3,000 Extend Social Security Supplementation Certainty Calculation for Period of MTFP 0 1,800 3,000 Remove Social Security Department Supplementation Contingency 0 600 600 Further savings in Social Security Department final cash limit 805 974 2,957 Planned Use of Uncommitted Contingencies 10,383 0 2,900 Planned Use of Improved Taxation Position 7,600 7,600 7,600 Planned Use of Forecast Carry Forwards 8,528 3,998 0 Other Measures 0 13,243 1,757 Total Measures To Balance The Budget 29,616 38,115 35,214 Revised Surplus  707 59 198

Managing the Balance Sheet

There must be plans to actively manage the Balance Sheet as well as the Budget. The Balance Sheet is a reflection of the financial position of the States and sets out the resources, both physical assets and financial assets, which are in the ownership of the States and being used to deliver services for Jersey. Jersey s balance sheet is strong but it does carry a significant liability to the employee pension funds (JTSF for teachers and PECRS for all other public sector workers).

Jersey is already in a stronger position than most jurisdictions with funded schemes, but there are issues that need to be dealt with.

Jersey needs to make best use of the physical assets that it owns, particularly land and buildings. In the period of this Plan, steps are being taken now to make the optimum use of buildings generally and to rationalise the office accommodation for the States of Jersey. The capital programme for the period will support investment in the Island s vital infrastructure: roads, sewers, sea defences, air and sea ports.

The States has liabilities on the balance sheet too. Of most significance is the historic issue of the pre-1987 debt. An agreement was reached to repay it over 82 years, but there are now plans to repay it faster and reduce the long term financing cost. In addition, the States

of Jersey needs to change the employee pension schemes so as to make the schemes affordable, fair and sustainable for the long term.

Finally, the States holds a controlling interest in the Island s utilities: Jersey Water, Jersey Electricity, JT and Jersey Post and wholly owns the States of Jersey Development Company. As an active shareholder, the States is working with these companies to develop their businesses, join in with employment initiatives and, where possible, generate off-island opportunities for economic growth and diversification.

Active management of the balance sheet as well as the budget can result in an overall improvement of the financial position for Jersey, as well as safeguarding the assets of the Island for future generations.

Summary

This Medium Term Financial Plan delivers growth in essential services, balanced revenue budgets in all three years and support for the economy whilst maintaining the current system of taxation. It does so by making careful use of existing resources, by seeing through the final stages of financial plans made in earlier years and by setting out an indicative capital programme that can provide both improved services and a fiscal stimulus.

In accordance with the strategic priorities, we are working on longer term service and financial planning that will prepare the Island for the challenges ahead.

INTRODUCTION TO MEDIUM TERM FINANCIAL PLAN 2013 – 2015

Financial and Economic Background Three Part Plan 2011 – 2013

Part One –  Cutting Spending through the

Comprehensive Spending Review (CSR)

Part Two –  Economic Growth

Part Three – Raising Taxes through the

Fiscal Strategy Review (FSR)

States Of Jersey

Inspiring Confidence In Jersey's Future Medium Term Financial Plan 2013 to 2015

Introduction

  1. The Council of Ministers proposed a new Strategic Plan for the States of Jersey for the period 2013 to 2015 and has a vision: Inspiring Confidence in Jersey s Future. This Strategic Plan has been approved by the States and promotes seven key priorities:

Getpeople into work

Manage population growth/migration

Houseour community

Promotefamily and community values

ReformHealth and Social Services

Reformgovernment and the public service

Sustainablelong-term planning

  1. The Council of Ministers has consulted widely with local people and stakeholders in developing the Strategic Plan. Drawing on surveys, written submissions, face to face meetings as well as States Members knowledge of the specific concerns of local people, we will align our resources to deliver the priorities and meet our statutory obligations.
  2. The Medium Term Financial Plan process is new for Jersey. This draft Medium Term Financial Plan describes how we will manage our resources (finance, infrastructure and property) efficiently over the next three years and direct those resources to meeting these key priorities.
  3. The Medium Term Financial Plan will help deliver improved value for money from States spending because it gives Departments the ability to plan ahead for service development and improvement and to let longer term contracts with more certainty. Moving away from a one year planning horizon allows Departments more scope to review how they plan to deliver services and encourages them to look for ways to do things differently and more effectively.

Financial and Economic Background

to the Medium Term Financial Plan 2013

  1. Jersey has a history of prudent planning and budgeting. The last Strategic Plan sought to reduce the impact of the global economic situation on Jersey s residents, communities and businesses and to develop a plan to secure the long-term future of the Island. This was against a background of estimates that indicated that Jersey would suffer a deficit.
  2. In the last Assembly the Treasury and Resources Minister proposed and the States approved a three-part plan to ensure balanced budgets by 2013. As 2013 is the last year of this three-part financial plan and the first year of the new Strategic Plan it is important to recognise the need to deliver the financial targets set within it.

Three-Part Plan 2011 to 2013

Part One: Cutting spending through the CSR

  1. Our monitoring in 2011 and 2012 clearly shows that departments are on track to achieve their savings, although challenges remain. Departments are actively engaged in delivering their share of the savings and there have been successes such as:

Reducingpolice overtime.

Redesignof the smoking cessation service.

Re-structuringparks & gardens to drive efficiencies.

Amore efficient bus service.

Fasterturn around times for vacant States Housing.

Employingstaff in Social Security to help with fraud prevention.

Increasedefficiency in tax administration.

  1. The Council remains committed to delivering our target of £65 million of CSR savings. Given the decision in the States to maintain the grants of fee paying schools at current levels, pending publication of the forthcoming Education White Paper, and subsequent amendment to include non fee paying schools this is a challenge within the agreed timescale and more time will be taken. Education, Sport and Culture will achieve savings of £7.6 million by 2016 against a target of £11.1 million. Further detail is set out later in the report.
  2. In addition, a combined Home Affairs and Health and Social Services saving that was to be achieved by closer collaboration between the Fire and Ambulance Service cannot be delivered in this way. However, there are additional CSR savings in Social Security relating to changes in the adult component of Income Support for a second adult.
  3. In addition to the departmental savings, steps are being taken across the States as a whole to reduce staffing and procurement costs. A thorough analysis of our options for delivering £14 million of the £65 million target is being undertaken from staff terms and conditions. It is clear that pay restraint will be an important feature of our plans for bringing States spending into line with States income. In addition a review of overtime, sick pay and other allowances is underway with a view to having a simplified and harmonised set of staff terms and conditions. At the time of drafting this Plan the pay award negotiations are still underway and a report will be made at a later stage on any shortfall in the planned savings on terms and conditions.
  4. There is a great deal of hard work being done to change procurement practices, retendering to get better value for money and simply reducing our buying where we can, to deliver savings of £6.5 million by 2013. We will continue to report progress against this target.

Part Two: Economic Growth

  1. The second part of the plan for 2011-2013 promotes economic growth. The Economic Growth Strategy sets out the Council of Ministers approach to promoting sustainable growth in the economy. The strategy will develop new high value opportunities in:

exploitinge-commerce and intellectual property;

pioneeringICT and broadband technology, and

  1. Exploring opportunities for renewable energy. This growth strategy will ensure that Islanders continue to enjoy a good quality of life, job opportunities, efficient high quality public services and low tax rates.
  2. Economic growth and diversification will go hand in hand, underpinned by the objectives of a flourishing and diverse financial sector, raising the productivity of existing sectors and identifying new growth sectors. To achieve this in 2012 Ministers will work with partners and make the most of joint resources. For example, work with Jersey Telecom will be undertaken to continue to develop a world leading telecommunications infrastructure for the whole Island in order to create the conditions for future success.
  3. This approach to economic growth will be supported by a new financial services policy, new skills and enterprise strategies and updated processes for licensing housing and employment. The foundations for future growth will be laid to develop competition framework, investing in infrastructure, keeping the Island internationally competitive and maintaining economic and fiscal stability. The Council of Ministers is bringing forward a revised economic growth strategy in 2012. The draft Economic Growth

and Diversification Strategy contains the following key building blocks for promoting productivity let growth:-

- enterprise and innovation

- skills and labour market

- completion and consumer policy

- investment

- macroeconomic policy

- structural change and diversification

The Economic Growth and Diversification Strategy has four key priorities that are aligned to the objectives of getting people into work. These four priorities which are fully supported with resources set out in this Plan, are:-

- increase innovation

- grow and diversify financial services

- create new businesses and employment

- raise productivity of all sectors

Part Three: Raising taxes through the Fiscal Strategy Review (FSR)

  1. The third part of the plan set targets for raising taxes by £35 million. GST was increased from 3% to 5% with effect from 1st June 2011. In addition, employers are now required to pay an extra 2% on employees earnings between the Standard Earnings Limit of £45,336 and the Upper Earnings Limit £150,000. This change also affects Class 2 contributions paid by the self employed and non-employed. Measures were also taken to increase revenues from high net worth individuals.

Current Position on Delivering Against the Three-Part Plan for 2011 to 2013

FIGURE 1A - STATES ACTUAL INCOME V BUDGET

FIGURE 1b

£m 750

700

650

600 Actual Income

Budget Income 550

500

450

400

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Note: Figure 1a, shows actual States Income for the period 2002 to 2011. It can be seen from the graph that the anticipated shortfall of £100 million associated with the introduction of the Zero/Ten tax regime did actually happen. Furthermore, it was made worse by the effects of a global recession.

FIGURE 1B – COMPARISON OF STATES INCOME AND EXPENDITURE

FIGURE 1c

£m 750

700

650

600 Actual Income

Actual Expenditure 550

500

450

400

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

  1. The graphs show that the implementation of a new tax strategy supported by some economic growth, has delivered a recovery in States Income. The remaining part of the three part plan is to complete the delivery of the £65 million CSR savings.
  2. Our three-part plan is working. Our financial forecast shows a return to balanced budgets by 2013. Nevertheless, there are challenges with achieving the £65 million CSR savings target, particularly in relation to significant areas of Education and terms and conditions of employment for staff. The initial planning assumptions set out in this draft Medium Term Financial Plan relied upon the delivery of the whole of the £65 million savings. The implications of not achieving those savings targets are considered later in the report but potential shortfalls in some areas have been accommodated within this Plan by making compensating budget reductions in other areas. In the years of planned budget deficit in 2010, 2011 and 2012, the Stabilisation Fund was used to balance the budget and support public spending.

FIGURE 1C – FINANCIAL POSITION 2002 – 2015

FIGURE 1d

£m 750

 

Surplus

Deficit

 

Income Expenditure

 

 

 

700 650 600 550 500 450 400

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

  1. This graph shows that in the years 2006 to 2009 the States Budget was in surplus. During this period a Stabilisation Fund was built up and then applied in the years 2010 to 2012 to help the States manage the combined effect of £100 million loss in income associated with the introduction of zero/ten and a further reduction in income associated with the economic downturn.
  2. (Figure 1D) shows how the Stabilisation Fund was applied in these years. The Fund has been used up and it is the intention of the Council of Ministers, when circumstances allow and the economic position improves, to rebuild the Stabilisation Fund.

FIGURE 1D – STABILISATION FUND MOVEMENTS 2009-2012

£m

140 Transfers In 120 Transfers Out

Y/E Balance 100

80

60

40

20

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-20

-40

-60

-80

2009 2010 2011 2012

RESOURCE PRINCIPLES:

BALANCING TAXATION AND SPENDING

Resource Principles from the States Strategic Plan Specific Taxation Principles

Resource Principles:

Balancing Taxation and Spending

Spending

  1. It is crucial to keep recurrent public sector spending under control so that the Island can remain competitive with relatively low levels of inflation. If the States are to provide sustainable services to the public it is fundamental that we take account of the economic outlook, be prudent in our spending plans, ensure that savings and efficiencies are implemented and not increase public spending unless it is matched by savings or additional income.
  2. At the same time the local economy is under pressure. There is a need for more investment in policy priorities such as Health and Social Services, getting people into work and social housing. This Plan provides for a stimulus to the local economy through advancing capital schemes. This is both to the benefit of the local economy in a targeted and timely fashion and provide a temporary stimulus for Jersey business whilst the economy recovers. There is increasing recognition that we have to manage for the long term. Our capital investment decisions will look to the future so that we continue to invest in the right capital and infrastructure projects. This helps departments plan for service change and improvement, helps boost the economy and safeguards the Island for generations to come.
  3. We manage our service delivery through the departmental structures so it is essential that our financial management framework provides departments with sufficient certainty of funding to allow them to manage within their cash limits. Departments can then provide the right levels of service for Jersey. The Medium Term Financial Plan allows for a longer planning horizon and gives greater empowerment and freedom to Departments to manage within their allocated resources. Departments can use their carry forward balances to help deliver strategic priorities and contribute to fiscal stimulus whilst the local economy is under pressure.
  4. The last Council of Ministers introduced the following resource principles in the last Strategic Plan.

Existing Resource Principles

Beprudent, taking account of the uncertain economic and financial outlook.

Identifyand implement all possible savings and efficiencies. (For 2013 and beyond we will optimise methods of service delivery and provide value for money).

Noadditional spend unless matched by savings or income.

TheStabilisation Fund will only be used during an economic downturn, as advised by the Fiscal Policy Panel, to fund the effects of reductions in States revenues or increased demand for States services, and to provide appropriate stimulus to the economy.

  1. These principles remain as relevant now as they were at the time. Given the overriding priority to balance the budget by 2013 it was essential for these resource principles to focus on managing States spending. For the period of the next Strategic Plan we will adopt a number of additional principles which are broader and look to the medium and longer term future for the Island.

RESOURCE PRINCIPLES: BALANCING TAXATION AND SPENDING PAGE 34

Medium Term Financial Plan 2013 - 2015

Additional Resource Principles

Maintainbalanced budgets over the medium term for current expenditure and achieve an appropriate balance between taxation and spending over the course of the economic cycle.

Activelymanage the Balance Sheet as well as the Budget by maximising investment returns within agreed levels of risk.

Planour expenditure on capital and infrastructure over the long term and consider carefully the appropriate sources of funding for major projects, including borrowing.

  1. The States also have a number of principles that underpin the system of taxation.

Resource Principles: Taxation

  1. Jersey s tax regime has developed over many years and more recently with the following key principles in mind.

Taxationmust be necessary, justifiable and sustainable.

Taxesshould be low, broad and simple.

Everyoneshould make an appropriate contribution to the cost of providing services, while those on the lowest incomes are protected.

Taxesmust be internationally competitive.

Taxation should support economic development and social policy, where possible.

  1. These principles of taxation underpin our long term fiscal strategy which is set out in an appendix to this report.
  2. Taken together, the resource principles and the tax principles have guided the thinking behind the development of the Medium Term Financial Plan.
  3. The purpose of this Medium Term Financial Plan is to direct resources towards the delivery of the objectives set out in the States Strategic Plan.

PAGE 35 RESOURCE PRINCIPLES: BALANCING TAXATION AND SPENDING

DEVELOPMENT OF THE MEDIUM TERM FINANCIAL PLAN 2013 - 2015

Integration with the States Strategic Plan Developing Proposals with the Council of Ministers Working and Consulting with Scrutiny

Development of the Medium Term Financial Plan 2013 - 2015

The Medium Term Financial Plan Process: December 2011 to July 2012

  1. The Medium Term Financial Plan has been developed in parallel with the States Strategic Plan. The Council of Ministers workshops were the starting point for discussions on Strategic Priorities. These took place in December 2011. Alongside the development of a Strategic Vision and Priorities, the Council of Ministers agreed the key resource principles that would be used as a basis for wider consultation.
  2. The Council of Ministers led discussions with Assistant Ministers, undertook briefings and consultation with Scrutiny, and then briefed all States Members in January 2012. At this point the Resources Statement was drafted by Treasury and incorporated in the Strategic Plan White Paper.
  3. After the publication of the White Paper, detailed work began with departments to identify the resources needed to deliver the Strategic Vision and Strategic Priorities. This work involved identifying the revenue and capital implications of meeting those priorities together with the associated legislative and staffing requirements.
  4. The draft Resources Statement was refined and included in the draft Strategic Plan Inspiring Confidence in Jersey s Future which was lodged in March 2012 and later approved by the States Assembly.
  5. Scrutiny Panels are actively involved in reviewing and commenting on the Medium Term Financial Plan. The Treasury has provided papers and briefings to the Corporate Services Scrutiny Panel and has provided briefings to departmental Scrutiny Panels on the draft proposals. Further briefing sessions, to which all States Members were invited, took place ahead of lodging. All Departments have been discussing the implications of the MTFP with their Scrutiny Panel so that the service implications could be explored in more detail.
  6. The Council of Ministers held a series of meetings through May, June and July to consider options for funding service pressures and growth and also the options for finding budget reductions so as to achieve a balanced budget.
  7. The Corporate Management Board and Financial Advisory Board carried out much of the detailed work in reviewing the proposals from departments and preparing recommendations to the Council of Ministers.
  8. In June meetings were held between Departmental Ministers and the Treasury and Resources Minister to discuss and resolve any remaining issues. A further draft of the proposals was produced for further discussion at Council of Ministers of 21 June. Final proposals were incorporated into a report which was agreed by Council of Ministers in early July ahead of lodging.
  9. A final briefing for all States Members, interest groups and the media was held on 20 July 2012 and the Plan was lodged in the States Assembly on 23 July 2012.

DEVELOPMENT OF THE MEDIUM TERM FINANCIAL PLAN 2013 - 2015  PAGE 38

LOOKING AHEAD: THE FINANCIAL FORECAST FOR 2012 - 2015

Summary of Medium Term Financial Plan Forecast Income Tax Forecast

Income Tax Forecast Sensitivity

Detailed Income Forecast

Detailed Expenditure Forecast

Looking Ahead:

The Financial Forecast for 2013 to 2015

  1. The approval of the 2012 Business Plan and Budget provided the States with a financial position of balanced budgets from 2013.
  2. The 2012 Budget forecast was based upon:

Statesincome of £613 million in 2012 rising to £681 million by 2014;

Statesexpenditure (net of depreciation) of £632 million in 2012, rising to £672 million in 2014.

Surpluses of £6 million in 2013 and £9 million in 2014.

  1. The 2012 Budget forecast did not rely upon the introduction of any major new taxes.
  1. This forecast at Figure 2 has now been revised and reflects the proposals for expenditure and income for the 3 year Medium Term Financial Plan.

FIGURE 2 – SUMMARY OF THE MTFP FORECAST (JULY 2012)

 MTFP Proposals Budget Forecast

(July 2012)

2012 2012 2013 2014 2015 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000

States Income

Income Tax  416,000 430,000  450,000  470,000  500,000

- Budget Measures Tightening Compliance on Tax Collection

7,600 7,600 7,600 and Reducing Avoidance

Goods and Services Tax 80,047 77,700 79,761 81,955 84,508 Impôts Duty 54,500 51,117 52,939 53,002 53,111 Stamp Duty 24,029 22,869 24,529 27,702 28,962 Other Income 26,582 31,585 20,545 21,926 24,764 Island Rate 11,185 11,330 11,670 12,032 12,453 States Income  612,343 624,601  647,044  674,217  711,398

States Expenditure

Departmental Net Revenue Expenditure (Revised)  596,034 596,034  626,224  643,510  654,738 Central Allocations (Revised) 19,811 22,085 7,547 26,089 36,419 Total Net Revenue Expenditure (excl: Depn)  615,845 618,119  633,771  669,599  691,157

Forecast Surplus/(Deficit) for the year (Revised) (3,502) 6,482 13,273 4,618 20,241 Net Capital Expenditure Allocation 15,910 13,636 12,566 4,559 20,043

Forecast Surplus/(Deficit) for the year after Capital (19,412) (7,154) 707 59 198

Medium Term Financial Plan 2013 - 2015

  1. The revised financial forecast represents a summary of the Council of Minister s proposals which are:

Nonew taxes during the period of the MTFP which means that the increase in the States income from £624 million in 2012 to £711 million in 2015 will arise from existing tax policies and is based on the current economic assumptions.

Therevenue expenditure limits provide for:

the growth proposals and funding of service pressures from departments.

provision for increases in income support and initiatives to get people back to work.

provision for pay and price increases based on the latest economic assumptions and the July 2012 employer pay offer.

a reduced level of central contingencies after providing funding for growth proposals.

the delivery of the £65 million CSR savings with the exception of the shortfall in Education, Sport and Culture.

Further budget reductions and other measures to balance the budget over the Medium Term Financial Plan period

Abalanced budget position is proposed over the period of the Medium Term Financial Plan and a balance of £9 million in the Consolidated Fund at the end of 2015

ALong Term Care Charge has already been agreed by the States and is planned for January 2014.

Looking Ahead 2013-2015

  1. Figure 2 summarises the Income Tax Forecast for 2013 to 2015. Supplementary Note 1 provides an overview of Income Tax. This year some detailed work has been undertaken jointly by Treasury and Resources and the Economics Unit to refine and improve the way in which the Income Tax Forecast is calculated. This work has concentrated on improving the forecast of tax yield for future years. A detailed note on the Income Tax Forecast is set out in Supplementary Note 2. Whilst the method of forecasting has improved it remains difficult to predict precisely the level of tax income. This is because the tax take is driven by the profitability of businesses, changes in levels of employment, changes in rates of pay and changing spending patterns
  2. Figure 3 below shows Income Tax received for the period 2002-2011 and forecast for 2012 to 2015. It is understood that income tax is our most important source of revenue hence the full analysis including a risk assessment as set out in Supplementary Note

2. At the time of drafting this Plan the Tax in 2012 is already projected to improve by £7 million and we have made allowance for this in our projections. In so doing we have had regard to a number of factors including: known significant settlements due from tax payers, recent experience of low tax write-offs compared with budget, the outcomes of a telephone survey with our major tax payers and other similar matters. Whilst it is difficult to predict what the actual position will be, we have used the best information available to us.

FIGURE 3 – INCOME TAX FOR THE PERIOD 2002 TO 2015

550 500 450 400 350 300 250

 

Current MTFP forecast range

 

 

Budget 2012 forecast range

 

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

  1. The logical assumption in the time of an economic downturn is that tax levels will either decrease or at least rise more slowly. In 2011, our forecasts took account of the economic down turn and were down graded twice. With the benefit of hindsight the second down grade of the forecast has turned out to have been unnecessary. At the time of drafting this report the States Accounts for 2011 have been prepared and audited and show an actual level of tax income for the budget year of £409 million, an improvement of £19 million against the October 2011 forecast. Our forecast ranges for future years are set out Figure 4.

FIGURE 4 – INCOME TAX FORECAST

Income Tax forecast (rounded) - for MTFP

YOA 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 Budget Year 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 £m £m £m £m £m

Upper 0 450 470 495 525 Central 409 430 450 470 500 Lower 0 410 425 450 475

  1. The detailed paper (Supplementary Note 2) includes a risk assessment and sensitivity analysis. The income tax forecast range has been set at +/- 5% of the central forecast to allow for the inherent uncertainties associated with forecasting total tax take. A summary of the key sensitivities and their potential impact on the income tax forecast is set out below:

Medium Term Financial Plan 2013 - 2015

FIGURE 5 – INCOME TAX SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS – SUMMARY

 

 

 

Variation

 

Assumption

1%

 

-1%

Income

Employment £2m to £3m -£2m to -£3m Average Earnings £2m to £3m -£2m to -£3m GVA £1m £1m

Exemptions, Reliefs and Allowances:

Budget Policy -£3m £3m

  1. Figure 6 shows the forecast levels of tax for GST, Imp ts, Stamp Duty and Island Rates. The economic assumptions used to underpin these forecasts are the same as those as are used for income tax.
  2. The key points from Figure 6 are highlighted below and these are explained in more detail in the Supplementary Notes of Appendix One:

TotalStates income will rise from £624 million in 2012 to £711 million in 2015.

Thatthe duty generated from Impôts will be broadly flat over the 3 years even though allowance has been made for increases above inflation.

Thatthe increases, above inflation, in duty will support the Alcohol Strategy promoted by the Health and Social Services Department. This is because alcohol related health problems are a significant issue for the Island.

Thatincome from parishes from island rate income will increase only by inflation.

Thatincome from dividends will be remitted in line with the agreements reached with the Utilities based on their business plans and for JT reflect the reduced returns agreed as part of the Gigabyte Isles project.

Thattotal other income will recover to a level of £25 million by 2015.

TheMedium Term Financial Plan assumes that the proposals in the Housing White Paper are approved. At such time as this is approved the new Housing Association will make a return to States income. This is not reflected in the current forecasts

but provision will be made in the new Housing legislation such that if the housing proposals are approved the required amendments to the MTFP can be made. Further details are provided in Appendix Six.

FIGURE 6 – MTFP FORECAST OF STATES INCOME

Budget Forecast MTFP Proposals (July 2012)

2012 2012 2013 2014 2015 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000

Income Tax

Personal Income Tax 344,000 360,000 377,000 394,000 420,000 Companies 76,000 74,000 77,000 80,000 84,000 Provision for Bad Debt (4,000) (4,000) (4,000) (4,000) (4,000)

416,000 430,000 450,000 470,000 500,000

Budget Measures Tightening Compliance on Tax

Collection and Reducing Avoidance 7,600 7,600 7,600 Goods and Services Tax (GST) 80,047 77,700 79,761 81,955 84,508

Impôts Duties

Impôts Duties Spirits 4,162 4,066 4,157 4,133 4,110 Impôts Duties Wine 6,923 6,809 7,248 7,504 7,769 Impôts Duties Cider 914 948 1,039 1,107 1,180 Impôts Duties Beer 5,530 5,549 5,732 5,758 5,784 Impôts Duties Tobacco 13,609 12,642 12,392 11,813 11,260 Impôts Duties Fuel 21,952 20,014 20,885 21,193 21,505 Removal of Impôts Fuel Duty Rebate in Bus Contract - - 336 344 353 Impôts Duties Goods (Customs) 150 150 150 150 150 Vehicle Emissions Duty (VED) 1,260 939 1,000 1,000 1,000 54,500 51,117 52,939 53,002 53,111

Stamp Duty

Stamp Duty 22,429 21,435 22,978 25,927 27,098 Stamp Duty on Share Transfer (LTT) 1,600 1,434 1,551 1,775 1,863 24,029 22,869 24,529 27,702 28,962

Other States Income

Net Investment Income 3,960 4,060 3,721 3,679 4,356 Dividends and Returns 13,417 19,075 8,319 11,186 10,287

Planned Addition to Shareholder Returns 3,000 Jersey Financial Services Commission Fees 3,700 3,700 3,700 3,700 3,700 Returns from States Trading Operations 2,511 1,652 1,691 1,731 1,771 EUSD Retention Tax 1,500 1,500 1,500 - - Income Tax Penalties 1,000 1,071 1,071 1,071 1,071 Fines and Other Income 494 527 543 559 579 26,582 31,585 20,545 21,926 24,764

Island Rate Income from Parishes 11,185 11,330 11,670 12,032 12,453 Total States Income 612,343 624,601 647,044 674,217 711,398

FIGURE 7 – MTFP PROPOSALS STATES EXPENDITURE LIMITS

Revised MTFP Proposals (July 2012)

2012 2013 2014 2015

£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Base Department Budget (excl: depn) 601,748 596,034 626,224 643,510

Price Inflation - Dept Expenditure 5,120 5,273 5,707 5,231 Price Inflation - Dept Income (1,920) (2,095) (2,203) (2,258) Price s - Housing Rents (979) (1,364) (1,460) (1,661) Income Support Model - latest economic assumptions (3,388) 10,342 2,618 2,788 Supplementation Formula - latest economic assumptions (4,244) 1,276 3,862 2,276

Commitments from Existing Policies

- CSR Growth and Growth 9,154 2,395 1,889 274

- Skills and Training Growth - 1,900 - -

- Health Growth @ 2% 3,320 3,469 3,451 3,627

- Replacement of HIF Funding - 6,283 157 161

- Overseas Aid Growth 423 444 466 490

- Revenue to Capital - 1,500 (500) -

Base Department Budget (Before Savings) 609,234 625,457 640,211 654,438

Department Savings (11,449) (17,125) - -

- Recognising CSR Shortfall - ESC - 6,303 (1,088) (597)

Department User Pays (1,751) (2,230) - - Department Procurement Savings (3,049) - -

MTFP Growth - Departments 12,763 11,862 4,706 MTFP Growth - Annually Managed Expenditure 5,405 1,525 (109) MTFP Growth - Reduce PECRS Repayment Term 1,000 1,000 1,000

MTFP Budget Reductions (2,300) (10,000) (4,700) Base Department Budget (excl: Depn) c/fwd 596,034 626,224 643,510 654,738 Base Department Budget (excl: Depn) c/fwd 596,034 626,224 643,510 654,738

Existing Base Pay Provision 7,000 14,372 23,059 32,351 Corporate Terms and Conditions Savings (7,000) (14,000) (14,000) (14,000) Net Existing Pay Provision - 372 9,059 18,351

July 2012 - Employer Pay Offer

- Non Consolidated Pay Offer 2012 and 2013 (July 2012) 2,600 2,600 - -

- Consolidated 1% Pay Offer 2013 (July 2012) - 3,300 3,300 3,300

- Consolidated 4% Pay Offer 2014 (July 2012) - - 13,300 13,300

- Consolidated 2.5% Pay Offer 2015 (July 2012) - - - 8,700 2,600 5,900 16,600 25,300

Estimated Pay Award - Doctors and Consultants - - 400 400 Less: Existing Base Pay Provision - 372 9,059 18,351 Additional Pay Provision Required 2,600 5,528 7,941 7,349

Restructuring Provision 10,000 5,098 6,540 7,170 Corporate Procurement savings (3,000) (3,451) (3,451) (3,451)

Allocation to Contingencies

- Central Contingencies - AME 2,000 - 2,000 2,000

- Central Contingencies - DEL 2,000 - - -

- Central Contingencies - One Off 4,485 - - 1,000

- Contingency for Emerging Items 4,000 - 4,000 4,000

Allocation to Growth

- Allocation to Growth for 2013 - - -

- Allocation to Growth for 2014 - -

- Allocation to Growth for 2015 -

Net Revenue Expenditure Allocation (excl:Dep'n) 618,119 633,771 669,599 691,157

 

 

Ne

t Ca

pi

tal

 Ex

pe

nd

itu

re Al

loca

tio

n 13,636 12,566 4,559 20,043

Total States Net Expenditure Budget   631,755 646,337 674,158 711,200

  1. Figure 7 shows how the Base Departmental Budgets are inflated using a number of assumptions for pay and price inflation and then developed to include commitments from existing policies and the new MTFP proposals.
  2. The expenditure limits have been based on the following key assumptions:

2.5%provision for inflation in each year.

Continuingconstraints on pay and terms and conditions in 2012 and 2013, and incorporating the Employers' pay offer of July 2012.

Useof the latest economic assumptions and levels of unemployment for the

forward projection of Income Support and Supplementation – the proposals for supplementation include an extension of the certainty formula which will be brought to the States for approval by the Social Security Minister alongside the Medium Term Financial Plan.

Provisionfor has been made to fund the commitments to growth made by the previous Council of Ministers in the 2012 Business Plan.

Growthallocations in 2013-2015 have been wholly allocated in this Plan and additional resources have been identified to fund the delivery of the Strategic priorities.

Initialallocations to contingency have been used in part to fund growth that the Council of Ministers considers essential in current economic circumstances. Nevertheless £6 million in 2013, being funded from earmarked carry forwards from 2012, £6 million in 2014 and £7 million in 2015 remain.

  1. The expenditure limits also reflect these key points:

Thefirst is that the Health expenditure of £6.1 million that is presently met from the Health Insurance Fund will continue beyond 2011 and 2012 which were the 2 years agreed by the States. In order to fund this expenditure, the States will be asked to consider a Proposition that a contribution from the Health Insurance Fund be made of £2 million in 2013, rising to £6 million in 2014 and £6 million in 2015.

This plan incorporates the States' decision to accelerate Housing Capital schemes to the value of £27 million in 2012.

  1. The Medium Term Financial Plan assumes that the proposals in the Housing White Paper are approved. As part of these proposals increases in housing rents are proposed to 90% of market rental which will in turn require an increase in income support housing component to protect those tenants. This will be funded by the increased return from

the new Housing Association but will cause an increase in States expenditure. Growth funding is proposed for the impact on private sector tenants on income support, otherwise the impact of Housing Incorporation is assumed to be neutral. Any other increases in expenditure and associated off-set in States income are not reflected in

the current forecasts but provision will be made in the new Housing legislation such that if the housing proposals are approved the required amendments to the MTFP can be made. Further details are provided in Appendix Six.

FIGURE 8 – MTFP PROPOSALS STATES EXPENDITURE LIMITS BY DEPARTMENT

Revised MTFP Proposals (July 2012)

2012 2013 2014 2015

£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Chief Minister 22,952 18,855.5 20,167 20,259 Economic Development 15,898 18,256 19,459 19,975 Education, Sport and Culture 101,655 96,131 99,063 100,243 Education, Sport and Culture - Skills & Training 1,900 1,900 1,900 Education, Sport and Culture - Savings Shortfall 6,303 5,215 4,618 Health and Social Services 171,212 179,979 190,181 197,380 Health and Social Services - Replacement of HIF Funding 4,283 440 601 Home Affairs 47,991 46,731 47,489 47,844 Housing  (24,558) (26,799) (27,972) (29,339) Department of the Environment 6,439 5,602 5,606 5,595 Social Security 166,835 183,354 186,957 191,036 Transport and Technical Services 26,938 25,599 26,792 26,439 Treasury and Resources 24,604 30,001 31,412 30,584

Non Ministerial States Funded Bodies

- Bailiff 's Chamber 1,589 1,595 1,611 1,627

- Law Officers' Department 7,817 7,651 7,722 7,795

- Judicial Greffe 6,787 6,640 6,738 6,837

- Viscount's Department 1,455 1,368 1,373 1,378

- Official Analyst 607 609 614 619

- Office of the Lieutenant Governor 688 689 692 695

- Office of the Dean of Jersey 26 26 26 26

- Data Protection Commission 223 223 224 224

- Probation Department 1,961 2,124 2,128 2,132

- Comptroller and Auditor General 754 751 769 787

States Assembly and its Services 5,280 5,027 5,114 5,203 Grant to the Overseas Aid Commission 8,881 9,324 9,790 10,280

Total Department Net Revenue Expenditure 596,034 626,224 643,510 654,738

  1. Figure 8 illustrates the indicative spending limits for departments after the allocations for growth, procurement savings and future budget reductions that have been a proposed. The Social Security department spending limit has increased in line with the revised income support assumptions highlighted in Figure 7.
  2. Appendix Eight provides a summary of all the Economic Assumptions relating to Expenditure.

LOOKING AHEAD:

CARRY FORWARD FUNDING

Carry Forward Funding 2011 to 2012 Details of Funding by Priority

Looking Ahead: Carry Forward Funding

  1. Carry Forward Funding was agreed by the Treasury and Resources Minister on the recommendation of the Council of Ministers in a Ministerial Decision of 20th February 2012. In reaching his decision the Treasury and Resources Minister had regard to the extent to which the carry forward funding was to be directed towards achieving the priorities within the consultation draft of the Strategic Plan. A summary of the approved carry forward funding is set out below against each priority together with a reconciliation show the total carry forward funding. A full report on all carry forward funding is included in Appendix Three. Previous experience suggests that looking ahead there will be broadly similar levels of carry forward funding for Departments.

FIGURE 9 – CARRY FORWARD FUNDING FROM 2011 TO 2012: SUPPORTING STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

 

Carry Forward Funding from 2011 to 2012

 

Dept

2012 £'000

Note Get People Into Work

 

1 Digital Jersey EDD

300

2 Restoration of JFL Grant EDD

180

3 Proactive Back to Work Measure SSD

7,410

Total

7,890

 

 

House our Community

 

 

4

Backlog Maintenance

Housing

1,380

 

Total

 

1,380

 

 

Reform Health and Social Services

 

 

5

Activity Increases - Secure Placement

HSS

330

6

Bowel Cancer Screening

HSS

100

7

Individual Care Packages

HSS

150

8

Medical Equipment

HSS

160

9

Reduce Delayed Discharges

HSS

100

10

Long Term Care

SSD

580

 

Total

 

1,420

 

 

Reform of Government and Public Service

 

 

11

Change in Planning Appeals

DoE

180

12

Future CSR Savings - Home Affairs

HA

990

13

Modern Managers Programme

TSY

40

14

Pension Project

TSY

100

15

Taxes Office Transformation

TSY

380

 

Total

 

1,690

 

 

Sustainable Long Term Planning

 

 

16

Assisting developing countries

CMD

100

17

Specialist Advice re WTO Membership and other technical issues

CMD

100

18

Funding for increased unemployment impact

SSD

2,000

19

Backlog Maintenance -Estate

TSY

270

20

Highway Maintenance

TTS

50

21

Liquid Waste Strategy

TTS

540

22

Solid Waste Asbestos Disposal

TTS

1,240

 

Total

 

4,300

 

TOTAL

 

16,680

Carry forward funding for 2012

  1. Get People into Work
  1. Policy and Regulation – Digital Jersey – (EDD) - £300,000

Establish Digital Jersey - £300,000. The department will provide the balance of the funding from the income from Ofcom and Digital Switchover.

  1. Jersey Finance Ltd – Restoration of Grant – (EDD) - £180,000

A delay in a film project has released this underspend. The budget can be used to increase the JFL grant in 2012 so as to allow continued operation of the JFL team in the GCC and India.

  1. Back to Work - Proactive measures to reduce unemployment – (SSD) - £7.4 million The Social Security Department proposes to use the remainder of the 2011 revenue underspend to deliver the Back to Work programme. An element will be required to meet the increased costs in income support; the remainder will be allocated to the programme. This will provide a fiscal stimulus in 2012 as it is targeted at getting people back to work in a timely manner and if economic circumstances improve, this level of funding may not be necessary in the longer term.

59.  House Our Community

4. Backlog Maintenance – (HSG) - £1.4 million

The underspend will go towards projects such as installing or replacing heating installations, the Le Marais bin chutes, refurbishing Le Squez refurbishment, lift refurbishment and insulation works. These are all works required programme to address the backlog in housing repairs and maintenance.

60.  Reform Health and Social Services

  1. Activity Increases – Secure Placement – (HSS) - £330,000

A number of high cost cases are placing significant pressure on the Department s budget. In particular, a single placement in a secure UK institution at the end of 2011 will create a cost pressure in the region of £330,000 in 2012.

  1. Bowel Cancer Screening – (HSS) - £100,000

An average of 62 new cases occur amongst islanders annually. Most are not diagnosed until a late stage, leaving patients with a poor prognosis and requiring expensive off island treatment. Survival is strongly related to the stage of disease at diagnosis. The National Screening Committee approved a one-off Flexible Sigmoidoscopy at age 55 as a cost-effective bowel cancer screening intervention which is expected to reduce bowel cancer deaths by 40% over 10 years. Establishing this service has an initial set up cost of approximately £100,000. Utilisation of the 2011 underspend for this purpose will enable this development to progress promptly in 2012, with the recurring revenue cost being met from additional funds allocated to the department in the 2012 Business Plan.

  1. Individual Care Packages – (HSS) - £150,000

There are a low, but increasing, number of patients and clients requiring high cost individual care arrangements. Additional funding of £150,000 from carry forward funds will help address this service pressure.

  1. Medical Equipment – (HSS) - £160,000

Funding has been committed in 2011 but the equipment will not be delivered until 2012. This is simply a timing issue.

  1. Reduced Delayed Discharges – (HSS) - £100,000

The continuing impact of the ageing demographic impacts on the number of patients in hospital waiting for discharge to the community and nursing homes. The allocation of £100,000 from carry forward funds together with a further allocation from 2012 Business Plan funding will allow this issue to be addressed, particularly over the winter months.

  1. Long Term Care Scheme – (SSD) - £580,000

The set up costs associated with the Long Term Care Scheme are predicted to be £580,000. This includes costs for IT, staffing and transitional arrangements.

Reform of Government and Public Service

  1. Planning and Building – (DoE) - £180,000

Required for Planning appeals which occur each year and are unbudgeted - £150,000 and for producing further masterplans for the Island which the Minister has committed the Department to - £30,000.

  1. Future CSR Savings – (HA) - £990,000

Timing delays are predicted in the delivery of 2012 and 2013 CSR savings. Contingency plans are being developed to achieve the savings and funds carried forward will enable any initial shortfalls to be covered in 2012 and 2013, consisting of £799,200 within the States of Jersey Police and the remainder for non-Police projects.

  1. Modern Managers Programme – (TSY) - £40,000

Developing people managers as part of the Modern Manager Programme which will now happen in 2012.

  1. Pensions Project – (TSY) - £100,000

Substantial work is being undertaken in reviewing current pension arrangements and this project work is required in 2012. Additional actuarial advice is also required as part of the pensions review project and this will occur in 2012.

  1. Tax Office Transformation Project – (TSY) - £380,000

The Taxes Transformation Programme is a major programme of work to deliver significant improvements to the States of Jersey tax-related functions (including achieving projected additional revenues of between £2million and £10 million

per year). The Programme was due to start in April 2011 but was delayed until November, resulting in an underspend of £338,000. This is a four year project and funding for the remaining three years has not yet been fully identified but will be

a priority for funding within the resources allocated to Treasury and Resources. This carry forward is being requested to meet a proportion of the funding for the remaining years.

Sustainable Long Term Planning

  1. Assisting Developing Countries – (CMD) - £100,000

A second conference building on the success of the 2010 conference for developing countries to promote understanding of Jersey as a finance centre and counter arguments that Jersey s financial services may be harmful to developing countries.

  1. Specialist Advice re WTO Membership – (CMD) - £100,000

External expert advice on specialist technical matters related to the extension of the UK membership of the World Trade Organisation. Since its establishment with non-recurring funding, International Affairs has needed to commission specialist technical advice, for example to meet the Chief Minister s obligation to investigate financial structures which may not be fully compliant with international sanctions. Currently technical expert advice from the London School of Economics Trade Policy Unit is required, for example, on the extension of the UK membership of the World Trade Organisation to include Jersey. £100,000 will buy on average 2 to 3 specialist reports.

  1. Increased Unemployment – (SSD) - £2.0 million

The downturn in the economy has resulted in an increase in the number of people unemployed and those seeking assistance through Income Support.

  1. Backlog Maintenance – (TSY) - £270,000

Jersey Property Holdings delay on Les Chnes Refurbishment. This is simply a timing issue.

  1. Highway Maintenance – (T&TS) - £50,000

This will be used in 2012 for patching of roads which has fallen behind schedule.

  1. Liquid Waste Strategy – (T&TS) - £540,000

The Liquid Waste Strategy deals with liquid waste in accordance with environmental standards and provides sustainable options for the Island. Initial technical investigations have commenced but the strategy will not be fully developed until 2012.

  1. Solid Waste Asbestos Disposal – (T&TS) - £1.2 million

Asbestos is presently being temporarily stored in containers at La Collette but this is not a sustainable medium term solution. This money was allocated to cover the permanent disposal of this waste. Delays have occurred and the department is working with the Regulator to finalise details of its plans for the permanent disposal of asbestos and a planning application has been submitted and is awaiting determination by the Minister for Planning and Environment.

  1. This section describes the £16.7 million of carry forward funding which has been approved and contributes towards the States new strategic priorities. Carry forward funding of £8.3 million was also approved for other departmental commitments and spending pressures and a further £16.4 million for contingency carry forwards including £2.8 million for the Court and Case costs Smoothing Reserve and £0.7 million for central restructuring costs. A full carry forward report is included at Appendix Three.

LOOKING AHEAD: GROWTH COMMITMENTS FROM 2012 BUSINESS PLAN

Growth Commitments by Priority Details of Funding by Priority

Looking Ahead:

Growth Commitments from 2012 Business Plan

  1. In 2012 there were some key services that were facing financial pressures that were both evident and growing. These service areas included work related training schemes, nursing pay and conditions of employment, nursing staff increases and funding to facilitate CSR restructuring. These extraordinary financial pressures were identified

in the 2012 Business Plan and commitments were made by the previous Council of Ministers, and subsequently endorsed by the States, to make growth provision for these priority areas. In addition, a commitment to growth for Health and Social Services of 2% per annum was made. This growth is included within the planning assumption for the Total States Net Expenditure (Figure 7) and hence does not need to be funded from the new Allocation for Growth of £26 million by 2015. Figure 10 shows the growth commitments from the 2012 Business Plan which support the States Strategic Priorities.

FIGURE 10 – COMMITMENTS FROM 2012 BUSINESS PLAN: SUPPORTING STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

 

Growth Commitments from 2012 Business Plan Supporting Strategic Priorities

Dept

2013 £'000

2014 £'000

2015 £'000

Note Get People Into Work

  1. Advance Plus ESC 310 310 310
  2. Advance to Work ESC 720 720 720
  3. Careers Strengthening ESC 80 80 80
  4. Highlands College - (From 740 to 890 @ £5590) ESC 840 840 840 Total 1,950 1,950 1,950

Reform Health and Social Services

  1. Health Growth @ 2% HSS 3,470 6,920 10,550
  2. Medical Staff Sub Specialisation HSS 300 610 920
  3. Nursing Establishment HSS 1,000 2,030 2,080
  4. Nursing Terms and Conditions HSS 600 620 630 Total 5,370 10,180 14,180 Total Growth Commitments Supporting Strategic Priorities 7,320 12,130 16,130

Other Growth Commitments 2012 Business Plan - not directly supporting

Strategic Priorities 1,447 744 223 Total Growth Commitments 2012 Business Plan 8,767 12,874 16,353

Other Commitments from 2012 Business Plan supporting Strategic Priorities

Reform of Government and Public Service

  1. CSR Procurement Savings offset CORP (6,500) (6,500) (6,500)
  2. Restructuring Provision CORP 8,100 8,100 8,100 Total Other Commitments from 2012 Business Plan 1,600 1,600 1,600

Medium Term Financial Plan 2013 - 2015

Commitments from 2012 Business Plan

  1. Get People into Work

1-4  Education, Skills and Training Initiatives – (ESC) - £2.0 million

The initiatives which began as a result of the Fiscal Stimulus for Advance to Work, Advance Plus and Careers Strengthening were committed to in the 2012 Business Plan to continue beyond 2012. The provision also includes the continued funding of 150 extra places at Highlands College beyond 2012.

  1. Reform Health and Social Services
  1. Health Growth @ 2%p.a. – (HSS) - £3.4 million p.a.

The recurring consequences of existing commitments, drugs cost inflation and emerging pressures account for the majority of the 2% growth provision.

  1. Medical Sub Specialisation – (HSS) - £920,000 (2015)

The projected retirement of existing consultant medical staff and their planned replacement accompanied with the difficulty in recruiting generalists (i.e. the continuing drive toward sub specialisation) and the need to manage single practitioner specialties will continue to be a major challenge financially and

was highlighted in the Green Paper. An initial Outline Business Case relating to sustainable acute services, commencing with renal and cancer services estimated the cost at approximately £2 million per annum. This is being treated as a

 Business As Usual issue and the specific funding identified in the 2013/14 cash limits together with the 2% growth funding will be used the progress this issue.

  1. Nursing Establishment – (HSS) - £2.1 million (2015)

Recent studies indicate that there is a strong correlation between nursing staffing levels, patient safety and quality of care. Shorter length of stay is strongly correlated to higher staff levels. Following a nurse staffing review there has been investment in staffing levels across areas of HSSD, particularly within the General Hospital. However levels still remain below that recommended and require additional investment. On a day to day basis staffing is managed by moving staff around

the organisation and topping up staffing levels with temporary cover provided by nurses either employed on the nurse bank or agency. This is not a sustainable solution and in the long term is a relatively expensive solution.

The £2 million funding over 2013/14 will help address the unmet need in the inpatient/specialist areas across HSSD. Separate to this issue is the development of community nursing services to support patients 24/7. The current community nursing quota is insufficient to provide appropriate cover out of hours 7 days a week. Lack of nursing support in the community results in a number of patients admitted to the hospital who could be cared for at home with the right support. Work on the Outline Business Cases recommends an increase in community nurse staffing to deliver care to patients in the most appropriate care setting and is separate to addressing the unmet need that currently exists in the nursing settings provided by HSSD.

  1. Nursing Terms and Conditions – (HSS) - £630,000 (2015)

It was identified that even after the Job Families Nursing Pay scales were introduced, recruitment and retention of appropriate qualified nursing staff

PAGE 61 LOOKING AHEAD: GROWTH COMMITMENTS FROM 2012 BUSINESS PLAN

remained problematic. Having a high number of staffing vacancies creates a significant risk for essential service delivery and patient safety. During 2011 and 2012, the following initiatives have been implanted to address the recruitment and retention of nursing staff: £3,000 Recruitment supplement effective from May 2011 Revisions to pay structure based on FTE in post May 2011 effective from 1st Jan 2012 Nurse staffing investment recruitment underway in EMI and Infection Control. In practice the growth bids for the nursing establishment and nursing terms and conditions will need to be considered together. There is limited value in recruiting more nurses if we cannot adequately reward and retain the nurses that we already have. HSSD colleagues are presently negotiating with trade unions to consider terms, conditions and equal pay for equal value. Further updates on progress

will be provided to the States Employment Board for consideration and action as appropriate.

65.  Reform of Government and Public Service

  1. CSR Procurement Savings Offset – (Corporate) - £3 million from 2013

The target for Corporate Procurement savings was £6.5 million to be delivered

by 2013, with any shortfall in this to be funded through the Central Restructuring Provision. The profile and allocation of the savings has now been agreed with Departments and £3 million will be delivered by the end of 2012 and there are further plans in place to deliver the remaining £3.5 million as far as possible within 2013 but some more time may be needed.

  1. Restructuring Provision – (Corporate) - £8.1 million p.a.

The initial Central Restructuring Provision of £10 million p.a. has been reduced to £8.1 million from 2013 to provide for £1.9 million for the Skills and Training initiatives, following on from the Fiscal Stimulus programme. At the end of 2015, the balance in the Central Restructuring Provision is £7.2 million being offset by £3.5 million procurement savings that are yet to be allocated to Departments. The balance can be released as further progress is made in delivering procurement savings.

LOOKING AHEAD:

NEW BIDS FOR GROWTH

Summary of Growth Bids by Priority Details of Growth Bids

Looking Ahead 2013-2015: New Bids for Growth

  1. The base assumptions for the Medium Term Financial Plan included allocations for growth as follows:

2013- £6 million ongoing

2014– a further £10 million, making £16 million ongoing

2015– a further £10 million, making £26 million ongoing

  1. Against this initial Growth allocation departments submitted returns for revenue expenditure which included unavoidable pressures within existing base budgets that could not be funded and additional funding for growth to support the strategic priorities. The growth bids were categorised by the Strategic Priorities and included the funding requirements identified in the Health White Paper and from the Back to Work initiatives. The original proposals in Figure 11 amounted to £34.7 million by 2015.

FIGURE 11 – ORIGINAL BIDS FOR GROWTH FOR DEPARTMENTS

2013 2014 2015 Original Bids for Growth (For Departments)

£'000 £'000 £'000 Get People Into Work 9,410 9,655 9,250 Manage Population Growth/Migration - - - House our Community 750 1,000 1,000 Promote Family and Community Values - - - Reform Health and Social Services 6,020 9,990 12,220 Reform of Government and Public Service - - - Sustainable Long Term Planning 360 400 450 Other Growth 8,150 11,270 11,810 TOTAL 24,690 32,315 34,730

  1. The original proposals were presented to Corporate Management Board and then to Council of Ministers. At this stage it was highlighted that the total of the growth bids significantly exceeded the existing growth allocation and, in particular, the scale of the requests in Year 1 2013, were more than double the available growth allocation of £6 million.
  2. The Council of Ministers asked the Corporate Management Board to review the growth bids and pressures with the intention of reducing these to the level of the growth allocations. Corporate Management Board working with the Treasury, departments and the Financial Advisory Board produced a series of growth options which attempted to reduce the level of funding required. These options were considered by Council of Ministers.
  3. The process identified that whilst the total growth funding required could be reduced to broadly the level of the growth allocation by 2015 of £26 million there remained a priority to find additional funding in 2013 and 2014 for Reforming Health Services, Getting People Back to Work and Stimulating Economic Growth.
  1. The Council of Ministers received final draft proposals in June which proposed the use available uncommitted contingency balances to provide the 2013 and 2014 growth funding. The proposal recommended that uncommitted contingency balances in 2012 be carried forward and used in addition to a proportion of the available contingency balances in 2013 and 2014 to fund the required pressures and growth priorities.
  2. The Council of Ministers considered the proposals and agreed that the Medium Term Financial Plan be prepared on this basis. The final proposals agreed by the Council of Ministers are shown in Figure 12.

FIGURE 12 – MTFP PROPOSALS FOR FUNDING OF GROWTH BIDS

 

Bids by Proposed Funding

2013 £'000

2014 £'000

2015 £'000

Funded from Growth

5,958

15,550

25,801

Funded from Summer Lottery

288

320

320

Funded from Central Contingencies

6,283

8,115

2,600

Funded from Restructuring

522

960

930

TOTAL Proposed Funded Growth

13,051

24,945

29,651

 

Bids Not Funded

Bids Either Not Funded or Deferred or Reduced

5,560 6,079

5,020 2,350

4,840 239

TOTAL MTFP Proposed Low Priority Not Funded Growth

11,639

7,370

5,079

TOTAL of Original Proposals 24,690 32,315 34,730

Proposed Funded from Growth

Funded from Summer Lottery

Proposed Funded from Central Contingencies Proposed Funded from Restructuring Provision Proposed Low Priority - Not Funded

  1. Details of the Medium Term Financial Plan funding proposals and priorities are shown in Figure 13, followed by a brief explanation of each new growth bid.

FIGURE 13MTFP PROPOSALS FOR FUNDING OF GROWTH BIDS (FOR DEPARTMENTS)

 

Proposed Funding of Bids for Growth (for Departments)

 

2013

 

2014

 

2015

 

Dept

£'000

 

£'000

 

£'000

Note

Get People Into Work

 

 

 

 

1

External Relations - Establish a London Representative Office

CMD

0

600

600

3

Succession Planning

DoE

36

75

100

4

1.Finance Sector

EDD

800

800

800

5

Finance Sector - JFL Additional

EDD

135

500

730

6

Finance Sector - JFL Saudi Office/GCC Financial Services

EDD

0

350

350

7

2. Finance Sector - Legislative Development

EDD

200

200

200

8 & 9

Digital Jersey - Inward Investment and Development Funding

EDD

500

500

500

10

4. Inward Investment - non-FS (eg Locate Jersey, ICT Industries)

EDD

800

800

800

11

5. Jersey Business

EDD

200

200

200

12

6. Skills & Workforce Development (New Economy Apprentices)

EDD

290

500

500

53

Tourism Development Fund

EDD

500

500

500

13

14-16 Vocational Education (Priority 2 ESC / Skills Board)

ESC

355

500

500

14

Highlands College - increased numbers (Priority 1 ESC / Skills Board)

ESC

549

610

610

15

Training Allowance and Apprenticeship Scheme (120 Young People)

ESC

380

380

380

17

Parish Centre Improvements

TTS

450

500

500

Apprenticeships for 85 Health Care Assistants

ESC/HSS

90

100

100

Total 5,285 7,115 7,370

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

House our Community

 

 

 

 

18

Private Sector Rental Support

SSD

0

750

1,000

Total 0 750 1,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reform Health and Social Services

 

 

 

 

19

Adult Mental Health (starting with IAPT)

HSS

340

740

1,130

20

Children's Services (starting with Early Intervention)

HSS

620

740

860

21

Cross Cutting Infrastructure

HSS

590

670

710

22

End of Life Care

HSS

400

810

830

23

Healthy Lifestyles (starting with Alcohol)

HSS

300

440

530

24

Intermediate Care

HSS

1330

2,340

2,890

25

Long Term Conditions (starting with COPD)

HSS

700

1,340

1,630

26

Older Person's Mental Health (starting with Dementia)

HSS

740

1,810

2,440

72

Phasing of White Paper Implementation

HSS

(502)

 

 

27

Vehicle Replacement

HSS

90

200

300

28

Health Maintenance (JPH)

TSY

630

700

700

HR HSS - 2 additional posts arising from Verita report

CMD

180

200

200

Total 5,418 9,990 12,220

Other Growth

  1. IS: Data Security Officer CMD 72 80 80
  2. Corporate Health & Safety CMD 54 60 60

48 Income Support - Staff Costs SSD 414 460 460

  1. External Relations: International Adviser to the Council of Ministers CMD 0 50 50
  2. External Relations: Shortfall in Grant to Channel Islands Brussels Office CMD 0 50 50 External Relations: OECD Global Forum/Peer Review Group/British Irish

32 CMD 0 60 60

Council Secretariat annual contribution

External Relations: International meetings, monitoring and visitors

33 CMD 0 160 160

dignitaries

34 External Relations: External specialist advice CMD 0 100 100

60 Law Draftsman: 1 additional permanent Law Draftsman CMD 0 130 130

62 HR - Learning and Development - MMP and other programmes CMD 0 170 170

  1. Latest demographic numbers ESC 345 600 631
  2. Nursery Education Fund ESC 230 240 240

 

Proposed Funding of Bids for Growth (for Departments)

 

2013

2014

2015

 

Dept

£'000

£'000

£'000

 

Other Growth

 

 

 

 

39

Jersey Heritage Trust

ESC

288

320

320

40

Higher Education - Increased Fees

ESC

0

1,490

2,260

41

Staff Increments (Uniformed Officers)

HA

144

450

600

42

Equipment/Vehicle Replacement

HA

0

200

200

43

Maritime Incident Response Group

HA

0

50

50

44

Prison Me No Way! (PMNW!)

HA

27

30

30

45

Anti-Discrimination Legislation

SSD

0

150

200

46

Employment Tribunal

SSD

45

50

50

47

Staff Costs - Impact of FSR Implementation

SSD

207

230

230

49

Treatment and disposal of ash

TTS

0

1,000

2,000

50

HR Fit for Purpose - strengthening HR team for workforce planning/OD and Systems

CMD

522

580

580

51

HR Base Budget Shortfall on Staff

CMD

0

230

200

CSR: Fund permanent members of the CSR delivery team

CMD

0

150

150

Total 4,361 9,104 11,076 TOTAL PROPOSED GROWTH BIDS

15,064 26,959 31,666 FOR WHICH RESOURCES ARE IDENTIFIED

Proposed Funded from Growth

Funded from Summer Lottery

Proposed Funded from Central Contingencies Proposed Funded from Restructuring Provision Proposed Low Priority - Not Funded

  1. Strategic Priority 1 – Get People into Work – Funding

Proposal

1. External Relations – Establish a London Representative Office – (CMD) - £600,000 by 2015

CIBO has been proving successful in achieving a position of influence in Europe and there is ambition to create a parallel office in London along the same model. If costs can be shared with Guernsey, the cost will be halved but this will not be known prior to the outcome of elections in April. Detailed costings have not been done. Contingencies followed by 2015 Growth Allocation.

  1. Succession Planning – (DoE) - £36,000 in 2013 increasing to £100,000 in 2015

The age profile of the staff is such that succession planning needs to be addressed. It would also support job opportunities for the younger generation and the strategy to provide more on the job training for school leavers. The proposal would be to recruit 2 trainees (school leavers / graduates) in each of Planning and Countryside Rural. This could be funded through the back to work funding carry forward within Social Security. Contingencies followed by 2015 Growth Allocation.

  1. Finance Sector – (EDD) - £800,000 by 2015

Increased funding to JFL to further market development in Brazil, Russia, India and China with particular emphasis on South and Central America and the establishment of two additional overseas offices. Contingencies followed by 2015 Growth Allocation.

  1. Finance Sector – JFL Additional (EDD) - £730,000 by 2015

Additional allocation to JFL to fully fund the growth proposals set out in 4 above. Contingencies followed by 2015 Growth Allocation.

  1. Finance Sector – Saudi/GCC Financial Services (EDD) - £350,000 by 2015 Based on the Jersey Finance Ltd business case presented to Ministers 21st May

2012. Contingencies followed by 2015 Growth Allocation. 7. Finance Sector - Legislative Development – (EDD) -

£200,000 by 2015

Additional resource in EDD to increase speed to market of new legislation, including but not limited to permanent establishment of a project management function for legislative development process. Contingencies followed by 2015 Growth Allocation.

8-9.  Diversification – "Digital Jersey" – (EDD) - £500,000 by 2015

Establish recurring funding for Digital Jersey , the independent body created by EDD to promote and develop Jersey s e-commerce and digital economy sectors. Contingencies followed by 2015 Growth Allocation.

  1. Increased non-FS inward investment (eg Locate jersey, ICT Industries) – (EDD) - £800,000 by 2015

Locate Jersey

A substantial increase in Locate Jersey s overseas promotional budget has been provided for to fund to inward investment marketing activity. This promotional activity will include on-island partners and other stakeholders . With more staffing resources, this should mean a significant increase in the number of offshore partnerships and events and lead to the creation of employment opportunities for Jersey residents.

Diversification Renewable Energy

Funding would be used to develop further the legislative framework to licence access to the sea-bed around Jersey for renewable energy exploitation. A firm proposition could then be taken to market in late 2013, with the hope of Contingencies followed by 2015 Growth Allocation

This funding will facilitate the future development of intellectual property as a driver of business for local companies. Funding would be used to develop further the legislation, leading to a firm proposition that could then be taken to market in mid- 2013, with the hope of securing inward interest from IP-based companies or service companies. Contingencies followed by 2015 Growth Allocation.

  1. Enterprise – Jersey Business – (EDD) - £200,000 by 2015

This is an increased grant for Jersey Business to fund expansion of the high- growth programme for indigenous SMEs with high export growth potential. Contingencies followed by 2015 Growth Allocation.

  1. Skills & Workforce Development (New Economy Apprentices) - (EDD) £500,000 by 2015

Increased States funding for a new model of Apprenticeships in Jersey based on new sectors/trades/skills, closely linked to vocational training already underway or proposed in Jersey schools. Post-16 education and work experience will be vital in giving young people the skills that they will need to secure employment in the new- model Jersey economy.

New style Graduate Internships providing Jersey Graduates a full years post- graduate supported internship with companies operating within EGS target sectors or the Finance industry, conditional upon full time employment being provided thereafter. Target: 25-30 Internees in total, moving to private sector sponsorship or a bursary model by year 2 or 3 of programme. Contingencies followed by 2015 Growth Allocation.

53.  Tourism Development Fund (EDD) - £500,000 by 2015

In line with approval of funds for 2012 agreed during the debate of the 2012 Business Plan, this would provide a level of ongoing funding for the re-vamp of the Scheme. Contingencies followed by 2015 Growth Allocation.

  1. 14-16 Vocational Education (Priority 2 ESC/Skills Board) – (ESC) - £500,000 by 2015

A pilot project with the States Secondary schools has indicated that the provision of vocational courses for a number of students would provide easier progression to higher level vocational courses and engagement with the curriculum. The current

model will cost approx £500,000 to roll out to the schools and Highlands College (who are delivering some of the programmes). Contingencies followed by 2015 Growth Allocation.

  1. Highlands College – Increased numbers (Priority 1 ESC/Skills Board) – (ESC) - £610,000 by 2015

Highlands College is currently funded up to 890 students, a base of 740 plus 150 through Fiscal Stimulus, which has then been committed to by Council of Ministers from September 2012. As a result of the downturn in the economy, Highlands College have indicated that they are experiencing significant increases in student numbers and expect this to continue for the foreseeable future. A bid is proposed to meet the projected demand of 1,000 students from 2013. Contingencies followed by 2015 Growth Allocation.

  1. Training Allowances and Apprenticeships Schemes (120 Young People) – (ESC) - £380,000 by 2015

The new Apprenticeship scheme will provide vocational learning support for 120 young people regardless of their employment status in four key areas. These are technical knowledge, workplace competence, business understanding and literacy

& numeracy. Participants who do not have an employer will receive a training allowance for the time spent in the workplace. Contingencies followed by 2015 Growth Allocation.

17.  Parish Centre Improvements (TTS) - £500,000 by 2015

The proposal is to implement schemes to address longstanding traffic issues and enhance the village environments at the centre of Parishes. It would involve working with the Construction Council to provide training opportunities for unemployed locals and allow continuity of work for local companies. The trainees would undertake a number of roles and develop skills to minimise the need to buy in these skills off island in the future. The proposal will support the strategic priority to Get People Back into Work and also the Sustainable Transport Policy. Contingencies.

71.  Apprenticeships for 85 Health Care Assistants (ESC) - £100,000 by 2015

It is proposed that the Education, Sport and Culture department run an apprenticeships scheme that would support the training of 85 healthcare assistants. This scheme would have a number of benefits. It helps to develop new skills for people who may otherwise be unemployed in an area of the public service where there is a skills shortage. It creates an effective way of training and developing

new staff for the Health and Social Services Departments that are needed to

take forward the service improvement proposals within the Health White Paper. Contingencies.

75.  Strategic Priority 3 – House Our Community – Funding

Proposal

18.  Private Sector Rental Support – (SSD) - £1.0 million by 2015

One impact of the proposed Housing incorporation and subsequent adjustment to social housing rental will be a likely knock on affect in private sector social housing rents. The affect of increased income support due to these rent increases will be recovered from both the new housing association and existing housing trusts.

However, there will be an increase to those private sector social housing rents through income support which will not be recoverable. This could be in the order of £1 million. The increase in housing rents to 90% of market value is proposed to be introduced from April 2014. Contingencies followed by 2014 Growth Allocation.

76.  Strategic Priority 4 – Reform Health and Social Services – Funding

Proposal

  1. Adult Mental Health Services (starting with Improving Access to Psychological Therapies (IAPT)) – (HSS) - £1.1 million by 2015

The economic cost of providing mental health care in Jersey is significant. Mental health issues such as depression and anxiety reduce an individual s ability to work and increase the likelihood of sickness absence. Almost 50% of all claims made for short-term and long-term incapacity allowance are for mental health problems.

Based on National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE) guidelines, Improving Access to Psychological Therapies (IAPT) would provide quick, easy, equitable access to all adults over the age of 18 years for the treatment of common mental health issues. The service would be delivered in community settings such as GP surgeries, job centres, work places, sports centres and voluntary organisations. A Stepped Care Model would be delivered, with self-help facilities and choice of evidence based psychological interventions.

The service would commence in 2013, and be expanded in subsequent years, with the aim to:

Reducethe impact of common mental health issues and improve general wellbeing.

Improve access to psychological therapies through a single pathway.

Reduceexclusion from work.

Reduceinappropriate prescribing of benzodiazepines and antidepressants.

Enhancepartnership working with GPs, professionals and other voluntary and third sector organisations.

Funded from Growth Allocation 2013-2015.

  1. Refocusing Children's Services (starting with early intervention) – (HSS) - £860,000 by 2015

Maternal Early Childhood Sustained Home visiting (MECSH)

MECSH provides early intervention for potentially vulnerable or challenging children and families, focusing initially on the early years (from pre-birth to five years). The service comprises intensive and sustained Health Visitor input for up to two years, supported by a multi agency team and subsidised quality child care. MECSH aims to improve children s school readiness , which is fundamental to a child s development and can lead to a payback of three to seven times the initial investment.

Professional fostering

Referral rates into Children s services are high, with a disproportionately high number of children in facility based care as opposed to foster care. Facility based care is costly and can lead to worse outcomes for children compared with being

brought up with a family / foster carers.

Professional fostering would provide funding and support to encourage more foster carers, thereby reducing the demand on facility based care. It aims to support a 12% increase in foster care placements by 2020.

Community based midwifery

Increased joint working between Maternity Services and General Practice would enable more proactive intensive pre-natal support outside of hospital settings.

Rapid Access to Primary Care

Under 5s account for 8% of Emergency Department activity. It is estimated that 1,200 1,400 attendances per annum could have been seen in Primary Care. Funding GP visits for under 5s will lead to a reduction in inappropriate Emergency Department activity, early identification of health and social problems and better joint working in relation to child protection. Funded from Growth Allocation 2013-2015.

  1. Cross Cutting Infrastructure Workstreams – (HSS) - £710,000 by 2015

The cross-cutting workstreams are the essential enablers to HSSD s complex and ambitious change programme. They include Workforce, Estates, Primary Care, Technology, and Commissioning. In order to ensure efficient delivery, these areas have been separated out so that activities can be applied to all relevant areas. Without a focus on these enablers, the changes identified in the OBCs will not be delivered. Funded from Growth Allocation 2013-2015.

  1. End of Life care pathways – (HSS) - £830,000 by 2015

End of life care is currently provided through an independently funded hospice on the island, but for cancer and motor neurone patients only. Other groups of patients often have little or no choice in relation to end of life care, and as a result often have several admissions to hospital and/or a long spell in an acute setting.

It is believed that, of those individuals who are admitted to hospital and die more than two weeks later, approximately 70% could have benefited from an end of life care pathway. In addition, there is currently a waiting list for States-funded access to nursing home beds and in 2010, approximately 21% of patients on the waiting list died while waiting for a nursing home bed.

End of Life care will ensure that a range of appropriate care settings are available to patients judged to be within their last 12 months of life, offering choice and supporting patient privacy and dignity at the end of their life.

The pathway will be based on the Liverpool Care Pathway and Gold Standards Framework, as outlined on the following page. This will involve:

Trainingand education of professionals working at a generalist level

Establishinga specialist multi-disciplinary palliative care team

Expanding24-hour home care

Expandingthe current hospice model

Providingrespite care

Funded from Growth Allocation 2013-2015.

  1. Healthy Lifestyles (starting with alcohol pathway) – (HSS) - £530,000 by 2015

Jersey consumes significantly more alcohol than near neighbours, but less than 10% of dependent users are accessing services. This is well below the best

practice target of 20%. Jersey General Hospital also has the second highest rate of hospital admissions due to alcohol compared with all other English Regions. Alcohol-related problems cost the hospital c£2 million p.a, and place significant pressure on the Emergency Department.

Modern approaches to alcohol misuse have moved away from episodic management, towards an evidence based pathway to maintain wellness and provide rapid support when exacerbations occur.

Patients would be screened in various locations (e.g. GP surgeries and the Emergency Department). Practitioners would follow a protocol, which forms part of a wider alcohol pathway. This includes providing alcohol related materials, brief advice and/or referral on to the hospital alcohol liaison team and/or community teams.

Non-hospital detox is less costly and more effective than detox in hospital. Investment in community detox and relapse management would enable a best practice model of multidisciplinary support to achieve and maintain abstinence, reducing readmissions and alcohol related morbidity. The team would provide cognitive behavioural therapy and social work support as part of relapse prevention. This would reduce hospital detox by 100 per year, and would also reduce hospital admissions for alcohol related activity by 5%. In the longer term, alcohol specific conditions such as liver cirrhosis would be reduced.

Funded from Growth Allocation 2013-2015.

  1. Care of the frail elderly (starting with intermediate care) – (HSS) - £2.9 million by 2015

At present, short term respite services in Jersey are extremely limited. Services are not integrated and not available 24 hours. This leads to significant pressure on (costly) hospital services, limited choice for Islanders, pressure on carers and a high number of individuals in long term care:

Jersey has more than double the number of older adults in care homes when compared to the UK. This is partly due to the lack of available 24 hour care services in the community.

Jersey also has a high number of delayed hospital discharges - 369 incidences

in 2010. These delays are mainly caused by waiting for Nursing/Residential Care home placements. Further projected pressure on demand for hospital beds will lead to cancelled operations and increases in surgical waiting times, because once medical bed capacity is exceeded, patients are admitted to surgical beds.

Short term support can help to relieve the pressure on carers and reduce the need for admission to hospital. It can have a significant impact, and for this reason the Transition Plan Steering Group agreed that intermediate care services should be a high priority. These services will provide care for all services users including those with dementia, long term conditions and end of life care for up to 6 8 weeks. This will lead to reduced acute hospital activity in both the Emergency Department and unnecessary admissions. The services will comprise:

Nursingand personal care in individuals' homes, available 24 hours

Telehealthand / or telecare, plus more equipment to enable individuals' homes to be adapted to meet their needs and support ongoing home care

Intermediatecare beds to avoid hospital admission (step up' beds) and to secure

faster discharge when a patient no longer requires a hospital bed but needs more support than can be provided at home (step down' beds)

Funded from Growth Allocation 2013-2015.

  1. Long term conditions – (starting with Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD)) – (HSS) - £1.6 million by 2015

Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease or COPD has been selected as the priority condition for service development due to its incidence, high costs and potential to release benefits once redeveloped. The recent Department of Health telehealth and telecare study supported this prioritisation, as it reported almost a 20% reduction in admissions and a 45% reduction in mortality.

People with severe COPD present a significant burden to the hospital due to exacerbations of their condition, particularly during the winter months. In addition, up to 50% of people with COPD are likely to be undiagnosed. The number of people with COPD is expected to increase over the next decade, as this condition predominantly affects the over 65s.

The model of care would be developed in accordance with international evidence. This includes:

Earlierdiagnosis of COPD to enable proactive disease management.

Singleassessment and multidisciplinary care plans.

Fundingfor Primary Care management of COPD patients.

Careco-ordination, with appropriate services wrapped around the individual'.

24hour home care and access to multi-disciplinary services in the community.

Telehealthand telecare.

An Expert patient programme in which patients offer support, help and guidance to one another

Improved condition management, along with self care, would significantly reduce Emergency Department attendances, emergency admissions and hospital bed days and have a significant impact on costs avoided. Service users would receive ongoing support and care outside of hospital settings and have a greater awareness of their own condition and how to manage it, which maximises independent living by supporting people in their own homes where possible.

Funded from Growth Allocation 2013-2015.

  1. Older Person's Mental Health – (starting with dementia) – (HSS) - £2.4 million by 2015

It is estimated that approximately 1,800 individuals in Jersey may have dementia by 2020. At present, services within community settings are extremely limited, with the majority of moderate to severe service users being cared for within elderly mental health facilities.

The aim of the enhanced dementia service is to support primary care and to enhance community services, to support individuals and their carers so that the service user is able to remain independent and in their own home for as long as possible. This incorporates:

Increasedtraining and support for GPs in diagnosing dementia.

Expandedprofessional support for dementia, including Psychologists.

Expandedmemory assessment teams, to support the increased demand due to an aging population.

Inreach'and hospital liaison, to identify patients early in their hospital stay and to quickly co-ordinate their needs and support a reduced length of stay and reduce delayed discharges.

Carerssupport, including Admiral Nurses.

The focal point of the dementia service is the Older Adults wellbeing centre. This concept started as a dementia hub, and has since been expanded to incorporate the holistic health, social care, wellbeing and support needs for older people and their carers, families and communities.

Fundedfrom Growth Allocation 2013-2015.

72.  Phasing of White Paper Implementation - reduce growth by £502,000 in 2013 only All departments were required to reduce their 2013 growth by 10% based on the

level of funding that was affordable in 2013.

  1. Reconfiguration of funding for vehicle replacement – (HSS) - £300,000 by

2015

Vehicles currently on the asset register will now be replaced by Jersey Fleet Management and leased to HSS. Additional revenue budget is required to cover these new charges which are estimated at £600,000 per annum once all assets have been replaced (by 2018). Funded from Growth Allocation 2013 - 2015.

  1. Planned Property Maintenance – (JPH)(T&R) - £700,000 by 2015

Additional base budget to provide planned, preventative and reactive property maintenance at an appropriate level for Non General Acute H&SS buildings. Funded from Growth Allocation 2013-2015.

  1. HR HSS - 2 additional posts arising from Verita report – (CMD) - £200,000 by 2015

The Verita report into a death in HSS recommended the establishment of a specialist Director of HR at the hospital and a dedicated Medical Staffing Manager in order to improve the controls over the appointment of locum medical staff and their subsequent management, and the continuing professional development of permanent staff in the interests of patient safety. In 2011, the posts were funded by the CSR restructuring provision. Permanent appointments have been made which

now need to be permanently funded. Funded from Growth Allocation 2013-2015.

Other Growth Bids – Funding

Proposal

  1. IS - Data Security Officer – (CMD) - £80,000 by 2015

To ensure the proper governance of data in accordance with legal requirements and best practice. This recommendation of a C&AG report from 2009 was accepted in principle by CMB but appointment has been delayed due to resource constraints. A non-recurring transfer of resource has been made from Treasury in 2012. Funded from Growth Allocation 2013-2015.

  1. Corporate Health and Safety team – (CMD) - £60,000 by 2015

New team member to provide support to the TTS manager to create a Corporate Health and Safety function across the States. NB. This is currently being scoped and may not report through CMD. Funded from Growth Allocation 2013-2015.

48.  Income Support - Staff Costs - (SSD) - £460,000 by 2015

The increased number of Income Support claimants as a result of the current economic conditions has had a subsequent impact on staff requirements. In Social Security. Funded from Growth Allocation 2013-2015.

  1. External Relations: International Adviser to the Council of Ministers – (CMD) - £50,000 by 2015

External Relations was established using non-recurring funding sources. £50,000 is required to keep this role which has proved valuable particularly over the last 3 years of economic downturn. Contingencies followed by 2014 Growth Allocation.

  1. External Relations: Shortfall in Grant to Channel Islands Brussels Office (CIBO) – (CMD) - £50,000 by 2015

Growth of £350,000 was approved to establish CIBO with Guernsey in 2010 but the costs are now proven to be £400,000. This is due to being unable to recruit at the original salary levels and to the costs of operating in Belgium. Contingencies followed by 2014 Growth Allocation.

  1. External Relations: OECD Global Forum, Peer Review Group/BIC membership – (CMD) - £50,000/£10,000 by 2015

Jersey has been active in the OECD Global Forum since the founding of the External Relations Division. Maintaining our membership will preserve Jersey s voice in the OECD on matters which impact on the Finance Industry and Jersey s prosperity. It will also allow us to continue to act as one the Vice Chairs of the Peer Review Group which is important for protecting and promoting Jersey s interests. (OECD Global Forum Annual Membership fee. Jersey and the other Crown Dependencies are required to make an annual contribution of £10,000 to the British Irish Council standing secretariat in Edinburgh. BIC is a key forum for establishing good international relations with the UK.

Colleagues in Treasury and Resources are very active in this area of work particularly in the negotiation and implementation of TIEA s and DTA s.

All these items have previously been funded from non-recurring source

Contingencies followed by 2014 Growth Allocation.

  1. External Relations: International meetings, Monitoring and Visitors Dignitaries – (CMD) - £160,000 by 2015

External Relations was established using non-recurring funding sources. During 2010 and 2011 this cost met from Fiscal Stimulus. This budget has been reduced from £260,000 in 2011 after agreeing joint monitoring contracts with Guernsey from 2012 onwards, closing the London office space used previously by the Director International Finance and cancelling the Paris monitoring contract. Whilst there is now a recurring budget for the 6 core staff and office expenses, the international operations programme is not funded. Contingencies followed by 2014 Growth Allocation.

  1. External Relations: External specialist advice (CMD) - £100,000 by 2015

Since its establishment with non-recurring funding, External Relations has needed to commission specialist technical advice. Currently technical expert advice from the London School of Economics Trade Policy Unit is required, for example, on the extension of the UK membership of the World Trade Organisation to include Jersey. £100,000 will buy on average 2 to 3 specialist reports. Contingencies followed by 2014 Growth Allocation.

60.  Law Draftsman: – 1 additional permanent Law draftsman – (CMD) - £130,000 by 2015

The Law Draftsman has made 2 temporary appointments for a period of 2 years in order to deal with the additional drafting needed to support the CSR programme (funded from CSR Restructuring), housing reform (funded by Housing), pension reform (funded by T&R), and preparation for the next IMF visit (funded by the JFSC). A review of the law drafting programme has shown that 1 post will need to be retained permanently from 2014 to address requirement from all departments for new laws as defined in the legislation programme. Contingencies followed by 2014 Growth Allocation

62.  HR Learning & Development - Base Budget shortfall (MMP, DMM, Senior Teams) – (CMD) - £170,000 by 2015

Recurring funding for 3 established programmes which have been historically funded from non-recurring sources. Contingencies followed by 2014 Growth Allocation.

  1. Latest Primary Demographic Numbers – (ESC) - £631,000 by 2015

Demographic projections of primary school population over the next 3 years currently indicate that numbers will increase by 200 by 2015. A decision has been made to open 2 new forms in September 2012 to cope with the increased demand. Current assumed predictions indicate that an additional 2 forms will be required each year bringing the total to 6 by 2015. Contingencies followed by 2014 Growth Allocation.

  1. Nursery Education Fund – (ESC) - £240,000 by 2015

For the last 3-4 years the birth rate has been considerably in excess of that predicted by the States Statistics Unit (on average an additional 100 births per annum). These are starting to filter through the Education system and the impact on the NEF will be an increase in the number of places being funded in the private

sector. New estimates are based on an overall requirement for 500 places per annum, whilst the original predictions in P113/2008(Amd4) were based on 440. Contingencies followed by 2014 Growth Allocation.

  1. Jersey Heritage Trust – (ESC) - £320,000 by 2015

Initial indications in informal discussions with EDD indicate that the sum identified to be found from the Channel Islands Lottery for Heritage Assets is unlikely to meet its target. In 2012 the sum of £315,000 was added to the ESC budget as a one

off pending receipt of the lottery funding - however, if the lottery does not manage to generate these additional profits, the Trust will still have an ongoing requirement for amenity refreshment and replacement. The full sum is identified here to ensure that the JHT have certainty over the level of funding available in order to enable a forward rolling programme of asset refreshment to be developed and maintained. Proposed Funding from New Island Summer Lottery Proceeds.

  1. Higher Education - UK Government Fee Proposals – (ESC) - £2.3 million by 2015

At present the department is working with Universities to establish the rates to be charged for the 2012/13 academic year. Total costs will depend on student preference of University and course, parental income and number of students attending University.

Based on departmental predictions, using current student and parent data but taking into account the new fee levels, it is estimated that the total grants budget will have to rise by at least £2 million by 2015.

In addition, many Universities have indicated that they intend to charge additional fees for Band B (engineering, non clinical years of medicine etc) and if the States cap the parental fee at £9,000 then additional costs will be incurred of around £260,000. Contingencies followed by 2014 Growth Allocation.

  1. Uniformed Personnel – Increments – (HA) - £600,000 by 2015

This will fund incremental pressures from 2013 to 2015 further to those included in the 2012 Annual Business Plan. This affects Uniformed services - primarily Police, Fire and Rescue and Prison. A new Prison Officer grade has been implemented as part of the CSR savings. Contingencies followed by 2014 Growth Allocation.

  1. Equipment/Vehicle Replacement – (HA) - £200,000 by 2015

This represents a reinstatement of funding for specialist equipment (minor capital items) and funding for the revenue consequences of the new vehicle acquisition arrangements managed by Jersey Fleet Management from 2012. Contingencies followed by 2014 Growth Allocation.

  1. Maritime Incident Response Group (MIRG) – (HA) - £50,000 by 2015

This funding will maintain offshore ship fire-fighting capability. Carry forward funding has been utilised for 2012 but permanent funding is required if the UK Department for Transport doesn t reinstate savings from 2013. Contingencies followed by 2014 Growth Allocation.

  1. Prison Me No Way! – (HA) - £30,000 by 2015

The Minister has reviewed this growth request following agreement of a revised Partnership Agreement with PMNW! The annual amount required by PMNW! is £60,000, £30,000 will be met from within the Home Affairs budget (£15,000 from BaSS and £15,000 transferred from ESC following an amendment to the Draft 2012 ABP) and £30,000 is required as a growth bid. Contingencies followed by 2014 Growth Allocation.

  1. Anti-Discrimination Legislation - £150,000 from 2014 and £200,000 thereafter

If Discrimination Legislation is introduced this will result in an increase in the costs of the department for Tribunals, the need for an equivalent provision to JACS and other costs is estimated at £250,000. Contingencies followed by 2014 Growth Allocation.

  1. Employment Tribunal - £50,000 by 2015

This budget was transferred to the Judicial Greffe. An increase in the number of Tribunal hearing days has led to an increase in required funding. Contingencies followed by 2014 Growth Allocation.

  1. Increased Staff Costs – FSR increased contribution £230,000 by 2015

Following the States approval of the FSR proposal to increase Social Security contributions above the ceiling for Employers to 2% from June 2011, an increased staff resource was required in Social Security administration.

Contingencies followed by 2014 Growth Allocation.

  1. Treatment and disposal of incinerator ash – (TTS) - £2,000,000 recurring by 2015

Currently bottom and fly ash (APC residue) are disposed of in fully lined ash pits built to a specification to store the hazardous and non hazardous ash. There is increasing pressure to find sustainable methods for disposal or recycling of both bottom and fly ash. These pressures will require investment in new infrastructure in order to implement alternative disposal / recycling methods which will also increase the life of La Collette. The capital costs of these infrastructure improvements are currently estimated at £1,500,000 and are not included in the revenue figures below. Estimated revenue costs going forward are as follows:

2014£1,000,000 APC Off Island disposal for current ash

2015£1,000,000 APC Off Island disposal for current ash,

2015 £700,000 to clear backlog of ash

2015 £300,000 On Island recycling of bottom ash

Contingency funding for 2013-2015 until growth funding is available.

  1. HR 'Fit for Purpose' – Strengthening the Delivery Team to transform the HR function – (CMD) - £580,000 by 2015

This is a growth bid to increase by 8 FTEs in order to meet the reasonable BAU support needs of States Departments and to support workforce planning, OD and Talent Management. The background to this requirement is in the Organisation Fit For the Future report April 2011 and a supporting business case. Proposal to Fund from Restructuring Provision linked to Public sector Reform.

  1. HR - Base Budget shortfall on staff – (CMD) - £230,000 in 2014 and £200,000 recurring  

This is a correction of base budget shortfall on staff. Proposal to Fund from Restructuring Provision linked to Public sector Reform.

  1. CSR: Fund permanent members of the CSR delivery team – (CMD) - £150,000 from 2015

The role of this team in future will be to manage the programme of reform of public service. The priority is to secure a recurring budget for the 2 permanent staff members of the CSR team (funded from the CSR Restructuring provision until the end of 2013). It is anticipated that this will need to be supplemented with additional temporary resource as required. Proposal to Fund from Restructuring Provision linked to Public Sector Reform.

In addition to the growth bids that are recommended for funding in the period

2013 to 2015, there were a number of other brought forward that could not be afforded within the available resources. These are set out in Figure 14 overleaf and are described in the following paragraphs. This information is presented so that States Members and interested parties can see the range of bids considered by the Council of Ministers during the development of the Medium Term Financial Plan. These bids were not set aside lightly and Departments still have the option to consider the relative importance of these bids compared with the services funded from within their existing base budgets.

FIGURE 14 – PROPOSED LOW PRIORITY – BIDS NOT FUNDED

Proposed Low Priority - Not Funded Bids 2013 2014 2015 Dept £'000 £'000 £'000

Note Get People Into Work

2 States of Jersey Trainee Scheme CMD 1,610 870 210

16 Careers Strengthening ESC 50 50 50

  1. 7. Jersey Tourism EDD 250 250 250

Total 1,910 1,170 510

Sustainable Long Term Planning

  1. Masterplanning DoE 0 100 100
  2. Strengthening the protection of the Environment DoE 0 150 150
  3. Countryside Infrastructure DoE 0 50 100
  4. Sustainable Transport Policy TTS 360 100 100 Total 360 400 450

Other Growth

  1. Communications Unit - loss of income CMD 30 30 30

61 Departmental Unallocated Provision CMD 50 120 200

  1. Island Plan DoE 0 0 150
  2. Extension of Prof Partnership scheme ESC 120 120 120
  3. Higher Education - Threshold to 2001 value ESC 1,200 1,200 1,200
  4. Higher Education - Mntnce Grant to 2001 value ESC 750 750 750
  5. Invalid Care Allowance Reforecast SSD 480 570 600
  6. Interim Asset Valuation TSY 0 0 170 Bus Services town hoppa and increase in
  7. concessionary costs TTS 600 600 600
  8. School Bus Service capacity TTS 60 60 60 Total 3,290 3,450 3,880

SUBTOTAL: PROPOSED LOW PRIORITY BIDS NOT

FUNDED 5,560 5,020 4,840

Bids Deferred 3,240 1,250 (1,000) Bids Reduced - 10% Reduction in 2013 1,350 0 0 Bids Amended by Departments 1,720 1,470 1,470 New Bids from Department (231) (370) (231) SUBTOTAL: BIDS DEFERRED OR REDUCED 6,079 2,350 239

TOTAL OF BIDS EITHER NOT FUNDED OR DEFERRED

OR REDUCED 11,639 7,370 5,079

77.  Strategic Priority 1 – Get People into Work – Bid Not Funded

Proposal

2. States of Jersey Trainee Scheme - (CMD) - £210,000 by 2015  

A bid was made for some fully funded posts and additional training budgets for a number of posts working for the States of Jersey. On balance it was felt that this proposal did not represent value for money when compared with options brought forward by the Skills Board. No growth funding available

16.  Skills and Training beyond Fiscal Stimulus – Career Strengthening (ESC) - £50,000 by 2015

Following the success of the various schemes (Advance to Work, Advance Plus, Careers strengthening, Training Team etc) from the Fiscal Stimulus funding up

to August 2012, the department sees no immediate signs of demand reducing.

A commitment was given to continue this level of funding £1.9 million in the 2012 Business Plan and this has been provided from reducing the Restructuring Provision. It is currently expected that if anything demand will increase and an expansion of these schemes is likely to be included as some of the many projects that may be funded through the £7.41 million budget allocated to the Social Security department in 2012. However, Career Strengthening will remain with Education. No growth funding available.

54.  Jersey Tourism – (EDD) - £250,000 by 2015

Through Visit Jersey , an independent, arms length organisation - extra funding to test market in new or under-funded European or global markets. No growth funding available

78.  Strategic Priority 6 – Sustainable Long Term Planning – Funding

Proposal

  1. Master-planning – (DoE) - £100,000 by 2015

Given the availability of other funding for this important service area and the relative importance of other bids, this extra funding was not seen as the highest priority. There is an increasing political pressure to undertake master-planning. This could cost upwards of £100,000 per year and require additional staff. The Planning Department can be given access to the Corporate panning vote for this purpose as an alternative. No Funding Available.

  1. Strengthening the protection of the Island's environment – (DoE) - £150,000 by 2015

The existing financial and FTE resource of Environmental Protection is increasingly stretched to effectively meet the demands of regulating and enforcing compliance with the Island s environmental legislation which is under Environmental Protection s remit. These laws provide fundamental tools to protect the Island s environment against increasing environmental, developmental and social pressures. The Environment Scrutiny Panel endorsed the resource constraints within Environmental Protection during their recent Review of Marine Waters. The Panel further endorsed Environmental Protection s strategy and the importance to the Island of securing

environmental goals through the implementation of widely recognised and proven EU Directives (Water Framework Directive, Marine Strategy Directive, Bathing Water Directive). These provide a vital and holistic (cross departmental) framework and approach that will deliver recognised environmental protection goals in line with EU best practise and will safeguard the future. No growth funding available.

  1. Countryside Infrastructure – (DoE) - £100,000 by 2015

The resources are insufficient to adequately maintain the national park and environmental car parks. There is a need for an additional staff member and maintenance budget to further improve the environment in which we live. There is also a need to invest in additional infrastructure, e.g. footpaths. This would enable an improvement network for walking encouraging people to live a healthier lifestyle. No growth funding available.

  1. Sustainable Transport Policy – TTS - £360,000 reducing to £100,000 by 2015

The pressures arise from unfunded amendments to the Sustainable Transport Policy (STP) brought by the Connetable of St Helier and additional commitments proposed by Deputy Southern without a clear funding route. Specifically the pressures are Midvale Road (£200,000), feasibility study into Snow Hill Multi-Storey Car Park (£30,000) and five other safety schemes (£30,000) which may require

a further £100,000 per annum if required. Given the pressures for spending on schemes of a higher priority, growth funding has not been allocated to meet the cost of these proposals. No growth funding available

79.  Other Growth Bids – Not Funded

Proposal

59.  Communications Unit – loss of income – (CMD) - £30,000 by 2015

EDD withdrew their contribution to the Communications Unit in 2010. A part- time post was saved but the residual shortfall of £30,000 has not been able to be absorbed within the remaining establishment of 4 FTEs. No growth funding available.

61.  Departmental Unallocated Provision (DUP) – (CMD) - £200,000 by 2015

The Medium Term Financial Plan process provides for unallocated contingencies for the first time in the States of Jersey. It is recognised that some flexibility to respond to events and variability in demand is essential for Departments. CMD has no budget. No growth funding available.

  1. Island Plan – (DoE) - ideally £100,000 annually but could be phased  

There is a legal requirement to update the Island Plan every 10 years. As the plan has been recently approved, the next plan is required in 2020 and work will need

to commence by 2016. In the past this has been funded through one off capital allocations. However, the plan is not a capital asset and should be funded from revenue. However, the more efficient and effective method would be to undertake a continuous review which would require an ongoing annual amount of circa £150,000. No growth funding available.

  1. Extension of Professional Partners – (ESC) - £120,000 by 2015

The Professional Partner system provides all provided schools on Jersey with professional challenge and support by helping the leadership to analyse and self evaluate its performance, identify priorities and plan change. This enable schools to grow and to improve outcomes as well as pre-empting difficulties, which if not dealt with could lead to long term costly problems. Professional Partners are currently working in all provided schools, including Victoria College, Jersey College for Girls and their preps. FCJ Primary School is the only non-provided school accessing this service. The Minister for Education, Sport and Culture would like to achieve equity across the whole system by enabling all schools in Jersey to access Professional Partnering. This will not only challenge these schools to improve standards but will also reduce the risk of these schools falling into difficulties, which may result in a future cost to the States of Jersey. No growth funding available

  1. Higher Education – Increase Parental Income Threshold back to 2001 values – (ESC) - £1.2 million

The lower parental income threshold (the income above which families begin to contribute to costs of maintenance and tuition) was originally established in 2001

and it has not changed since. If additional support were to be offered to families by raising the threshold to take account of current monetary values, the threshold figure would rise to approx £38,200. This would increase the number of families deemed to be on low income and therefore they would receive a full grant . The cost would be in the region of £1.2 million (using the Jersey Average Earnings Index or Jersey RPI(X). No growth funding available

66  Higher Education – Increase Grant back to 2001 values – (ESC) - £750,000

In addition, if the real value of the grant is restored to 2001 levels (based on UK RPI) a full maintenance grant would need to increase to £6,000 pa. This would cost an additional £750,000. No growth funding available.

  1. Invalid Care Allowance Reforecast - £600,000 by 2015

Past trends of ICA had shown a gradual increase in claims and costs but for a period of years this trend ceased and the costs and claims flattened out causing the department to reduce future forecasts.

The last year has seen the costs increase back to previous levels, possible as a result of carers being unable to find work in the current economic climate. As a result the department is overspending in 2012 being funded from carry forwards and requires an increase in base funding.

There is however a savings proposal to achieve the department s CSR target to transfer ICA to the Social Security Fund alongside a provision to reduce the costs of the fund by removing some other allowances. If this was accepted by CoM and the States the additional budget would not be required. No growth funding available.

  1. Interim Asset Valuation – (JPH - T&R) - £170,000 by 2015

The States of Jersey is committed to comply with International Financial Reporting Standards which require full a professional valuation of assets every 5 years and an interim valuation every 3 years. The full valuation will be undertaken in 2012 and therefore the interim valuation falls due in 2015. The cost will be met from within Treasury s existing resources. No growth funding available.

  1. Bus services – town hoppa and increase in concessionary costs(TTS) - £600,000 by 2015

This relates to Deputy Southern s unfunded Proposal P156/2011 to provide

a Town Hoppa service from 2013 (circa £500,000). This is likely to be most

utilised by concessionary passengers and therefore the income potential of the service, if charged, is minimal. In addition, there will be an increase in bus OAP concessionaires pass costs as overall bus ridership increases in line with STP commuter growth targets (circa £100,000 per annum). Careful consideration was given to the relative merits of all bids. Funding options in addition to growth have been used and this is a reflection of the high value placed upon those growth bids. The importance of the bids to the delivery of the States strategic priorities was fully considered hence the priority given to health and social services, employment and skills and housing issues. No growth funding available.

  1. School bus service capacity – (TTS) - £60,000 by 2015

At present the school buses are overcrowded. There is a growing need to implement service capacity improvements to reduce/eliminate standing of students. Currently, the school bus service is heavily subsidised so the cost of additional services will not be covered but require subsidy. The new bus contracts will help deliver better services and given the pressure on other areas this was not seen as the highest priority. No growth funding available.

80.  Summary

The proposals show that of the original requests from departments of £34 million almost £30 million has been funded from a combination of the original growth allocation, reducing allocations to contingencies and a contribution from the restructuring provision.

PAGE 87 CONTENTS

LOOKING AHEAD:

OTHER PRESSURES AFFECTING THE DEFICIT

Back to Work and Employment Initiatives

Funding of the Education CSR Shortfall

Provision for Early Repayment of the PECRS Pre 1987 Debt Pay and Terms and Conditions

Looking Ahead:

Other Pressures Affecting the Deficit

Introduction

  1. As part of the Medium Term Financial Plan process a number of other pressures have been identified and treated separately to the main growth prioritisation process. These items are detailed in the following section and will require funding from either budget reductions or other measures.
  2. The other pressures are:

Additionalfunding for Back to Work and Employment Initiatives.

Fundingof the Education CSR Savings shortfall.

Provisionfor early repayment of the PECRS Pre 1987 debt.

Payand Terms and Conditions.

Back to Work and Employment Initiatives

  1. A project team has been established specifically to address the strategic priority to Get People Into Work.
  2. There are additional costs of income support and supplementation associated with the latest economic assumptions for unemployment. These costs include the change in the projected number of additional unemployed people associated directly and indirectly with Low Value Consignment Relief. The associated increased costs of income support and supplementation have been included in the base expenditure assumptions.
  1. The proposals to support Strategic Priority 1 to Get People Back Into Work are:

FIGURE 15 – BACK TO WORK AND EMPLOYMENT INITIATIVES

2013 2014 2015 BIDS FOR GROWTH - ANNUALLY MANAGED EXPENDITURE

£'000 £'000 £'000

Back to Work Projects

  1. Back To Work Including Employer Engagement 615 630 646
  2. WorkZone additional resources 1,390 1,300 1,175
  3. Advance To Work Growth 50 50 50
  4. Advance Plus Growth 290 290 290 Back to Work Projects Total 2,345 2,270 2,161

Employment Schemes & Incentives

  1. Employment Grant 1,368 2,520 2,520
  2. Long Term Unemployed Unit 500 500 500
  3. Sector Specific Training Initiative 130 150 170
  4. Job Training Fund 212 190 170
  5. Work Readiness Fund 300 300 300
  6. Job Clubs 50 50 50
  7. Employment Projects 300 550 550
  8. Targeted Employment Grant 200 400 400 Employment Schemes & Incentives Total 3,060 4,660 4,660

TOTAL BIDS FOR GROWTH - ANNUALLY MANAGED EXPENDITURE 5,405 6,930 6,821

  1. A brief narrative explaining each of these initiatives is set out below increase the deficit costing £5.4 million in 2013 and £6.8 million by 2015.
  2. Strategic Priority 1 – Get People into Work
  1. Back To Work Team - (SSD) - £646,000

This includes funding for the Back to Work cross departmental team, the Employer Engagement team, backfill costs and other roles.

  1. Workzone Additional Resources - (SSD) - £1,175,000

This funding is for an expanded WorkZone Personal Adviser service to support the increasing ASW volume.

  1. Advance To Work Growth - (SSD) - £50,000 This is funding for an additional Mentor.
  2. Advance Plus Growth - (SSD) - £290,000

This is ongoing additional funding to maintain Advance Plus at this increased size after doubling the scheme as a result of back to work initiatives.

  1. Employment Grant - (SSD) - £2,520,000

This provides for an Employer Incentive to recruit long term unemployed people into permanent roles. Not all potential candidates will be in receipt of benefits. This is sufficient support for 350 full time posts.

  1. Long Term Unemployed Unit - (SSD) - £500,000

This funding will provide additional support for the long term unemployed through more intensively managed actively seeking work programmes.

  1. Sector Specific Training Initiative - (SSD) - £170,000

This will provide an extensive programme of training to place higher numbers of unemployed locals into sectors and is to be developed jointly with industry.

  1. Job Training Fund - (SSD) - £170,000

This funding is to source short term interventions designed to improve employability, such as fire safety, food hygiene, manual handling, passport to safety and job search techniques.

  1. Work Readiness Fund - (SSD) - £300,000

This funding is to source training such as motivation and c.v. and confidence building, workplace communication, numeracy and literacy.

  1. Job Clubs - (SSD) - £50,000

Group sessions with Mentor support to improve employment will be funded so as to provide support for those recently actively seeking work or leaving other schemes.

  1. Employment Projects - (SSD) - £550,000

This funding will provide activities to improve the employability of those with significant barriers that are limiting their commercial work placement opportunities

  1. Targeted Employment Grant- (SSD) - £400,000

This subsidy scheme aims to place specific unemployed groups into positions with employers and is aimed at those furthest from employment. May include shorter term roles.

Funding of the Education CSR Shortfall

  1. The Council of Ministers set up a Ministerial Sub Group to review the Education CSR savings shortfall. The shortfall from the 2012 Business Plan had been £7 million. As part of the review savings options were reviewed together with any further opportunities for savings in 2013 and future years.
  2. The Sub Group met with the department on a number of occasions and agreed with the Education Minister the level of savings that could be delivered towards the existing shortfall. This included the rephasing of some of the savings previously identified.
  3. As a result of the review by the department and the Sub Group, Figure 16 shows that the Education CSR Savings shortfall in 2013 will be £6.3 million but this will have reduced to £3.5 million by 2016. At this point the Education, Sport and Culture department will have delivered £7.6 million of the original £11.1 million target for CSR savings.

FIGURE 16 – SUMMARY OF REVISED EDUCATION CSR SAVINGS SHORTFALL

 2012 Business Plan Proposals from ESC Sub Group Education, Sport and Culture

2011 2012 2013 2013 2014 2015 2016 Savings Targets Savings Savings Savings Savings Savings Savings Savings

£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000

Opening balance 11,104 9,472 8,016 8,016 6,303 5,215 4,618 Savings Proposed/Delivered 1,632 1,456 948 1,713 1,088 597 1,068 Savings Shortfall 9,472 8,016 7,068 6,303 5,215 4,618 3,550

Note: This means that ESC will achieve £7.5m of their original target of £11.1m by 2016 rather than 2013. This is a shortfall of £3.6m. The original target of £11.1m included an assumption of savings in grants to fee paying schools of £3.8m.

  1. The Medium Term Financial plan proposals include an increase in the Education Sport and Culture cash limit of £6.3 million in 2013 million reducing to £4.6 million in 2015.

Provision for Early Repayment of the PECRS Pre 1987 debt

  1. Prior to 1987 PECRS pension increases were paid from the States revenue budget. In 1987 all pension increases became payable from PECRS and the States of Jersey are now repaying this past service debt over 82 years. The amount payable increases each year

in line with average pay increases (including increments). The debt is valued as a salary linked bond and long term returns mean that the level of the debt is sensitive to market conditions and can increase and decrease. In 2012 the States Pre-1987 debt repayment

is around £4 million. This is projected to rise to £10 million per annum by 2032 (just from inflation) and £131 million per annum by 2083 when the debt will be repaid in full.

  1. The total projected future cost of repaying the States Pre-1987 debt under the current arrangement is estimated to be £2.6 billion. The full cost of repayment, including Admitted Bodies is £2.9 billion.
  1. The 10 Point Agreement on which the Pre-1987 debt is repaid allows for consideration to be given to accelerating or completing repayment of the debt as and when the financial position of the States improves. The Agreement was made at a time of higher interest rates and the current low levels of interest rates were not envisaged. At the time the States had a limited revenue budget with which to repay the pre-1987 debt and was constrained by not wanting to increase employee or employer contributions. Whilst the arrangement was appropriate at the time it was made it is now is an appropriate time to consider increasing repayments and/or restructuring the debt as the States aims to manage the balance sheet alongside the revenue budget.
  2. Every opportunity will be taken to identify funding sources to repay the debt early but an initial provision is being proposed as part of the Medium Term Financial Plan to provide an additional £1 million in 2013, £2 million in 2014 and £3 million in 2015. A similar debt exists for the Jersey Teachers Superannuation Fund and consideration will also need to be given to how this debt can be repaid faster.

Pay and Terms and Conditions

  1. The base assumptions for 2013 to 2015 assume delivery of £14 million of CSR savings from changes to Terms and Conditions of employment.
  2. Negotiations are underway with the employee groups and the Medium Term Financial Plan has been prepared on the basis of the current pay offer as at July 2012.
  3. The July 2012 pay offer comprises:

For2012, continuing constraint on base levels of pay with an offer of a 1% non consolidated pay award;

For2013, further constraint with an offer of a 1% non consolidated pay award, and a 1% consolidated pay award; and

For2014, an offer equal to 4% consolidated pay award in return for a modernisation agreement.

  1. Negotiations have not extended beyond 2014 and the base assumption of a 2.5% pay provision is maintained for 2014.

100.  The July 2012 pay offer does not include those employee groups with specific pay

agreements such as Doctors, Consultants and Prison Officers.

101.  The additional cost of the July 2012 pay offer is shown in Figure 17.

FIGURE 17 – ADDITIONAL FUNDING REQUIRED FOR JULY 2012 EMPLOYER OFFER

2012 2013 2014 2015 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000

Existing Base Pay Provision

Corporate Terms and Conditions Savings Net Existing Pay Provision

2012 Non Consolidated on Basic Pay (1%) 2013 Non Consolidated on basic Pay (1%) 2013 Consolidated (1%)

2014 Consolidated (4%)

2015 Consolidated (2.5%)

Total July 2012 Pay Offer

Other Groups - Pay awards

Revised Pay Provision required

Less: Existing Base Pay Provision Additional Pay Provision Required


7,326 14,372 23,059 32,351 (7,000) (14,000) (14,000) (14,000) 326 372 9,059 18,351

2,600 - - -

- 2,600 - -

- 3,300 3,300 3,300

- - 13,300 13,300

- - - 8,700

2,600 5,900 16,600 25,300 400 400

2,600 5,900 17,000 25,700 326 372 9,059 18,351 2,274 5,528 7,941 7,349

The July 2012 pay offer will require additional funding of £5.5 million in 2013 increasing to £7.35 million.

LOOKING AHEAD:

BALANCED BUDGET MEASURES AND APPROACHES TO MAKING BUDGET REDUCTIONS

Budget Reductions: Approach One

Budget Reductions: Approach Two

Budget Reductions: Approach Three

Budget Reductions: Approach Four

Budget Reductions: Approach Five

Other Measures to Balance the Budget

Use of Contingencies

Budget Measures to Tighten Compliance and Reduce Tax Avoidance

Use of Carry Forwards

Applying Consolidated Fund Receipts

Looking Ahead 2013-2015:

Measures to Balance Budgets and Approaches to Making Budget Reductions

102.  At this stage in the development of the Medium Term Financial Plan we have taken

account of:

limitedpay and price inflation in the base assumptions;

thecommitments to growth made by the previous Council of Ministers in the 2012 Business Plan included in the base assumptions;

theneed to fund growth for service Departments in order to meet the priorities in the Strategic Plan;

growthto fund "back to work" and employment initiatives;

fundingof the Education, Sport and Culture CSR shortfall, and

provisionfor the earlier repayment of pre-1987 pension debt.

Figure 18 below sets out the cumulative effect of these budget pressures on the deficit and as can be seen from the Table we would have a deficit of £35 million by 2015 before taking account of any savings or other means to balance the budget. A number of different measures can be used to balance budgets and Council of Ministers considered a range of options. After discussion with Chief Officers and Ministers during a series of meetings, the following measures are proposed to balance budgets:

FIGURE 18 – SUMMARY OF BUDGET MEASURES AND BUDGET REDUCTIONS

Draft MTFP Forecasts

2013 2014 2015 £000 £000 £000

MTFP Potential Deficit (after Education CSR shortfall, Back to Work, Pensions, Growth Allocations and Shortfall in Terms and Conditions) (28,909) (38,056) (35,016)

Budget Reductions 3,105 13,274 22,957 Planned Use of Uncommitted Contingencies 10,383 0 2,900 Planned Use of Improved Taxation Position 7,600 7,600 7,600 Planned Use of Forecast Carry Forwards 8,528 3,998 0 Other Measures 0 13,243 1,757 Revised Surplus/(Deficit) 707 59 198

Budget Reductions: Approach One

Reducing revenue expenditure equally across all departments

103.  When developing this Plan consideration was given to five different ways in which the

budget could be balanced.

Reducing revenue expenditure equally Budget Reductions: Approach One across all departments.

(say 1% saving £9.4 million).

Identify a small number of significant policy Budget Reductions: Approach Two

changes that cut cost or increase income.

Identify a small number of significant policy Budget Reductions: Approach Three changes that attract income from outside

the Island.

Move to full cost recovery for services Budget Reductions: Approach Four

provided to the private sector.

Ask Departments to fund their own growth

requirements by making compensating Budget Reductions: Approach Five

savings in order to make the optimum use of resources within a department.

104.  The first approach is to allocate a reductions target to each department on the

same basis. To put this in context, a saving of 1.5% of Net Revenue Expenditure by departments would generate £9.8 million in savings. Figure 19 shows how this saving would be distributed across the departments in the manner set out in the Table above.

FIGURE 19 - NET REVENUE EXPENDITURE AN ILLUSTRATION OF A 1.5% TARGET AGAINST DEPARTMENTS

2013 2013 2013 2014/15 Gross Net Target

Expenditure Income Expenditure 1.5% States Funded Bodies Allocation Allocation Allocation

£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000

Ministerial Departments

Chief Minister 20,121 (1,265) 18,856 283

- Grant to the Overseas Aid Commission 9,324 9,324 140

Economic Development 20,174 (1,918) 18,256 274 Education, Sport and Culture 123,066 (18,732) 104,334 1,565 Department of the Environment 9,767 (4,165) 5,602 84 Health and Social Services 201,283 (17,021) 184,262 2,764 Home Affairs 48,659 (1,928) 46,731 701 Housing * 15,376 (42,175) (26,799)

Social Security 187,102 (3,748) 183,354 2,750 Transport and Technical Services 45,033 (19,434) 25,599 384 Treasury and Resources

- Department allocation 37,669 (7,668) 30,001 450

- Provision for Central Reserves -   -

- Provision for Restructuring costs 5,098 5,098

- Provision for Growth -   -

- Corporate Procurement Savings Target (3,451) (3,451)

- Central Pay Provision 19,900 19,900

- Terms and Conditions Savings Target (14,000) (14,000)

Non Ministerial States funded bodies

- Bailiff 's Chambers 1,779 (184) 1,595 24

- Law Officers' Department 9,369 (1,718) 7,651 115

- Judicial Greffe 7,833 (962) 6,871 103

- Viscount's Department 2,068 (700) 1,368 21

- Official Analyst 669 (60) 609 9

- Office of the Lieutenant Governor 782 (94) 688 10

- Office of the Dean of Jersey 26 26 0

- Data Protection Commission 315 (92) 223 3

- Probation Department 2,207 (313) 1,894 28

- Comptroller and Auditor General 752 752 11 States Assembly and its services 5,117 (90) 5,027 75

Net Revenue Department Expenditure Allocation 756,038 (122,267) 633,771 9,795 *Housing Assumed to be a Newly Incorporated Body

105.  There are strengths and weaknesses associated with allocating a savings target based

on a percentage of the Net Revenue Expenditure and these are discussed further below:

 

Strengths:

Everyone contributes ideas to making reductions they don t all have to be accepted

It s clear and simple to explain

It gives departmental and central certainty

Targets can be allocated to departments

Efficiency savings can be found even in Departments

that need growth to cope with service pressures.

Weaknesses:

Potential for double counting if recharges are not

taken into account

Potential for departments with income to be

unfairly advantaged

Not sensitive to priorities

Not addressing previous achievement of

budget reductions

Opportunities:

Planning is easier especially if done over a 3 year period

More controllable by departments they feel more

in charge of their own future plans

Departments can plan ahead for 2014/2015

Threats:

Not sensitive to balance of spend between staffing

and non-staffing elements of budget

Traders are excluded because they re deemed to manage to a net nil so efficiencies are not sought

from Traders in the same way

106.  After due consideration of these strengths and weaknesses the Council of Ministers decided not to adopt this approach but rather to consider a more targeted approach

to making budget reductions. If there are any major changes to the proposals within this Plan it may be necessary to revert to this approach in order to balance the budget. However, once the Medium Term Financial Plan is approved by the States, it is intended.

Budget Reductions: Approach Two

Identify a small number of significant policy changes that cut cost or increase income

107.  The second approach to reductions is to identify items within our current base budgets

that we can reduce by either changing an aspect of service provision or by introducing a change to policy that will deliver budget reductions or increase income. The Council of Ministers has adopted this approach and Figure 20 details the proposals contained within the overall expenditure:

FIGURE 20 – SUMMARY OF BUDGET REDUCTION MEASURES THAT CUT COST OR INCREASE INCOME

2013 2014 2015 Budget Reductions proposal

£'000 £'000 £'000 Review the purpose of the Health Insurance Fund with a

Option S1 view to meeting more of the costs of primary care from this  2,000  6,000  6,000

existing funding source

Option S2 Manage Guernsey's waste disposal 0  0  1,500

Reduce Property Backlog Maintenance Programme in 2015

Option S3 0  0  2,000

from £4.5m to £2.5m

Potential new fees as a result of the Control of Housing and

Option S4 0  600  600

Work Law - shortly to go out to consultation

Additional income from shareholder returns in respective of

Option S5 Stats Investment in Jersey Telecom, Jrsey Water, Jersey  0  0  3,000

Electricity, Jersey Post and SoJDC

Potential for over-achievement of Social Security CSR

Option S6 savings including; adult component of income support -  300  300  300

second adult

Potential for political decisions to progress a number of

changes to reduce Social Security benefits over the MTFP

Option S7 0  3,000  3,000

period and deliver further savings in addition to the current

CSR targets

Consider fixing Social Security Supplementation at 2013

Option S8 level for period of the MTFP - subject to further discussion  0  1,800  3,000

between Treasury and Social Security

Option S9 Remove Social Security Supplementation Contingency 0  600  600 Option S10 Further savings in Social Security final base cash limit 805  974  2,957

108.  Option S1 - During 2011 and 2012, a contribution of £6.1 million was made from

the Health Insurance fund to the costs of primary care. This plan assumes that a

contribution from the Health Insurance Fund will be taken, initially with £2million in 2013 and £6 million in each of 2014 and 2015. This will require a further amendment to the Health Insurance Fund law which will be brought forward alongside the MTFP.

109.  Option S3 There is a detailed Property Backlog Maintenance Programme which

Jersey Property Holdings manage through the use of its Technology Forge system. This indicates that the annual amount set aside for backlog maintenance can be reduced by £2.0 million from 2015 onwards, together with a £0.75 million contribution to procurement savings leaving an ongoing £1.75 million from 2015.

110.  Option S4 The recent Control of Housing and Work Law provides for new fees to be

introduced and the Chief Minister s Department have sought the approval of the Council of Ministers to consult on the possible new fees and charges. On the basis of this work, it is estimated that an additional £0.6 million can be generated although this is subject to the outcome of the consultation process.

111.  Option S5 - Our strategic investments are currently valued at £326 million (2011 Annual

States Accounts) and we have accounted for dividend income of £10 million by 2015

in this plan. There are initiatives being taken within the utilities and SoJDC that should result in an improvement in this known amount and we anticipate that those opportunities could lead to an additional income to the States of £3 million from 2015.

112.  Option S6 The Social Security Department put in a number of measures to deliver

the required CSR savings. Recent monitoring has revealed that these measures have resulted in an overachievement of recurring CSR savings of £0.3 million.

113.  Option S7 The Social Security Minister is considering a number of potential changes to

benefits which could deliver budget reductions in addition to the department s current CSR targets. These will require Council of Ministers endorsement and States approval. The department has estimated that these changes could generate a saving of £3 million from 2014.

114.  Option S8 Social Security ensures that eligible Jersey residents have contributions that

are supplemented to a minimum published threshold. In order to manage this, there is an agreed overall supplementation expenditure that the States agrees in advance with any balance coming from the Social Security Fund. This proposal seeks to fix social security at 2013 agreed levels, which would result in a saving against previously anticipated levels. This will require some changes to be made to primary legislation.

115.  The Council of Ministers took notice of the following strengths and weaknesses which

are associated with this approach.

116.  Option S9 As a result of the proposals to extend the existing formula for the calculation

of the States contribution to the Social Security Fund to have certainty for the 3 year period of the MTFP 2013 2015, the existing Social Security Department s contingency for Supplementation can be removed.

117.  Option S10 Final changes to the Social Security Department s cash limits incorporating

the final proposals for CSR savings, further budget reductions, the extension of

the Supplementation certainty formula and the latest economic and unemployment assumptions. This has meant a reduction in the amount of additional budget needed for Social Security.

 

Strengths:

Allows previous reductions to be taken into account

Aligns with strategic priorities

Weaknesses:

Can give disproportionate target to some departments.

Can allow cherry picking which might not be objective.

Lead to longer debate over key items.

Opportunities:

Wider debate over fewer items may approve decision making.

More focussed reductions may allow majority some service provision to be unaffected.

Threats:

Lack of agreement may stall overall MTFP. Cause disharmony among departments.

Budget Reductions: Approach Three

Identify a small number of significant policy changes that attract income from outside the Island

FIGURE 21 - INCOME FROM OUTSIDE THE ISLAND

2013 2014 2015 Proposal £'000 £'000 £'000

Option One Manage Guernsey s Waste Disposal 0.0 0.0 1,500

118.  The Minister and Chief Officer for Transport and Technical Services have been working closely with colleagues in Guernsey with a view to using Jersey s new Energy from

Waste Plant to manage Guernsey s Waste. This is a cost effective solution for both Islands, maximising the use of Jersey s infrastructure and generating income whilst at the same time obviating the need for Guernsey to invest in new plant and equipment subject to legal and regulatory considerations. Income is estimated at £1.5 million after allowing for the marginal cost of providing this service to Guernsey.

Budget Reductions: Approach Four

Move to full cost recovery for services provided to the private sector

FIGURE 22 - FULL COST RECOVERY FOR SERVICES PROVIDED TO THE PRIVATE SECTOR

2013 2014 2015 Proposal £'000 £'000 £'000

Move to full cost recovery for services

Option One 0.0 0.0 0.0

provided to the private sector

119.  Presently the States are not recovering the full cost of services provided to the private

sector. A detailed paper has been drafted by Treasury which proposed that where services are provided to the private sector there is little justification for public subsidy.

It was therefore proposed that the full cost of services provided to the private sector

be recovered in the charges made. Whilst this in an important principle to establish,

the assessment of current possible changes suggested that these were not significant enough to affect the overall budget position at this time.

Budget Reduction: Approach Five

Ask Departments to fund their own growth requirements by making compensating savings in order to make the optimum use of resources within a department

120.  The fifth approach is to ask departments to fund their own growth requirements and

use this as an effective budget reduction. This method is clear to departments and the strengths and weaknesses of this approach are set out below:

 

Strengths:

Creates an incentive to manage efficiently.

Caps growth in overall base costs.

Weaknesses:

Not suitable for department with significant growth needs.

Not linked to strategic priorities. Favours larger departments.

Opportunities:

Controllable by departments.

3 year period gives departments time to plan for changes.

Threats:

May not allow departments to fund priorities.

May cause departments to cut essential growth items.

Can lack transparency.

121.  Corporate Management Board have been considering ways to look at efficiencies within

their departments that might allow growth requests to be funded by corresponding budget reductions. This has been by reviewing their areas of responsibility to identify functions that would always remain within the public sector, which services could be delivered jointly with private/3rd sector and which services could be incorporated, devolved, outsourced or insourced. Departments have now completed this exercise and used this approach to either manage a growth bid to a lower level or to manage a growth bid within existing resources. Examples include:

Economic Development – reprioritisation of discretionary budgets to provide additional funding for Jersey Finance

Education, Sport and Culture – earmarking potential under-spending in student and higher education grants in 2012 to provide for known increases in UK tuition fees in higher education in 2013

Housing - the Department has made progress in realigning its housing stock with the disposal of a number of high value properties, retaining the proceeds to refurbish core social housing units, without the need of continued capital allocations.

Housing - The Department has been successful is changing the balance of its maintenance effort away from responsive repairs and towards planned maintenance, obtaining much better value from its maintenance spend. Examples where this has generated significant savings are our heating replacement programme and hot water cylinder replacement programme. By changing our approach to maintenance to a pro-active rather than reactive service, much more has been achieved without the need for growth bids.

Home Affairs – The Department has reviewed its key service areas and come up with the following initiatives:

Police - The movement of staff from Uniform Operations & Crime Services to the Criminal Justice Department (7 posts) has assisted with the development of a dedicated Custody Team and the formation of a Response Investigation Team (RIU). This change has not only streamlined CJ business processes but has also improved performance and created capacity for front line officers to focus on operational policing priorities. These business changes have negated the need for growth bids.

Police - Following an internal review of Crime Services Intelligence functions last summer, a police staff post was released and the funding used to create a much needed Domestic Abuse post to support the risk assessment process, thereby supporting victims of crime & reducing further incidents of domestic abuse. This business change has negated the need for a growth bid.

Jersey Fire and Rescue Service – Implementation of a new Duty Command Cover reducing from three levels of Command to two and thereby saving on standby costs.

Treasury and Resources

Re-negotiation of States wide insurance contracts for personal liability, property and motor generating savings in excess of £1 million with an improvement in cover.

Carrying out more pensions accounting work in-house and cutting contract costs.

Seconding staff to lead key work and projects in other Departments to avoid costly interims and develop our own people

Other Measures to balance the budget

122.  Planned Use of Contingencies At the start of this process, the base budget

assumptions included a significant allocation to contingencies. Some of this initial allocation has been used to fund growth and some to balance the budget. A reconciliation of contingency funds and those now available for funding expenditure in 2013-2015 has been undertaken. A later section of this report shows how contingency funds have been used to balance the budget.

FIGURE 23 - PLANNED USE OF CONTINGENCIES

2013 2014 2015 £'000 £'000 £'000

Planned Use of Uncommitted Contingencies

C1 Use of Uncommitted Contingency to be carried forward from 2012

One-Off Contingency - Contribution to Smoothing Reserve 3,083 0 0 C2 Use of Uncommitted 2013 Contingency

DEL Contingency 2,000 0 0 One-Off Contingency - Main 2,000 0 0 One-Off Contingency - Contribution to Smoothing Reserve 2,700 0 0 Unallocated dept Growth 600 0 0

C3 Use of Uncommitted 2015 Contingency

One-Off Contingency - Contribution to Smoothing 0 0 2,900 10,383 0 2,900

123.  Measures tightening compliance on tax collection and reducing avoidance Work has

begun on additional measures to tighten compliance and reduce avoidance and it is expected that these measures when taken together with increased levels of tax being generated from settlement in 2012 and generous allowances for covering bad debts will generate additional revenue of £7.6 million per annum.

124.  Use of Carry Forwards Current estimates of financial performance from 2012 indicate

that there is likely to be an improved financial performance on the current business plan. This will enable £8.5 million of funds to be used to balance budgets in 2013 and £4 million to be used to balance budgets in 2014.

FIGURE 24 - USE OF CARRY FORWARDS

2013 2014 2015 £'000 £'000 £'000

Forecast improved financial position in 2012 carried forward to 2013 7,000 0 0 Forecast improved financial position in 2013 carried forward to 2014 0 3,300 0 Jersey Post Special Dividend 2012 1,500 700 0 8,500 4,000 0

125.  Reduction in planned addition to Stabilisation Fund The original business plan for

2012 indicated that £10 million would be returned to the Stabilisation Fund. Based on the economic environment and the current projected estimates for expenditure, it is proposed that it is too early in the economic cycle to begin rebuilding the Stabilisation Fund. More economic stimulus is need in ways that will deliver cost effective service for the Island and sustain jobs.

126.  Using JT Preference Share Dividend Repayment Jersey Telecom (JT) is wholly owned

by the States of Jersey. JT wants to restructure its Balance Sheet and repay a 9% preference share to the States with a par value of £20 million. The States will still

own 100% of JT even after the preference share is repaid. This repayment can then be used to fund £15 million capital investment in essential services like Health and Social Services and to provide funding of £5 million for the Economic Development Department s Innovation fund. This release of capital from an established and growing business like JT can then be used to fund capital spending that will provide a fiscal, stimulus to the local economy and to fund new businesses.

LOOKING AHEAD:

MANAGING THE BALANCE SHEET

Optimising Shareholder Returns

Progressing Incorporation of Housing, Harbours and Airports A new States' Investment Strategy

Managing Pensions

Looking Ahead:

Managing The Balance Sheet

127.  Managing the budget is an important part of the overall financial management of the

States of Jersey and forms a significant part of the MTFP. It is essential that departments manage their overall expenditure within their cash allocation. There are other aspects of financial management and the deployment of resources that need active management.

128.  The States has a strong Balance Sheet Figure 25 below shows. FIGURE 25STATES BALANCE SHEET SUMMARY 2009 – 2011

2009 2010 2011 £'m £'m £'m

Total Fixed Assets 3,972 3,952 4,172 Current Assets 217 236 218 Current Liabilities (212) (215) (239) Long Term Liabilities (excluding Pre-1987 Debt) (135) (146) (166) PECRS Pre-1987 debt (247) (265) (248) TOTAL RESERVES 3,595 3,562 3,737

129.  Active management of the Balance Sheet can result in an overall improvement of the

financial position for the States, as well as safeguarding the assets of the Island for future generations. During the MTFP period, there is focus on number of key initiatives that relate to Balance Sheet Management:

TheEffective Management of the Property Portfolio through Jersey Property Holdings.

Strategicland development through SoJDC.

Incorporationproposals for Housing and Harbours and Airport.

Optimisingthe shareholder value from the States' ownership of utilities.

Maximisingour return on investments in particular the Strategic Reserve and Social Security Reserve.

MaximisingPension Fund investments and managing future liabilities through planned revisions to the Schemes.

130.  We must make best use of the assets that we own, particularly our land and buildings.

This strategic review of our property portfolio will also include our own occupation of buildings and the best way to develop office accommodation for the States of Jersey. It is planned that the outcome of this work will generate improved efficiencies and some capital receipts. These financial implications have not been factored into the MTFP at this stage, as the work will be progressed during the 2013-2015 period.

131.  SoJDC is the body responsible for strategic land development for the States. Work will

be progressed in the Esplanade quarter and on other transferred land assets such as the old JCG site. The impact of these developments and any additional dividend when the amount and timing of receipts will be clearer and will be shown in the 2016-2019 period and beyond.

132.  Strategic Investments in the Island s utilities are a major asset for the States and they are

currently valued at £326 million (2011). The details of the dividend policy and expected returns are set out in Appendix 2 of the MTFP. An overall summary of dividends for this Plan is set out below.

FIGURE 26 - SUMMARY OF DIVIDEND FORECASTS FROM STRATEGIC INVESTMENTS IN UTILITIES

Budget Forecasts

2012 2012 2013 2014 2015 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000

Jersey Electricity plc 2,358 2,551 2,615 2,680 2,747 Jersey New Waterworks Company Limited 1,527 1,896 1,932 1,969 2,007 Jersey Telecom Group Limited* 9,020 8,857 2,391 5,034 4,119 Jersey Post International Limited 513 5,013 623 744 655 Total 13,418 17,804 7,561 10,427 9,528

*Please note that the short term reduction in the forecast return from Jersey Telecom is an agreed plan to help JT retain cash in the business so as to facilitate the development of a fibre optic network for the whole Island. This project is known as Gigabit Jersey . In addition the Board of JT has an ambitious programme of business development that will increase the dividend returns in future years.

Impact of Incorporation Projects on the Balance Sheet

133.  There are two incorporation projects currently underway that are due to be debated by

the States in 2012/2013. They affect the future structure of the Housing Department and the Harbours and Airports functions. If these proposals go ahead the States will be the sole shareholder.

Housing Department

134.  The Housing Transformation project will see the Housing Department move to a

Company limited by guarantee in 2014. The new entity will be responsible for the management of all directly provided social housing for the States of Jersey.

135.  The Housing Department contributed £21 million in net revenue income in 2011 and had

net assets of £543 million consolidated into the States of Jersey Balance Sheet, with £518 million of this from the value of Social Housing properties (inclusive of land).

FIGURE 27 - SUMMARY OF HOUSING DEPARTMENT BALANCE SHEET

2011 £m

Tangible Fixed Assets 531 Financial Assets 14 Net Current Assets (2) Net Assets 543

136.  This Plan assumes that the Housing Department will continue to make a contribution to

overall expenditure so the outcome of the States debate on incorporation is unlikely to have a material net impact on the financial estimates on income and expenditure either way.

137.  The decision on incorporation would, however, affect the Balance Sheet. In effect, £543

million of net assets would be moved to the Balance Sheet of the newly incorporated entity to be replaced with a Strategic Investment that would be valued on an annual basis.

138.  This Plan assumes that the Housing Department will fund £96 million of development

during 2013-2015 and £289 million as part of its long term capital plan. Funding for these schemes will come from a mixture of capital receipts, revised rental policy and some form of borrowing without any funds being allocated from the Consolidated Fund.

139.  The States has advanced £27 million of some £40 million of future housing investment

which, upon incorporation, will be funded from the Infrastructure Fund. This funding has been advanced in the short term by the States and will be repaid by the new Associates after incorporation together with £11 million repayment of funds advanced for Le Squez and Pomme D Or Farm. Any delay in incorporation would mean that an alternative method of funding would need to be found in 2014 and 2015 for the main capital programme.

140.  In addition, it is unlikely that Housing would be able to fund their current programme

if they remained within the States funding mechanism without some additional central support (either through access to borrowing or allocations from the Consolidated Fund).

Harbours and Airports

141.  Harbours and Airports are undertaking an integration process that will be complete in

2012. Once this is completed, a proposal will be made to incorporate these two separate entities into a new Ports Authority. This will move outside the States and become a Strategic Investment wholly owned by the States.

142.  As trading funds, Harbours and Airports are obliged to manage their finances self-

sufficiently within their available funds. They are fully consolidated into the States of Jersey. A summary of their balance sheet is set out below.

FIGURE 28 - SUMMARY OF HARBOURS AND AIRPORT BALANCE SHEET

Harbours Airport 2011 2011 £m  £m

Tangible Fixed Assets 94 138 Net Current Assets 15 13 Net Assets 109 148 Balance on Trading Fund 15 15

143.  As Harbours and Airports are obliged to be self funding the outcome of the

incorporation process will not have a material affect on the revenue expenditure and income within this Plan.

144.  If incorporation does go ahead, £257 million of net assets would be moved to the

Balance Sheet of the newly incorporated entity to be replaced with a Strategic Investment that would be valued on an annual basis.

145.  If the decision were taken not to incorporate, however, there would be pressure on the

trading funds to meet the proposed spending within their capital programmes. One outcome from this could be either some additional support from the States borrowing or a delay on the desired programme.

States Investment Strategy

146.  The most recent Investment Strategy for the States of Jersey was approved by the

Treasury Minister and presented to the States and gives the long term aims for each fund. The aim of the Investment Strategy is to achieve an appropriate balance between managing risk and maximising the return on each of the funds within the agreed guidelines as set out below.

FIGURE 29 – STATES MAJOR FUNDS: SUMMARY OF INVESTMENT STRATEGY

 

Funds

Equities %

Alternative Investments Class %

Bonds %

Cash %

Participating in Common Inv. Fund

States of Jersey Major Funds

Strategic Reserve Fund 50 10 40 - Yes Stabilisation Fund 80 20 Yes Social Security (Reserve) Fund 80 10 10 Yes - Part Health Insurance Fund 40 45 15 Yes (1) Consolidated Fund 100 Yes (1) Currency Notes and Coins Fund 20 60 10 10 Yes (1)

(1) monies required for working balances will be held outside of the States of Jersey Common Investment Fund

147.  The Common Investment Fund is the vehicle by which the major Funds are pooled with

the aim of managing risk through diversification and increasing the return on each of these investments. The Common Investment Fund currently operates eight Investment Pools. States Funds can participate in any of the pools so as to meet the return targets within their Investment Strategies.

Participants

Inside group boundary Outside group boundary

Jersey Currency Health Insurance

Coinage Fund Fund

Jersey Currency Social Security Notes Fund Reserve Fund

Global Index-linked LeDon De Faye

Trust

CI Lottery Equities B Gilts

Fund Rivington Travelling Scholarship Fund

ST

Global

Stabilisation Government E J Bailhache Fund

Fund Equities A

Bonds

Consolidated Greville Bathe

CIF ST

Fund Fund Dwelling Houses UK Equities Corp A A Rayner

Loan Fund Bonds Fund

Strategic A H Ferguson Reserve LT Bequest

Fund LT Corp Fund Cash

Bonds

CIF Pools

148.  Participants are classified relative to the Group Boundary. Some participants are In

Group and have their results consolidated in the States Financial Accounts, and which are Out Group and are not considered. Participants are able to invest in individual pools or combinations of pools to meet their investment requirements as outlined by their investment strategy.

149.  The Investment Pools currently available are as follows:-

UKEquities Pool

2Global Equities Pools

Global Passive Equity

ShortTerm Corporate Bonds Pool

LongTerm Corporate Bonds Pool

Short Term Government Bonds Pool

Long Term Government Bonds Pool (currently closed)

UKIndex Linked Gilts Pool

Long Term Cash and Cash Equivalents Pool

150.  Plans are in place to include property and global absolute return bond pools in the CIF

later this year and further classes are anticipated for 2013. As of May 2012 15 States Funds participate in the CIF.

151.  The participants investing in the CIF have differing objectives, be it capital preservation,

steady income generation or maximisation of returns over a set period. In order to achieve their respective investment objectives an investment strategy is written in consultation with the States investment advisor for each participant. These strategies are presented to the States and published online. A strategy will include a strategic asset allocation and investment ranges that are expected to provide the participant with the best possible chance of meeting their investment objectives.

152.  The participant is then invested in units of the relevant CIF pools necessary to comply

with their investment strategy. As a pool grows through the returns generated by that asset class the value of units in that pool will rise. A participant is free to purchase

and sell units in any pool to either withdraw cash or to rebalance their strategic asset holdings.

153.  The value of pool units will move in line with the results of the pool. Units in equity pools

are expected to earn a higher return than units in cash pools in the long run but are more volatile in the short term. Accordingly rebalancing is performed at least quarterly to ensure participants remain in line with their strategic aims.

154.  Results of the CIF will vary in line with markets and participants returns will also vary

according to their strategic asset mix. Participants investing mostly in pools with lower risk assets, such as cash, are expected to generate lower returns but suffer lower volatility than pools investing in return seeking pools such as global equity.

155.  Since inception the CIF has performed well generating returns in excess of benchmark

by 1.5% to May 2012. In the last 12 months, since the inclusion of the phase 2 Global and UK Equity Pools, performance has exceeded benchmark by 2.5%.

FIGURE 30 - SUMMARY OF KEY RESERVES

2011 Reserves

£' million

Public Exployees Contributory Retirement Scheme (PECRS 1182 Jersey Teachers Superannuation Fund (JTSF) 302 Social Security Reserve Fund (old age pensions for Islanders) 855 Strategic Reserve 594 Stabilisation Fund 1

156.  The Strategic Reserve (Balance £594 million)

The Strategic Reserve is a permanent reserve, to be used in exceptional circumstances to insulate the Island s economy from severe structural decline or from a disaster. Further work will be done during the course of the Medium Term Financial Plan period so as to consider the future investment strategy for the Strategic Reserve.

157.  Stabilisation Fund Policy (Balance £1 million)

The Stabilisation Fund has been used to manage deficits in the period 2010 to 2012. During the period 2013 to 2015, the Council of Ministers would wish to take opportunities

that arise to rebuild the Stabilisation Fund. Funds will be placed in the Stabilisation Fund either from a Consolidated Fund transfer in the period or from additional income generated during the period.

158.  Managing Pensions

The States of Jersey administers two main public sector pension schemes on behalf of its employees:-

PublicEmployees Contributory Retirement Scheme (PECRS)

JerseyTeachers Superannuation Funds (JTSF)

159.  Both pension schemes are funded and open to new members. Scheme benefits are

calculated based on member s final salary and are, in the main compulsory for full and part-time employees. Jersey has funded public sector pension schemes with investments that it is anticipated will provide the investment returns necessary to pay pensions in future years.

160.  However, as in other jurisdictions people are living longer. This is increasing the cost of

providing pensions. Employee and employer contributions into the pension schemes have remained static for many years over which time the cost of providing the pension benefits has increased as people have been living longer. PECRS is now in a position where the current contribution rate is some 1% short of the cost of new entrants.

161.  Change is needed so as to ensure that pensions are affordable and sustainable and fair

for employees, employers and the taxpayer and provide benefits that are appropriate

for the way people live and work today. The public sector pension scheme landscape has changed.

162.  Public sector pension schemes in the UK are being reviewed following the publication

of a report by the Independent Public Service Pensions Commission chaired by Lord Hutton. This recommended a move to career average re-valued earnings (CARE) pension schemes in the UK with the normal retirement age linked to the State Retirement Age, protection of accrued rights and higher employee contributions. Typically higher employee contributions of an average of 3% of salaries are being proposed in the UK.

163.  The public sector pension schemes in Jersey are in the Public Sector Transfer Club

which aids the transfer pension benefits to and from the UK public sector pension schemes. It is important for Jersey to be able to remain within the Club so as to recruit teachers, doctors and nurses from the UK.

164.  Prior to 1987 PECRS pension increases were paid from the States revenue budget. In

1987 all pension increases became payable from PECRS and the States of Jersey are now repaying this past service debt over 82 years. The amount payable increases each year in line with average pay increases (including increments). The debt is valued as a salary linked bond and long term returns mean that the level of the debt is sensitive to market conditions and can increase and decrease irrespective of how the repayments are made. In 2012 the States Pre-1987 debt repayment is around £4 million. This is projected to rise to £10 million per annum by 2032 and £131 million per annum by 2083 when the debt will be repaid in full.

FIGURE 31 – FORECAST OF PRE-1987 DEBT REPAYMENTS

Annual Pre-1987 Year Debt Repayment

2012 £4 million 2032 £10 million 2052 £28 million 2072 £76 million 2083 £131 million

165.  The total projected future cost of repaying the States Pre-1987 debt under the current

arrangement is estimated to be £2.6 billion.

166.  The 10 Point Agreement on which the Pre-1987 debt is repaid allows for consideration

to be given to accelerating or completing repayment of the debt as and when the financial position of the States improves. The Agreement was made at a time of higher interest rates and the current low levels of interest rates were not envisaged. Whilst the arrangement was appropriate at the time it was made it is now is an appropriate time to consider increasing repayments and/or restructuring the debt as the States aims to manage the balance sheet alongside the revenue budget.

167.  The management of the pension requirement for the States of Jersey is a significant

issue and one that we are not alone in needing to tackle. One of the important local issues that needs to be considered is how to best to manage the Pre-87 debt. Between 2013 and 2015, an additional contribution of £1 million in 2013, rising to £2 million in 2014 and to £3 million in 2015 is planned so as to repay the pre-1987 debt over a shorter period and reduce the long term cost.

LOOKING AHEAD:

CENTRAL BUDGETS, CONTINGENCIES AND GROWTH ALLOCATIONS

Maintaining Appropriate Central Contingencies

Making Provision for Pay Awards and Delivering Terms and Conditions Savings

Maintaining a Restructuring Provision to Support Public Sector Reform

Allocating Growth to Deliver Strategic Priorities and Departments' Service Pressures

Looking Ahead:

Central budgets, contingencies and growth allocations

Introduction

The 2012 Business Plan provided the base assumptions from which the Medium Term Financial Plan proposals have been developed and the central budget allocations were initially set aside as shown in Figure 32. As was explained earlier in this Plan, some contingencies have been reduced in order to fund growth and balance the budget overall. The revised position is also shown below.

FIGURE 32 – BASE ASSUMPTIONS AND MEDIUM TERM FINANCIAL PLAN PROPOSALS

Original Revised

Earmarked

MTFP Proposals Base Assumptions Carry Fwd

(July 2012)

2012 2013 2014 2015 2012 2013 2014 2015 Central Allocations

£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Pay Provision 7,326 14,373 23,060 32,352 19,900 31,000 39,700 Corporate Terms and Conditions Savings (7,000) (14,000) (14,000) (14,000) (14,000) (14,000) (14,000) Net Pay Provision 326 373 9,060 18,352 5,900 17,000 25,700

Restructuring Provision 10,000 8,100 8,100 8,100 3,083 5,098 6,540 7,170 Corporate Procurement Savings (3,000) (6,500) (6,500) (6,500) (3,451) (3,451) (3,451) Restructuring Provision (Net of Savings) 7,000 1,600 1,600 1,600 3,083 1,647 3,089 3,719

Allocation for Contingencies

- Central Reserves - AME  2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 - 2,000 2,000

- Central Reserves - DEL 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 - - -

- Central Reserves - One Off 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 - - 1,000

- Central Contingency - Smoothing Reserve 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 - - -

- Commitments for "One-Off Items" (515) - (500) (500)

- Contingency for Emerging Items 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 - 4,000 4,000

Total Contingencies Available 12,485 13,000 12,500 12,500 6,000 - 6,000 7,000

Allocation for Growth

Allocation for Growth for 2013 - 6,000 6,000 6,000 - - - - Allocation for Growth for 2014 - 10,000 10,000 - - - - Allocation for Growth for 2015 - 10,000 - - - - Total Allocation for Growth - 6,000 16,000 26,000 - - - -

Medium Term Financial Plan 2013 - 2015

Central Pay Provision

168.  An allocation for increases in the wage bill of departments is generally included in a

department s cash limit. However, with the requirement to deliver significant CSR savings from terms and conditions savings of £14 million by 2013 the pay allocation has been held centrally until such time as these savings have been delivered.

169.  The base assumption provided for no pay awards in 2012 and 2013 and an allocation for

future increases in the wage bill for 2014 and 2015 at the level of 2.5% p.a.

170.  Pay negotiations are still ongoing and at the time of drafting the employer s offer of July

12th 2012 was the most current. The pay provision has been increased as part of the Medium Term Financial Plan proposals to provide for the July 12th 2012 offer. These additional proposals form part of the other pressures that have had to be addressed and are detailed in Section 9 of this report.

Central Restructuring Provision

171.  The Restructuring Provision was established to provide invest to save funding as part

of the CSR process. This funding is allocated to departments to assist in the delivery of savings projects with a defined payback.

172.  As part of the 2012 Business Plan a commitment was made to continue the successful

Fiscal Stimulus Programme for various skills and training initiatives and £1.9 million from the Restructuring Provision has been transferred to departments for this purpose.

173.  The provision also provides an offset for centrally held procurement savings until these

can de defined and transferred to departments. During 2012, the Procurement team have identified just over £3 million of savings which have been allocated to departments from 2013. In 2013 the remaining procurement savings will be identified and transfers agreed with departments. This will allow the Restructuring Provision to be available for the public sector reform programme over the period of the plan.

174.  As part of the Medium Term Financial Plan proposals the Restructuring Provision has

also been reduced by about £1 million each year to provide for growth proposals from Human Resources as detailed in Section 8 of this report. In 2013, a proportion of the required Restructuring Provision will be funded by Contingencies that are uncommitted and have been earmarked to be carried forward from 2012.

175.  In 2013, £3.1 million will be provided for a Restructuring Provision from earmarked funds

to be carried forward from 2012.

Central Contingencies

176.  The base assumptions from the 2012 Business Plan provided for £13 million for Central

Contingencies for each year of the Medium Term Financial Plan period. Provision was made for certain one off items in 2014 and 2015.

177.  In order to fund the level of growth proposed by the Council of Ministers and balance

the budget the level of Central Contingencies has been reduced. The remaining level of Central Contingencies amounts to £6 million for 2013 and 2014, increasing to £7 million in 2015. In 2013, the funding of £6 million will be provided from uncommitted Central Contingencies in 2012 which have been earmarked to be carried forward to 2013.

PAGE 123 LOOKING AHEAD: CENTRAL BUDGETS, CONTINGENCIES AND GROWTH ALLOCATIONS

178.  The available Contingencies will provide for:

AnnuallyManaged Expenditure: this represents the more volatile areas of expenditure which are difficult to forecast and which are influenced by factors outside of the control of the department. In 2013 to 2015 this will only represent Income Support and Social security benefits as the level of Supplementation will be known if the States approve the new certainty formula which will be proposed alongside the Medium Term Financial Plan by the Social Security Minister.

EmergingItems: this provision was established in the 2012 Business Plan for a number of emerging items for which a future significant cost was likely but where the exact cost and the timing were both uncertain. These emerging items included Freedom of Information, HCAE Inquiry and Legal Aid. The costs of these items remain uncertain and could not at this stage be allocated to departments so the contingency is maintained until such time as this can be allocated.

One-OffContingency: in 2015 a provision of £1 million will provide some flexibility to manage any unexpected one-off items.

179.  With a reduced level of central contingency departments will be expected to manage

within their proposed spending limits and utilise the flexibility of carry forwards to plan the delivery of services over the period of the Medium Term Financial Plan. Departments are encouraged as part of the three-year process to build up contingencies at a department level to manage any unforeseen pressures without recourse to the central provisions.

180.  In 2012 additional funding was provided to the Court departments to fund the significant

increases in Court and Case costs that were forecast. In addition a Smoothing Reserve was established and in 2012 this amounts to almost £3 million. Current forecasts suggests that at least this sum should be available to carry forward into 2013 and together with the current balance on the Criminal Offences Confiscation Fund of around £14 million will provide for any unforeseen court and case costs over the Medium Term Financial Plan. Furthermore, consideration is being given by the Attorney General to the use of this fund to cover the costs of a possible Enquiry into historic child abuse and the funding of claims made under the States compensation scheme.

LOOKING AHEAD: CAPITAL PROGRAMME 2013-2015

Capital Programme Challenges and MTFP Process 2013-2015 Capital Programme Summary 2013-2015 Capital Project Details

Looking Ahead:

Capital Programme 2013-2015

Challenges

181.  We have to manage for the long term.

182.  Capital decisions must look to the future so that investment is made in the right capital

and infrastructure projects. This can help departments plan for service change and improvement, help boost the economy and safeguard the Island for the future. This Plan sets indicative capital allocations for 2013, 2014 and 2015. Whilst proposed schemes are set out in the Appendices, approval is not sought for the capital allocations to individual schemes in this report. The detail of the capital programme will be determined for each year as part of the setting of the Budget, usually in December each year.

183.  The purpose of the Long Term Capital Plan, which includes the MTFP period of 2013

- 2015, period is to make a first attempt at identifying the long term capital investment needs for the Island.

Itcollates the anticipated capital expenditure requirement, identified by departments for a 20 year period to 2032

Itidentifies the level of funding that might be available from existing States of Jersey (SoJ) financial resources

Itidentifies the resulting funding gaps in order that options for new funding streams can be considered in an appropriate and timely way.

184.  The process ensures that schemes are priorities, service reviews are undertaken and

consideration give to the delivery of strategic objectives. Potential problems, caused by short term planning horizons, can be avoided. The prioritisation of maintenance projects on essential buildings and infrastructure, can be improved. The process will continue

to ensure that capital projects being brought forward for formal approval have detailed feasibility studies and costed business cases in place prior to such approval being sort.

185.  The 2012 Business Plan approved an overall capital expenditure of £37.6 million

with indicative amounts in that range for 2013 and 2014. During the MTFP process, Departments have indicated a greater requirement for capital funding than those previously published, with the majority of the increase being for the Health Services and essential Infrastructure. It has been recognised that there needs to be an increased capital investment in order to maintain the level of service and amenities that Jersey needs. This plan acknowledges this strategy and indicates spending requirements as set out in the following tables.

186.  It is important to stress that this excludes major proposals relating to the General

Hospital and Liquid Waste Strategy funding options for both of which are under separate consideration.

187.  The total capital allocation for the three years 2013-2015 is approved in the Medium

Term Financial Plan. The individual allocations to capital projects are approved annually in the budget for each year.

FIGURE 33 – CAPITAL PROGRAMME 2013 – 2015 SUMMARY TABLE

£'000 £'000 £'000 2013 2014 2015

Departmental Capital Programme 37,326 57,502 31,468

Funding Sources

Consolidated Fund (12,566) (4,559) (20,043) JPH Asset Disposals Receipts from Business Plan (3,300) - - Additional Limes Funding - Charitable Funds (1,000) - - JPH receipts (2,632) (4,480) (9,140) Additional Funding from Consolidated Fund - Housing Repayment - (26,472) (528) Repayment of Le Squez and Pomme D'Or Farm - (11,250) - Use of Jersey Post Dividend (1,528) (698) - Repayment of JT Preference Shares (8,500) (4,743) (1,757) Use of Carry Forwards 2012 to 2013 (7,000) - - Use of Carry Forwards 2013 to 2014 - (3,300) - Funded from the Central Planning Vote (800) (2,000) - Funding Available (37,326) (57,502) (31,468)

Social Housing Programme 18,801 31,390 45,873 Housing Funding Sources (18,801) (31,390) (45,873)

TOTAL CAPITAL EXPENDITURE 56,127 88,892 77,341

Funding from Consolidated Fund (Main allocation) 12,566 4,559 20,043 Funding from Other Sources (Repayments to Consolidated Fund etc) 24,760 52,943 11,425 Housing Funding 18,801 31,390 45,873 TOTAL FUNDING 56,127 88,892 77,341

Notes

  1. This position excludes an estimated £300 million for hospital works and £32 million for hospital ward extensions - future funding options are being actively pursued.
  2. This shows the amount of Consolidated Fund available to fund projects from forecast funds (revised forecast).
  3. No account has been taken currently of additional funding sources from policy changes.
  4. This position excludes estimates for Liquid Waste Strategy - future funding options are being considered.

The allocation by project for 2013-2015 is detailed with in Figure 34:

FIGURE 34CAPITAL PROGRAMME 2013 - 2015: DETAIL OF PROPOSED PROJECTS Figure 34

£'000 £'000 £'000 2013 2014 2015

Chief Minister's

  1. Web Development 100 170 -
  2. Microsoft Upgrade 663 - -
  3. JDE Development & Upgrade - 370 450
  4. Application remediation Windows 8 - 500 -
  5. HRIS Replacement 740 - - Chief Minister's total 1,503 1,040 450

Education, Sport and Culture

  1. School ICT 1,000 1,000 1,000
  2. St Martin School   7,732
  3. Autism Support Unit - 1,066 -
  4. FB Fields Running Track - 810 -

10 Les Quennevais Artificial Pitch - 650 - 11 St James Centre - 2,500 - 12 Replacement School - 15,000 -

Education, Sport and Culture total 8,732 21,026 1,000

Department of the Environment

13 Fisheries Vessels - 100 - 14 Met Radar Refurbishment/ Upgrade - 350 - 15 Countryside Infrastructure - 200 200

Department of the Environment total - 650 200

Health & Social Services

16 Upgrade of Main Theatres 2,100 1,837 - 17 The Limes Refurbishment 1,700 - - 18 Replacement General Hospital - feasibility 350 - - 18 Replacement General Hospital - planning - 2,000 - 19 Mental Health Facility at Overdale - feasibility 350 - - 20 Intermediate Care - 500 - 21 Relocation of Ambulance and Fire Station - feasibility 100 - - 22 Adult Care Homes 4,000 - - 23 Children's Homes 2,000 - - 24 Refurbishment of Sandybrook - 1,700 - 25 Replacement MRI Scanner - - 2,277 26 Replacement RIS / PACS IT assets - - 1,567

Health & Social Services total 10,600 6,037 3,844

Note:

  1. Property projects within individual departments will be delivered and managed by Jersey Property Holdings.
  2. the budget for vehicle replacements will be managed by Jersey Fleet Management.

£'000 £'000 £'000 2013 2014 2015

Home Affairs

27 Police Station Relocation - Tranche 4 1,000 1,000 - 28 Prison Improvement Works - Gatehouse and Admin Block - - 7,532

Home Affairs total 1,000 1,000 7,532

Transport and Technical Services

29 Infrastructure Rolling Vote 9,981 10,657 11,097 30 Refurbishment of Clinical Waste Incinerator 700 300 - 31 Sewage Treatment Works - 3,100 - 32 Ash Cells & La Collette Headland 1,025 1,051 1,077 33 New Public Recycling Centre - 2,050 - 34 Bottom Ash Recycling - 1,538 - 35 Scrap yard Capital Basic Infrastructure - 1,025 - 36 EFW Plant La Collette Replacement Assets - 1,586 681 37 Pedestrian / Cycle Track Improvements - - 635 38 Sea Defence Backlog - - 425

Transport and Technical Services total 11,706 21,307 13,915

Treasury & Resources (inc. JPH)

39 Tax Transformation Programme & IT systems - 500 - 40 Demolition of Fort Regent Pool - 750 - Treasury & Resources (inc. JPH) total - 1,250 -

Vehicle replacement (additional from consolidated fund) 1,000 1,500 1,500 Replacement assets 2,785 3,692 3,027 Total Projects - Capital Allocation 37,326 57,502 31,468

Housing

Social Housing Programme 18,801 31,390 45,873 Total Programme 56,127 88,892 77,341

Chief Ministers Department

  1. Web Development (£270,000 + £100,000 approved in 2012): The new gov.je website was launched in February 2010. Further development and enhancements are planned for 2012 and 2013. People will be able to do more online, from filling in forms to paying bills.
  2. Microsoft Update (£663,000 + £752,000 approved in 2012). The current standard States of Jersey desktop software is now nearing 10 years of age. The desktop software will no longer be supported by Microsoft after July 2011 with the operating system being retired in July 2014. The availability of third party support will reduce from 2012 as new systems are only tested on later versions of the software. It

is therefore proposed to replace the existing desktop software with the latest Microsoft products.

  1. JD Edwards Upgrade (£820,000). The States Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system, JD Edwards, will be ten years old in 2012. If the States are to renew this asset (purchased in 2000, implemented in 2002), then an upgrade programme will need to be initiated between 2014 and 2016. It is anticipated that this re- implementation of ERP will take a number of years to complete.
  2. Application remediation Windows 8 (£500,000). Over the next few years the States of Jersey needs to continually invest in ensuring that the corporate desktop infrastructure is up-to-date if it is to achieve its departmental and States strategic objectives in providing an efficient government. This provision is dependent on the applications being able to function correctly.
  3. HRIS Replacement (£740,000). HRIS is five years old, and has not been fit for purpose during its lifetime. A replacement is needed.

188.  Education Sport & Culture

  1. School ICT (£3,000,000). There is a requirement for the introduction of an ICT broad strategy across education to ensure that the Island is equipped for the future. This funding, spread over three years, allows for this to be implemented.
  2. St Martin s School Replacement (£7,732,000). A new school is considered to be the most cost-effective option to replace the existing school, which falls well below recommended standards, including DfEE guidelines. This figure includes £500,000 relating to the Planning Vote.
  3. Autism Support Unit, Haute Vallee School (£1,066,000). New Autistic Spectrum Disorder (ASD) Unit, including kitchen/social room, three smaller rooms, art store and toilets as an extension to the existing Arts Building.
  4. FB Fields Running Track Replacement (£810,000). This scheme will replace the running track surface which was installed in 1986 and refurbished in 1996 and to upgrade the field event facilities and netball court surface. Continued degradation of the running track will increase the likelihood of accidents or injury to users. The current track and field facilities do not meet UK Athletics full certification and if the Island wishes to use the facilities for the 2015 Island Games full certification will be a requirement.
  5. Les Quennevais Artificial Pitch Replacement (£650,000). This scheme will remove synthetic carpet and support material and replace with new synthetic carpet. Recent studies have shown that the pitch will require replacement by the commencement year due to wear and drainage issues. Continued use of the pitch will see degradation of the surface increasing the likelihood of accidents or injury to users.
  6. St James Centre (£2,500,000). This project is currently the subject of a feasibility study being managed by Jersey Property Holdings. It is proposed that the existing Youth Service premises at La Motte Street should be sold for private development, and that part of the proceeds should be allocated for the conversion and/or improvement of the existing buildings in the St James complex (Church, Vicarage, and School) to provide the headquarters for the Jersey Youth Service, i.e. with facilities including a canteen, offices, music studio/rehearsal rooms, and a performance venue.
  7. Replacement Extension of School (£15,000,000). Work is about to commence on a feasibility study for this project which should enable a business case to be prepared with improved cost estimates, location and potential. This project is at its very early stages. Education are considering how best to meet the needs of a

growing primary school population in St Helier. This funding will be made available if the feasibility study demonstrates a clear, long term need.

189.  Department of Environment

  1. Fisheries Vessel (£100,000). The fisheries vessel the Norman Le Brocq has an asset life of 10 years; however, it is due a refurbishment every 5. This £100,000 will fund the mid life refurbishment of the vessel before it is replaced in 2019.
  2. Met Radar Refurbishment/Upgrade (£350,000). This project is to refurbish the Met Radar in order to extend the life of the existing asset and therefore delay the planned upgrade until 2024.
  3. Countryside Infrastructure (£400,000). The resources are insufficient to adequately maintain the national park and environmental car parks. There is also a need to invest in additional infrastructure, e.g. footpaths. This would encourage people to walk and live a healthier lifestyle.

190.  Health & Social Services

  1. Upgrade of Main Theatres (£3,937,000 + £1,052,000 approved in 2012). The project will:

Reconfigureexisting theatre 1 to allow direct access from the new maternity theatre to the recovery area and use of the new maternity theatre as a decant during the work on main theatres.

Refurbishexisting theatres 3 & 4 with an expansion of theatre 4 and installation of laminar flow in theatres 3 & 4.

Replacementof air handling plant in accordance with current guidance in theatres 1 – 4.

Replacethe reception area for patients for surgery; and,

Centraliseand expand the storage space available for main theatres.

  1. Limes Upgrade (£1,700,000 - with £1,000,000 funded from Charitable Funds). The Limes is a care home built in the 1980s to a very high standard but not refurbished since. This project will:

Replaceall floor, wall and ceiling finishes in all bedrooms, shower rooms (including new sanitary ware), corridors and communal areas.

Install3 new assisted bathrooms;

Moderniseand increase number of sluice rooms

Completelyredecorate the building inside and out.

  1. Replacement General Hospital (£350,000 + £2,000,000). This provides for a feasibility study and planning/design work.
  2. Mental Health Facility Feasibility Study (£350,000). The facilities at St Saviour s Hospital are reaching the end of their economic life and will shortly not be fit for purpose in respect of the ability to supply the desired service provision. Additionally it has been recognised that the capacity of the existing facilities needs to be doubled in the medium term to meet growing need. In the 2013 - 2015 period a feasibility study is planned (£350,000).
  3. Intermediate Care (£500,000). This project proposes the establishment of an integrated Intermediate Care Centre which will serve as the base for the new IC

service (across health & social care) for the benefit of our adult population to promote faster recovery from illness, to protect them from unnecessary acute hospital admission and premature admission to long-term residential care, by supporting timely discharge from hospital and maximising independent living.

  1. Ambulance and Fire Station relocation feasibility study (£100,000). In the 2013 - 2015 period a feasibility study is planned (£100,000) in order to determine whether to co-locate blue light services on one site. Work could not commence until 2016 when the current police station site will have been vacated.
  2. Adult Care Homes (£4,000,000). There are several key issues that require addressing within the Special Needs Service:

Fitfor purpose homes for life for people with significant and complex needs

Appropriateday services for people with learning disabilities, integrated in to the community

Developmentof appropriate day time services for people on the autistic spectrum

Appropriateresidential setting for specialist assessment and treatment

  1. Children s Homes (£2,000,000). This project is to develop homes for children who require residential care, which may include the acquisition and development of a new home; the provision of suitable accommodation for two children with complex and challenging behaviour who are currently placed in off island UK specialist placements; and the development of short break facilities, including day service and residential services.
  2. Refurbishment of Sandybrook (£1,700,000). The aim of the project is to:

Redecoratethe internal environment.

Providea bariatric bedroom on the ground floor by increasing the width of the doors and strengthening the ceiling for hoist tracking.

Replacingthe current Arjo bath and providing a second Arjo bath on the first floor.

Providinga sluice room on the first floor.

Installa back up generator.

  1. Replacement MRI Scanner (£2,277,000). The Health and Social Services Department currently owns and operates one MRI scanner, which was commissioned in December 2007. The MRI scanner is in constant use in the hospital 6,635 scans were undertaken in 2011, which equates to an average of 22 per day for every working day, and some weekend usage.

The MRI scanner currently in use will need replacing in 2015. The scope of this project included purchase and commissioning of a new machine, and also the necessary building costs associated with installation.

  1. Replacement RIS / PACS IT assets (£1,567,000). PACS and RIS is a chain of electronic components designed to run the Radiology Department and distribute reports and images to all relevant clinicians both inside and outside the hospital. This is an integrated chain with products from two different manufacturers. These products consist of software which runs on different platforms and hardware used to archive and display the images and reports.

The RIS and PACS systems were introduced as part of the ICR programme in order to facilitate the development of improved patient care and safety, better

planning of radiology activity, improved clinical education and research, a better working environment and improved accountability. The systems were purchased and implemented by GE Healthcare Systems and will have reached the end of its effective life in 2015.

191.  Home Affairs

  1. Police Station Relocation Tranche 4 (£2,000,000). Continuation of funding for agreed revised scheme.
  2. Prison Improvement Works Phase 6 (£7,532,000). Construction of a new Gate House which completes the terrace of three buildings forming the new fa ade to HMP La Moye.

192.  Transport & Technical Services

  1. Infrastructure Rolling Vote (£31,735,000). The infrastructure rolling vote is designed to allow TTS to facilitate the maintenance and further improvement of the islands infrastructure network. The allocation is split broadly between highways (£3 million p.a.), traffic improvements / street lighting (£1 million p.a.), drainage infrastructure maintenance including pumping stations (£4 million p.a.) and other infrastructure assets (£750k).
  2. Refurbishment of Clinical Waste Incinerator (£1,000,000). The clinical waste incinerator requires a complete overhaul and refurbishment and it was supposed to be replaced in 2012. This funding should provide for temporary maintenance to keep the plant operating until additional funding is available from 2016. This funding should also provide for feasibility studies and site investigations into the new clinical waste incinerator. This project had £1 million funding across 2013 and 2014 (inflated since 2012 ABP).
  3. Sewage Treatment Works (£3,100,000). The liquid waste strategy is the master plan for the complete regeneration of the Bellozanne site. The sewage treatment works is the second phase of regenerating this area after the sludge project. Anticipated work includes moving to a carbonaceous plant, refurbishing the inlet works, and moving the primary and final settlement tanks.
  4. Ash Cells & La Collette Headland (£3,153,000). The current ash cell provides a repository for ash that is safe and sustainable in the context of its proximity to the nearby Ramsar site. Ongoing revenue implications include monitoring and leachate extraction. The project brief is that the design of the cell is robust and durable and integrates with the long term La Collette Headland Plan. The La Collette Headland Plan provides an ongoing repository for the ash by-products of the new EFW plant for the design life of the plant. Revenue implications and project brief are the same as for the existing cell, but additionally, the completed headland will enhance the completed La Collette Reclamation aesthetically, environmentally and financially.
  5. New Public Recycling Centre (£2,050,000). The liquid waste strategy looks at regenerating the entire Bellozanne site. As a result the recycling centre currently in place at Bellozanne needs to be relocated and redesigned in order to provide the island with a state of the art recycling centre.
  6. Bottom Ash Recycling (£1,538,000). The project brief would be to set up an Incinerator Bottom Ash conditioning facility, consisting of complete metal separation, regrinding and conditioning.
  1. Scrapyard Capital Basic Infrastructure (£1,025,000). The current scrap yard is leased out by TTS. However, the current area is not meeting environmental regulations and a new alternative needs to be identified and put in place.
  2. EFW Plant La Collette Replacement Assets (£2,267,000). The EFW plant begun operations in October 2010. In order to keep the plant operating at its optimum capacity major maintenance and replacement of its component parts will be required from 2014 onwards.
  3. Pedestrian / Cycle Track Improvements (£635,000). In order to promote the current sustainable transport policy more funding is required to maintain and increase the islands infrastructure for non motor vehicles.
  4. Sea Defence Backlog (£425,000). The current rolling infrastructure vote provides enough funding to maintain all the sea defences at their current condition. This

is the initial part of funding that would be used to improve the entire sea defence network to their optimum standard (other funding will be requested in the next MTFP period)..

193.  Treasury & Resources

  1. Tax Transformation Programme & IT systems (£500,000 + £600,000 approved in 2012). This project is intended to implement a Procure to Pay purchasing system, and develop the Income Tax IT system as required by the Tax Transformation Programme.
  2. Demolition of Fort Regent Pool (£750,000). The pool has remained unused since December 2003. As a result, it has fallen into a poor state of repair and has become unsightly, a problem that is exacerbated by its prominent position. The estimated cost has been produced by Property Holdings.

LOOKING AHEAD:

LONG TERM CAPITAL PLAN – INDICATIVE PLANS FOR 2012 - 2032

Summary Capital Plans Summary Funding Position

Looking Ahead:

Long Term Capital Plan – Indicative Plans for 2012 to 2032

(Appendix 4 for detailed information)

194.  The detailed work in this area by departments indicates that funding of requirements

of £1,646 million is required at current prices to meet spending needs to 2032. It is important to note that the amounts for Harbours and Airports will need to be revalidated as part of the continuing work on the incorporation process.

195.  This broad estimate excludes inflation from the 2018 - 2032 period (both from spending

requirements and funding sources). There is a proportion of inflation included in the 2012 - 2017 period but in essence these amounts are comparable to later period as

the rate of inflation applied in this period is low and is not material when set within the context of the overall total of £1,646 million.

196.  Details of the departmental expenditure is set out in Figure 35.

FIGURE 35 – CAPITAL EXPENDITURE PLANS BY DEPARTMENT: 2012 - 2032

£m

500 Consol Fund

Identified Sources 450

Capital Receipts 400 Trading Funds

Policy Changes 350 New Funding

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

TTS ESC HSS Other JPM Airport Harbour Car Parks Housing

LOOKING AHEAD: LONG TERM CAPITAL PLAN INDICATIVE PLANS FOR 2012 - 2032 PAGE 140

Medium Term Financial Plan 2013 - 2015

FIGURE 36 – INDICATIVE FUNDING SOURCES FOR CAPITAL EXPENDITURE PLANS – 2012 – 2032

197.  The planned funding for this expenditure is shown in Figure 36

Funding Source by Department £m

450

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing Car Parks Other Harbour Airport JFM HSS ESC

400 350 300 250 200 150 100

TTS

50 0

Consol Fund Identified Capital Trading Policy New

Sources Receipts Funds Changes Funding

198.  There is a requirement to finalise both new funding sources and those policy changes

that will result in additional funds being available for capital projects. The future for the provision of medical and social services is currently being reviewed as part of the Health White Paper and this will consider both the future of the hospital and how mental health services are managed in Jersey. The £362 million indicated for new funding relates entirely to the initiatives and is subject to change, depending on the outcome of the work that happens in 2012. Treasury are already engaged in the process of actively seeking alternative ways to manage the funding for these projects.

199.  The policy changes highlighted largely relate to Housing and TTS. Housing will be

introducing a new rents policy proposal as part of their transformation project, which

will be subject to consultation, and this will result in an overall increase in rents for states tenants that will then be used to fund major refurbishment and new build projects.

200.  TTS have an overall liquid waste strategy that is included within this long term capital

plan but for which an alternative funding source will need to be found. There are a number of options currently being considered and it is likely that these will be finalised within the MTFP period.

PAGE 141 LOOKING AHEAD: LONG TERM CAPITAL PLAN INDICATIVE PLANS FOR 2012 - 2032

SUMMARY TABLES: FOR PROPOSITION

Summary Table A

Summary of States Income and Expenditure

Summary Table B

States Net Revenue Expenditure Allocations 2013-2015

Summary Table B1

States Revenue Expenditure and Income Allocations 2013-2015

Summary Table C

Summary of Central Contingency Allocations 2013-2015

Summary Table D

Capital Expenditure Programme 2013-2015

Summary Table E

Summary of Capital Projects 2013-2015

Summary Table F

Income and Expenditure of States Trading Operations: 2013-2015

Summary Table G

Proposed Capital Expenditure for States Trading Operations: 2013-2015

Summary Table H

Consolidated Fund Forecast for the Medium Term Financial Plan

SUMMARY TABLE A – SUMMARY OF STATES INCOME AND EXPENDITURE

Forecast MTFP Proposals (July 2012)

2012 2013 2014 2015 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000

States Income

Income Tax 430,000 450,000 470,000 500,000

- Budget Measures Tightening Compliance on Tax

Collection and Reducing Avoidance   7,600 7,600 7,600 Goods and Services Tax 77,700 79,761 81,955 84,508 Impôts Duty 51,117 52,939 53,002 53,111 Stamp Duty 22,869 24,529 27,702 28,962 Other Income 31,585 20,545 21,926 24,764 Island Rate 11,330 11,670 12,032 12,453 States Income 624,601 647,044 674,217 711,398

States Expenditure

Departmental Net Revenue Expenditure (Revised) 596,034 626,224 643,510 654,738 Central Allocations (Revised) 22,085 7,547 26,089 36,419 Total Net Revenue Expenditure (excl: Depn) 618,119 633,771 669,599 691,157

Forecast Surplus/(Deficit) for the year (Revised) 6,482 13,273 4,618 20,241

Net Capital Expenditure Allocation 13,636 12,566 4,559 20,043 Forecast Surplus/(Deficit) for the year after Capital (7,154) 707 59 198

201.  This Summary Table to be referred to for Parts a) and b) of the Proposition

SUMMARY TABLE B – STATES NET REVENUE EXPENDITURE ALLOCATIONS 2013-2015

2013 2014 2015 Net Net Net Expenditure Expenditure Expenditure Allocation Allocation Allocation

States Funded Bodies

£'000 £'000 £'000

Ministerial Departments

Chief Minister 18,855.5 20,166.6 20,258.6

- Grant to the Overseas Aid Commission 9,324.1 9,790.3 10,279.8

Economic Development 18,255.8 19,459.3 19,974.8 Education, Sport and Culture 104,334.0 106,177.9 106,761.1 Department of the Environment 5,601.9 5,605.7 5,594.6 Health and Social Services 184,262.4 190,621.4 197,981.4 Home Affairs 46,730.5 47,489.0 47,843.5 Housing (26,798.5) (27,971.5) (29,338.5) Social Security 183,354.0 186,957.0 191,036.0 Transport and Technical Services 25,598.8 26,792.3 26,439.4 Treasury and Resources 30,001.2 31,412.4 30,583.6 Non Ministerial States Funded Bodies

- Bailiff 's Chambers 1,595.2 1,610.5 1,627.3

- Law Officers' Department 7,650.6 7,721.5 7,795.0

- Judicial Greffe 6,639.9 6,738.3 6,837.4

- Viscount's Department 1,368.2 1,373.2 1,378.4

- Official Analyst 609.4 613.9 618.6

- Office of the Lieutenant Governor 688.9 691.7 694.5

- Office of the Dean of Jersey 25.9 26.1 26.3

- Data Protection Commission 223.3 223.9 224.4

- Probation Department 2,123.9 2,127.9 2,132.0

- Comptroller and Auditor General 751.4 768.7 786.5 States Assembly and its services 5,027.4 5,114.3 5,203.4

Total Departmental Net Revenue Expenditure 626,223.8 643,510.4 654,738.1 For Information:

Depreciation 41,657.0 44,133.9 46,138.5 Total Departmental Net Revenue Expenditure

667,880.8 687,644.3 700,876.6 (inclusive of depreciation)

202.  This Summary Table to be referred to for part c) i) of the Proposition

SUMMARY TABLE B1 - STATES REVENUE EXPENDITURE AND INCOME ALLOCATIONS 2013 - 2015

SUMMARY TABLE C – SUMMARY OF CENTRAL CONTINGENCY ALLOCATIONS 2013-2015

Earmarked

MTFP Proposals (July 2012)

Carry Fwd

2012 2013 2014 2015 Central Contingency Allocations

£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000

Pay Provision 19,900.3 31,000.3 39,700.3 Corporate Terms and Conditions savings (14,000.0) (14,000.0) (14,000.0) Net Pay Provision 5,900.3 17,000.3 25,700.3

Restructuring Provision 3,083.0 5,098.0 6,540.0 7,170.0 Corporate Procurement savings (3,451.3) (3,451.3) (3,451.3) Restructuring Provision (Net of Savings) 3,083.0 1,646.7 3,088.7 3,718.7

Allocation for Contingencies

- Central Reserves - AME  2,000.0 2,000.0 2,000.0

- Central Reserves - DEL

- Central Reserves - One Off 1,000.0

- Central Contingency - Smoothing Reserve

- Commitments for "One-Off Items"

- Contingency for Emerging Items 4,000.0 4,000.0 4,000.0 6,000.0 - 6,000.0 7,000.0

Allocation for Growth

Allocation for Growth for 2013

Allocation for Growth for 2014

Allocation for Growth for 2015

Total Allocation for Growth - - - - Total Central Contingency Allocations 9,083.0 7,547.0 26,089.0 36,419.0

203.  This Summary Table to be referred to for part c) ii)

SUMMARY TABLE D – CAPITAL EXPENDITURE PROGRAMME 2013-2015

£'000 £'000 £'000 2013 2014 2015

Departmental Capital Programme 37,326 57,502 31,468

Funding Sources

Consolidated Fund (12,566) (4,559) (20,043) JPH Asset Disposals Receipts from Business Plan (3,300) - - Additional Limes Funding - Charitable Funds (1,000) - - JPH receipts (2,632) (4,480) (9,140) Additional Funding from Consolidated Fund - Housing Repayment - (26,472) (528) Repayment of Le Squez and Pomme D'Or Farm - (11,250) - Use of Jersey Post Dividend (1,528) (698) - Repayment of JT Preference Shares (8,500) (4,743) (1,757) Use of Carry Forwards 2012 to 2013 (7,000) - - Use of Carry Forwards 2013 to 2014 - (3,300) - Funded from the Central Planning Vote (800) (2,000) - Funding Available (37,326) (57,502) (31,468)

Social Housing Programme 18,801 31,390 45,873 Housing Funding Sources (18,801) (31,390) (45,873)

TOTAL CAPITAL EXPENDITURE 56,127 88,892 77,341

Funding from Consolidated Fund (Main allocation) 12,566 4,559 20,043 Funding from Other Sources (Repayments to Consolidated Fund etc) 24,760 52,943 11,425 Housing Funding 18,801 31,390 45,873 TOTAL FUNDING 56,127 88,892 77,341

Notes

  1. This position excludes an estimated £300 million for hospital works and £32 million for hospital ward extensions - future funding options are being actively pursued.
  2. This shows the amount of Consolidated Fund available to fund projects from forecast funds (revised forecast).
  3. No account has been taken currently of additional funding sources from policy changes.
  4. This position excludes estimates for Liquid Waste Strategy - future funding options are being considered.

204.  This Summary Table to be referred for the approval of the total Capital Expenditure

Allocation for 2013-2015 which is Part c) iii) of the Proposition

SUMMARY TABLE E – SUMMARY OF CAPITAL PROJECTS FOR 2013-2015

£'000 £'000 £'000 2013 2014 2015

Chief Minister's

  1. Web Development 100 170 -
  2. Microsoft Upgrade 663 - -
  3. JDE Development & Upgrade - 370 450
  4. Application remediation Windows 8 - 500 -
  5. HRIS Replacement 740 - - Chief Minister's total 1,503 1,040 450

Education, Sport and Culture

  1. School ICT 1,000 1,000 1,000
  2. St Martin School   7,732
  3. Autism Support Unit - 1,066 -
  4. FB Fields Running Track - 810 -

10 Les Quennevais Artificial Pitch - 650 - 11 St James Centre - 2,500 - 12 Replacement School - 15,000 -

Education, Sport and Culture total 8,732 21,026 1,000

Department of the Environment

13 Fisheries Vessels - 100 - 14 Met Radar Refurbishment/ Upgrade - 350 - 15 Countryside Infrastructure - 200 200

Department of the Environment total - 650 200

Health & Social Services

16 Upgrade of Main Theatres 2,100 1,837 - 17 The Limes Refurbishment 1,700 - - 18 Replacement General Hospital - feasibility 350 - - 18 Replacement General Hospital - planning - 2,000 - 19 Mental Health Facility at Overdale - feasibility 350 - - 20 Intermediate Care - 500 - 21 Relocation of Ambulance and Fire Station - feasibility 100 - - 22 Adult Care Homes 4,000 - - 23 Children's Homes 2,000 - - 24 Refurbishment of Sandybrook - 1,700 - 25 Replacement MRI Scanner - - 2,277 26 Replacement RIS / PACS IT assets - - 1,567

Health & Social Services total 10,600 6,037 3,844

205.  This Summary Table is provided for information only. The total capital allocation for the

three years 2013-2015 is approved in the Medium Term Financial Plan. The individual allocations to capital projects are approved annually in the budget for each year.

SuMMARY TABLE E (COnT'D) – SuMMARY OF CAPITAL PROJECTS FOR 2013-2015

£'000 £'000 £'000 2013 2014 2015

Home Affairs

27 Police Station Relocation - Tranche 4 1,000 1,000 - 28 Prison Improvement Works - Gatehouse and Admin Block - - 7,532

Home Affairs total 1,000 1,000 7,532

Transport and Technical Services

29 Infrastructure Rolling Vote 9,981 10,657 11,097 30 Refurbishment of Clinical Waste Incinerator 700 300 - 31 Sewage Treatment Works - 3,100 - 32 Ash Cells & La Collette Headland 1,025 1,051 1,077 33 New Public Recycling Centre - 2,050 - 34 Bottom Ash Recycling - 1,538 - 35 Scrap yard Capital Basic Infrastructure - 1,025 - 36 EFW Plant La Collette Replacement Assets - 1,586 681 37 Pedestrian / Cycle Track Improvements - - 635 38 Sea Defence Backlog - - 425

Transport and Technical Services total 11,706 21,307 13,915

Treasury & Resources (inc. JPH)

39 Tax Transformation Programme & IT systems - 500 - 40 Demolition of Fort Regent Pool - 750 - Treasury & Resources (inc. JPH) total - 1,250 -

Vehicle replacement (additional from consolidated fund) 1,000 1,500 1,500 Replacement assets 2,785 3,692 3,027 Total Projects - Capital Allocation 37,326 57,502 31,468

Housing

Social Housing Programme 18,801 31,390 45,873 Total Programme 56,127 88,892 77,341

206.  This Summary Table is provided for information only. The total capital allocation for the

three years 2013-2015 is approved in the Medium Term Financial Plan. The individual allocations to capital projects are approved annually in the budget for each year.

SuMMARY TABLE F – InCOME AnD ExPEnDITuRE OF STATES' TRADInG OPERATIONS 2013 TO 2015

2013 2013 2013 2013 Gross

Net  Financial Expenditure  Income Total

Expenditure Return Total

£ £ £ £

Jersey Airport 21,873,200 (29,609,700) (7,736,500) - Jersey Harbours 11,515,000 (14,882,000) (3,367,000) 100,000 Jersey Car Parking 5,395,500 (6,640,500) (1,245,000) 1,552,000 Jersey Fleet Management 3,662,600 (3,935,300) (272,700) -

42,446,300 (55,067,500) (12,621,200) 1,652,000 Depreciation 13,651,600 - -

56,097,900 (55,067,500) 1,030,400

2014 2014 2014 2014 Gross

Net  Financial Expenditure  Income Total

Expenditure Return Total

£ £ £ £

Jersey Airport 22,032,000 (29,992,900) (7,960,900) - Jersey Harbours 11,695,000 (15,155,000) (3,460,000) 100,000 Jersey Car Parking 5,410,800 (6,731,300) (1,320,500) 1,591,000 Jersey Fleet Management 3,662,600 (3,935,300) (272,700) -

42,800,400 (55,814,500) (13,014,100) 1,691,000 Depreciation 13,614,600 - -

56,415,000 (55,814,500) 600,500

2015 2015 2015 2015 Gross

Net  Financial Expenditure  Income Total

Expenditure Return Total

£ £ £ £

Jersey Airport 22,519,400 (30,626,400) (8,107,000) - Jersey Harbours 11,962,000 (15,532,000) (3,570,000) 100,000 Jersey Car Parking 5,438,700 (6,827,600) (1,388,900) 1,631,000 Jersey Fleet Management 3,662,600 (3,935,300) (272,700) -

43,582,700 (56,921,300) (13,338,600) 1,731,000 Depreciation 12,857,600 - -

56,440,300 (56,921,300) (481,000)

SuMMARY TABLE G – PROPOSED CAPITAL PROGRAMME FOR STATES' TRADInG OPERATIONS 2013 TO 2015

2013 2014 2015 Capital Capital Capital

States Trading Operations

Allocation Allocation Allocation £'000 £'000 £'000

Jersey Airport

- Capital Expenditure Allocation 517 331 2,393

Jersey Harbours

- Capital Expenditure Allocation 1,296 368 1,670

Jersey Car Parking

- Capital Expenditure Allocation 12 561 583

Jersey Fleet Management

- Capital Expenditure Allocation 1,323 1,091 1,418

Total Capital Expenditure to be Financed from Trading Funds 3,148 2,351 6,064

207.  These tables are to be referred to for Part d) and e) of the Proposition.

SUMMARY TABLE H – CONSOLIDATED FUND 2012 TO 2015 FOR THE MEDIUM TERM FINANCIAL PLAN

Budget Forecasts

2011 Consolidated Fund 2012 2012 2013 2014 2015 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000

40,625 Opening Balance 24,770 47,166 32,738 19,717 11,563 Proposed Capital Expenditure Allocation - Housing

(27,000)

Schemes

Other Fund Adjustments - Return of Housing Capital 27,000

Other Fund Adjustments - Allocation to Capital

(26,472) (528) Programme

Repayment of JT Preference Dividends 20,000

Other Fund Adjustments - Allocation to Capital

(8,500) (4,743) (1,757) Programme

Other Fund Adjustments - Allocation to Innovation Fund (5,000)

Other Fund Adjustment - Earmarked Carry Forward from

7,000 (7,000)

2012 to Fund Capital

Other Fund Adjustment - Earmarked Carry Forward from

3,300 (3,300)

2013 to Fund Capital

Other Fund Adjustment - Jersey Post Special Dividend

(2,274) (1,528) (698)

2012 to Fund Capital

26,835 Other Fund Adjustments 2,032 - - - - (24,838) Forecast Surplus/Deficit for the year (19,412) (7,154) 707 59 198 In Year - Improved Forecast Financial Position

46,000 Transfer from/(to) the Stabilisation Fund - - - - - (41,456) Carry forward expenditure to 2012

Estimated Consolidated Fund Balance

47,166 Central scenario 7,390 32,738 19,717 11,563 9,476

 

 

Budget Forecasts Stabilisation Fund 2012 2012 2013 2014 2015 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000

2011 £'000

46,997 Opening Balance 10,000 1,006 1,006 1,006 1,006

(46,000) Transfer from Consolidated Fund - - - - -

9 Investment Income

Estimated Stabilisation Fund Balance

1,006 Central scenario 10,000 1,006 1,006 1,006 1,006

Note: There is currently no proposal to transfer funds to/or from the Stabilisation Fund in the Medium Term Financial Plan. However, it is a requirement of the Finance Law that a statement of the Consolidated Fund be included to demonstrate that it is in balance over the period of the Medium Term Financial Plan.

APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES

Appendix One: States Income

Supplementary Note 1: Income Tax Overview

Supplementary Note 2: Income Tax Forecast Note March 2012 Supplementary Note 3: GST and ISE Fees

Supplementary Note 4: Impôt Duties

Supplementary Note 5: Stamp Duty and Land Transaction Tax Supplementary Note 6: Island Wide Rate

Supplementary Note 7: Other States Income

Supplementary Note 8: Departmental Income

Appendix Two: Dividend Policy for Strategic Investments Appendix Three: Carry Forward Report 2011/2012

Appendix Four: Indicative Long Term Capital Plan: 2012 to 2032

Appendix Five: Office Estate Rationalisation

Appendix Six: Housing Department and the Housing Transformation Project

Appendix Seven: Proposals for Ports Integration and Incorporation Appendix Eight: MTFP Assumptions

Appendix Nine: States Investment Strategy March 2012

Appendix Ten: Proposed Redemption of all JT Group Limited 9% Cumulative Preference Shares

Appendix Eleven: Long Term Tax Policy for Jersey

Index to Supplementary Notes

The supplementary notes are as follows:

208.  Supplementary Note 1: Income Tax: Overview

This provides a high-level overview of Income Tax, the main source of States Income, which is estimated at £450 million for 2013 and then goes in to more detail about the work that is done to predict this income stream. Given that Income Tax represents 70% of States Income significant effort has gone, and continues to go, into forecasting this.

209.  Supplementary Note 2 Income Tax Review of Forecasting Model

The Income Tax Forecasting Model has been reviewed and updated as a result of the complete tax data for year of assessment 2010 and revised economic assumptions. A detailed review has also been undertaken of the way in which the model deals with taxpayer allowances and reliefs resulting in a significant improvement in methodology.

210.  Supplementary Note 3: GST (appendix to follow)

Goods and Services Tax (GST) is a consumption tax on spending in the Island. It is the

second largest element of States income and is estimated to raise £80 million in 2013. 211.  Supplementary Note 4: Impôts

Imp ts income arises from duties levied on the importation of alcohol, tobacco and fuel.

Vehicle Excise Duty and other Customs income. 2013 income is estimated at £53 million. 212.  Supplementary Note 5: Stamp Duty and Land Transaction Tax

Stamp Duty is levied on transactions which pass through the Royal Court, largely commercial and residential property transactions. The forecast for 2013 is £23 million. Land Transaction Tax was introduced in 2010 to raise similar income from share transfer property transactions. 2013 income is estimated at £1.5 million.

213.  Supplementary Note 6: Island-wide Rate

This was introduced in 2006 to move the cost of Parish Welfare and Residential Care to the States, with the Parishes paying an annual Rate to the States in return. Income for 2013 is forecast at £11.67 million.

214.  Supplementary Note 7: Other States Income

This category combines a number of smaller elements including investment interest, dividend income (for example from JT and Jersey Post) and returns from States Trading Operations (such as the Harbours and Airport). The total of Other States Income for 2013 is forecast at £21 million.

215.  Supplementary Note 8: Departmental Income

Departmental Income is income resulting from fees and charges in respect of goods and services provided by the various departments. The forecast for departmental income in 2013 is £123 million.

APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES  PAGE 156

APPENDIX ONE: STATES INCOME

Supplementary Note 1 – Income Tax: Overview

What drives the level of Income Tax income?

216.  Income Tax is by far the largest element of States income. In 2013 it is forecast to raise

£450 million out of total States income of £647 million, or 70%.

Estimated States income 2013

500

400

300

200

100

0

Income  GST Impôts Other  Stamp Duty Island-wide Tax income and LTT Rate


Estimated States income 2013

Income Tax

GST

2% Impôts

Other income

4% Stamp Duty and LTT

Island-wide Rate

4%

69% 8%

13%

217.  Income Tax can be broken down into personal tax (including tax from employees

(Schedule E) the self-employed and investment holders (Schedule D)) and income tax from companies (Schedules C and Z). Forecasts for 2013 indicate that personal tax will account for £377 million of the £450 million total income tax, or 84%. Personal income tax represents 58% of all States income.

£m 2013 Income Tax streams

400

350 Series 1 300

250

200

150

100

50

0

Personal Tax Companies


2013 Income Tax streams

Personal Tax

Companies 16%

84%

218.  Whilst being the largest element of income, Income Tax is also the most difficult to

forecast although excellent progress has been made in the last year or two on improving the accuracy of projections. Because of its high value, a small difference between estimated and actual income can result in a difference of several million pounds. The factors affecting Income Tax income are explored below but can change quickly, for example as the economic outlook alters. Forecasting is made even more difficult by when it needs to be done. As an example 2011 income would have first needed to be considered in the 2011 Annual Business Plan, lodged in July 2010. Then in the 2011 Budget lodged in September 2010. An updated forecast was published in the 2012 Business Plan (lodged July 2011) and the 2012 Budget (lodged September 2011). The

actual income is not known until well into 2012 when it is published in May in the 2011 Accounts. There is thus a span of 20 months from July 2010 until May 2012 during which a great deal can change. The following table and chart illustrate how forecasts can change, with the most important comparison being between actual income and the Budget forecast for that year these columns are highlighted:

Earliest Latest Forecast in  Forecast in  Forecast in

Forecast in

Year of income Business Plan for  following year's  following year's  Actual income

Budget for year

year Business Plan Budget

2007 420 410 420 440 430 2008 432 460 460 470 499 2009 466 478 478 488 508 2010 420 391 391 379 394 2011 391 380 390 390 411

INCOME TAX FORECAST

Income Tax Forecast

£m

Forecast in Business Plan for year

600 Forecast in Budget for year

Forecast in following year's Business Plan 500 Forecast in following year's Budget

Actual Income

400

300

200

100 0

2007 2008 2009 2010 2011

219.  Forecasting is undertaken by the Income Tax Forecasting Group (ITFG), made up of

senior officers from the Treasury and Chief Minister s Departments. Forecasting is undertaken in the following way:

TheTaxes Office provides the Economics Unit with data on taxable income for the previous year of assessment (YOA) i.e. the tax year in which the income is generated.

TheEconomics Unit applies assumptions and forecasts for a number of variables to the income data. These variables include:

Gross Value Added (GVA) – broadly the equivalent of Gross Domestic Product (or GDP) in the UK – a measure of "national" income;

Company profits;

Employment levels;

Average earnings; and

Interest rates.

Thisthen produces a forecast of taxable income.

TheTaxes Office then calculates an expected yield i.e. a percentage to apply to taxable income to forecast income tax receipts. The yield is based on the previous year, adjusted for known factors e.g. changes to exemptions and allowances, other Budget measures. The yield is then applied to the taxable income forecast to produce an income tax forecast.

Theincome tax forecast is then adjusted for expected bad debts and any other factors which, in their judgement, the ITFG considers should be taken into account.

Thefinal forecast is presented as a range of +/- 5% to reflect the uncertainty over some of the variables used.

GVA Company  Exemptions Budget profits measures

Taxable  Forecast

Income  X Yield Forecast = Income Tax forecast receipts

Employment Interest rates Judgement

Average  Allowances earnings

220.  Once actual tax receipts relating to a year of assessment are known, they are analysed against the forecast to establish the reasons for any differences. These could be due to:

Differencesin taxable income; and/or

Differencesin yield.

221.  Once variances are analysed the process for future forecasting is adjusted so there is a

cycle of continuous improvement.

222.  The following table shows this analysis for YOA 2010:

Central scenario,

Forecast Actual Difference

YOA 2010

Income tax forecast  Taxable  Yield  Tax  Taxable  Tax

assump  Yield Model Yield Other Total paper - March 2011 income tion revenue income revenue

£m % £m £m % £m £m £m £m £m Employees:

Schedule E 2180 12.8 278 2138 13.6 290 -5 17 12 Companies:

Schedule C 59 536 11.9 64 5 5 Schedule Z (IBCs)+excos 9 11 2 2 Self employed and IH:

Schedule B+D 300 15.5 46 330 14.8 49 4 -1 3 Bad debts -4 -1 3 3

Total 388 413 -1 16 10 25

Business Plan 2012 - central 390 Business Plan 2012 - range +/- 15 Budget 2012 - central 390 Budget 2012 - range +/- 15

223.  In this instance the actual receipts were £25 million more than forecast, due mostly (£16

million net of which £17 million was employees) to a different actual yield % from that used in the forecasting process. Taxable income was only £1 million (net) different although Schedule E (employee) income was £5 million less than forecast and income from the self-employed and investment holders (Schedules B and D) was £4 million more than forecast. This illustrates the difficulty in forecasting 70% of States income.

224.  The following table shows the sensitivity of the forecast to some of the most influential

variables:

= the following variation in Income Tax receipts from

A 1% variation from forecast in: forecast

Employment £2 million - £3 million

Average earnings £2 million - £3 million

GVA £1 million

Impact of exemption thresholds and allowances £3 million

Strategy 2013-2019

225.  The Tax Policy Unit has a three year work plan which sets out those aspects of the

Income Tax system which will be subject to review and potential change over the life of the Medium Term Financial Plan:

Someelements will be neutral in terms of their Income Tax receipts.

Some may reduce receipts e.g.

Repeal of deemed distribution provisions;

Furthersupport for childcare and education costs; and

Reviewof Probate duty.

Otherreviews have the potential to increase Income Tax receipts e.g.

Non-financialservices companies; and

0/10 anti-avoidance and data collection.

226.  Until further work has been done it is difficult to quantify these measures with any

certainty.

227.  The Treasury Minister has given a commitment that there will be no increase in the

headline rate of Income Tax over the life of the MTFP.

Forecasts

228.  The following assumptions have been used in preparing these forecasts:

% change 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 Real GVA -5.0 1.2 1.4 2.0 2.5 2.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 RPI 2.6 5.0 3.8 3.0 3.1 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 Employment -0.1 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

Average

1.1 2.5 3.5 3.8 4.1 4.8 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5

Earnings

Interest rates (%) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.9 1.4 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0

229.  Forecasts are as follows:

£ millions 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 Personal Tax 375   395   418   433   448   463   480 Companies 70   73   76   80   83   86   89 Total 445  468  494  513  531  549  568

INCOME TAX FORECAST RANGE 2013–2019

600

500

400 Personal Tax

Companies 300 Total

200

100

0

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019

230.  If a forecast range of +/- 5% is used this gives a range of uncertainty of almost £60

million by 2019.

INCOME TAX FORECAST RANGE 2013–2019

600

500

Optimistic 400 Central

Pessimistic 300

200

100

0

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019

Supplementary Note 2 –

Income Tax Forecast Note – March 2012

Executive summary

231.  Updated model

The income tax forecasting model has been updated to include the complete tax data for year of assessment (YOA) 2010 and revised economic assumptions. The way the model deals with tax payer allowances and reliefs has also been significantly improved.

232.  Central forecast

The central forecast (figure 1) is the midpoint in a range of what we estimate future income tax revenues will be given the latest tax data, economic assumptions and past Budget decisions. The impact of any proposed Budget measures would have to be separately assessed and added to the forecast.

FIGURE 1: CENTRAL FORECAST FOR INCOME TAX

Actual Forecast

YOA 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 Budget Year 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 £m £m £m £m £m

Employees 286 309 323 342 364 Companies 75 74 77 80 84 Self employed and investment holders 50 51 52 53 54 Bad debts -2 -4 -4 -4 -4 Total 409 429 448 472 498

FIGURE 2: DIFFERENCE BETWEEN FORECASTS

Forecast

YOA 2010 2011 2012 2013 Budget Year 2012 2013 2014 £m £m £m £m

Employees 14 17 9 2 Companies 1 -2 -1 1 Self employed and investment holders 3 3 2 0 Bad debts 3 0 0 0 Total 21 18 10 3

233.  Income tax revenue is forecast to be higher than previously expected for 2012 and

2013, mainly due to a higher employee tax yield. There are now better estimates for the impacts of:

20means 20 – the phasing out of many allowances for standard rate tax payers in YOA 2011.

PreviousBudget policy decisions - regarding low or no exemption threshold and allowance increases for YOA 2011 and 2012; and

Lowermortgage interest relief claims as a consequence of the low interest rate environment.

234.  A number of the economic assumptions have been revised downwards in light of

local and global economic developments since the last forecast was produced. As a consequence of the forecast of a slower recovery in the economy, income tax revenues are not expected to grow as quickly as before in 2014 and 2015.

FIGURE 3: CURRENT ROUNDED FORECAST FOR INCOME TAX REVENUE WITH 5% RANGE (ROUNDED)

 

YOA 2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

Budget Year 2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

Upper -

450

470

495

525

Central 409

430

450

470

500

Lower -

410

425

450

475

FIGURE 4: INCOME TAX REVENUE, £ MILLION, BY BUDGET YEAR

550 500 450 400 350 300 250

 

Current forecast

 

 

Previously published forecast

 

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

235.  Sensitivity analysis

In the taxable income part of the model, the assumptions about future employment, average earnings and economic growth are all important. In the allowances and reliefs part of the model, the assumptions about Budget policy on exemption thresholds and allowances are very important as well.

FIGURE 5: SUMMARY OF SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

 

 

Variation

 

Assumption

+1%

-1

Income:

Employment £2m to £3m -£2m to -£3m Average earnings £2m to £3m -£2m to -£3m GVA +£1m -£1m Exemptions, reliefs and allowances:

Budget policy -£3m +£3m

236.  Factors not in the forecast

There are some issues, highly uncertain in nature, size or timing, some of which could have the potential to affect future income tax revenues which have not been factored into the forecast. These include:

Theimpact of the removal of deemed distributions/full attribution from YOA 2012

Earlysigns that company tax will be higher in YOA 2011 (subject to appeals)

Apossible one-off increase in tax revenue (subject to a final review by the HMRC)

237.  Introduction

This note sets out the results of the income tax forecasting model. The data and assumptions used have been jointly agreed by the Treasury and Income Tax Department and Economics Unit. The central estimates used are accompanied by a range to emphasise the inherent uncertainty in many of the variables.

238.  Modelling process

Data on income by schedule and case of income (except for companies1) for years

up to and including the previous year of assessment (YOA) are provided by the Taxes Office. The data they provide is adjusted so that it is suitable for forecasting purposes2. More detailed information on the value of reliefs and allowances claimed was also provided for the first time.

239.  The forecast has been conducted on the basis of finalised (pre-audit) figures for YOA

2010. Little other information was available for YOA 2011.

240.  An overview of the model is shown in figure 6. There are two main parts to the model

forecasting taxable income and forecasting the value of exemption thresholds, reliefs and allowances.

Taxable income is estimated over the forecast period by taking the baseline data provided by the Taxes Office and using statistical relationships between income and various economic variables, in combination with assumptions about the economic variables going forward (see Section 4). The economic variables include Gross Value Added (GVA), company profits, employment, average earnings and interest rates, for example.

The amount of reliefs and allowances is estimated over the forecast period by taking the baseline data and using assumptions about future tax payer numbers, inflation, interest rates and Budget policy. This is a recent improvement to the model made possible by additional data provided by the Taxes Office3.

FIGURE 6: MODEL OVERVIEW

BASELINE FORECASTS (by schedule) (by schedule)

statistical relationship

Income Forecast income

economic assumptions

less less

tax payer number assumptions

Exemptions, reliefs and allowances Forecast reliefs

known and future policy assumptions

multiplied by economic assumptions multiplied by

Tax rates Tax rates equals equals

Net tax payable Forecast net tax payable

  1. After the introduction of 0/10, company income is no longer provided by case, but instead at an aggregate income level.
  2. For example, final year tax payers are removed because they will not be part of the tax base in the future.
  3. Previously, a constant yield was assumed on the basis that reliefs and allowances should increase at a similar rate to taxable income. This would generally be the case if they changed in line with average earnings every Budget. As this has tended not to happen, the yield has increased over time.

241.  Forecast net payable is adjusted for the expectation of the size of bad debts in the year

to arrive at a final forecast for income tax revenue.

242.  In order to reflect the fact that there is significant uncertainty in the forecast, a central

forecast is produced with a range, with the emphasis on the range rather than the point estimates. The upper and lower range has been set at +/- 5% for the forecast period.

243.  The recent history and evolution of the tax forecasting process is included in Appendix

1.

244.  Baseline tax data (YOA 2010)

Finalised information for YOA 2010 assessments shows that overall income tax revenues will be around £20 million higher than forecast in the Budget 2012. Figure 7 provides a breakdown and shows that overall the model proved reasonably accurate in predicting the changes in the various elements of the tax base. However, as a result of the yield assumption applied being too low, the largest single difference was an underestimate of £17 million tax revenue for Schedule E. There were a number of other smaller variations. The model overestimated the tax revenue for schedule E by £5 million. Schedule B and D tax revenue was also slightly underestimated (net £3 million) as a result of the model and assumptions regarding interest, equity and dividend income. Schedule C turned

out to be £5 million higher than expected.

245.  The yield increased for employees because the exemption thresholds, reliefs and

allowances were not increased in the 2010 Budget, some reliefs and allowances were reduced for standard rate tax payers as a consequence of 20 means 20 and mortgage interest claims fell due to the low interest rate affecting mortgages.

246.  In arriving at the new forecast, an analysis of exemptions, reliefs and allowances has

been carried out which has enabled improvements to the model and more robust underlying assumptions to be made in this regard.

FIGURE 7: DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE FORECAST AND OUTTURN FOR YOA 2010

Central scenario,

Forecast Actual Difference

YOA 2010

Income tax forecast  Taxable  Yield  Tax  Taxable  Tax

assump  Yield Model Yield Other Total paper - March 2011 income tion revenue income revenue

£m % £m £m % £m £m £m £m £m Employees:

Schedule E 2180 12.8 278 2138 13.6 290 -5 17 12 Companies:

Schedule C 59 536 11.9 64 5 5 Schedule Z (IBCs)+excos 9 11 2 2 Self employed and IH:

Schedule B+D 300 15.5 46 330 14.8 49 4 -1 3 Bad debts -4 -1 3 3

Total 388 413 -1 16 10 25

Business Plan 2012 - central 390 Business Plan 2012 - range +/- 15 Budget 2012 - central 390 Budget 2012 - range +/- 15

Note: the actual income tax revenue in the table above relates only to YOA 2010 where as the actual income tax revenue for Budget year 2011 includes amounts received from other years of assessment as

they are finalised.

247.  Assumptions

Since the last forecast was carried out, more recent data are available and forecasts for certain economic variables have been revised. Other important assumptions used to produce the forecasts are also outlined in this section.

248.  Economic assumptions

The most recent economic assumptions are illustrated in Figure 8. A number of the economic assumptions have been revised downwards in light of local and global economic developments since the last forecast was produced.

249.  As a consequence of this, income tax revenues are not expected to grow as quickly as

before, although they start from a higher base now.

250.  An explanation of how these assumptions are arrived at and how they have changed

since the last forecast is included in Appendix 3.

FIGURE 8: ECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS USED IN THE MODEL (% CHANGE)

Annual changes 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Real GVA 1.2 1.4 2.0 2.5 2.5 RPIX/RPIY 3.7 3.3 3.0 2.9 3.0 Nominal GVA 4.9 4.8 5.0 5.6 5.6 Company profits(a) 5.2 5.6 5.5 6.0 6.0 Compensation of employees(b) 3.5 4.0 4.8 5.1 5.3 Employment 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0 0.5 Average earnings 2.5 3.5 3.8 4.1 4.8 Interest rates (%) 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.9 1.4 Interest rates (pp change) 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.3 0.6 House prices -1.0 1.0 3.0 4.0 5.0

  1. Gross profits for all companies, including traders.
  2. The number of employees multiplied by the costs of employment (wages, bonuses, pensions).

Note: shaded figures are actuals

251.  Investment income assumptions

AON Hewitt, the States investment managers, provide advice regarding future changes in bank deposit and equity dividend income which we incorporate into the model in arriving at the overall income tax forecast (figure 9).

FIGURE 9: INVESTMENT INCOME ASSUMPTIONS USED IN THE MODEL

Hewitt Assumptions 2012 2013 2014 2015 Bank deposits 8% 20% 15% 20% Equity dividends  6% 3.8% 2.5% 2.5%

252.  Exemptions, reliefs and allowances assumptions

The way the model treats the tax payer allowances and reliefs part of the income tax system has been significantly improved since the last forecast.

253.  The Taxes Office have provided a detailed analysis of the value of exemption thresholds,

allowances and reliefs claimed by tax payers by schedule and by tax payer type (exempt, marginal and standard rate) in recent years. This has allowed the model to

be changed so that future exemption thresholds, reliefs and allowances are treated independently of one another instead of jointly. Previously a yield assumption (tax revenue as % of taxable income) was used to model this part of the tax system in aggregate. The changes in employee yield in recent years are shown in figure 10. In the last forecast, the employee yield assumption was the main reason for the difference between forecast income tax revenue and actual income tax revenue.

FIGURE 10: EMPLOYEE YIELD (SCHEDULE E NET TAX PAYABLE AS A % OF SCHEDULE E TOTAL INCOME)

Title to come

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 0

1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010

Year of assessment

254.  Now, assumptions about tax payer numbers and the future value of all the allowances

and reliefs are made with reference to past Budget decisions, a future Budget policy stance4 and other economic variables, such as the rate of inflation. All the assumptions are included in appendix 5. The yield used in the model is now derived from all of the assumptions on the exemptions, reliefs and allowances over the forecast period. An analysis of the yield and the reasons for the changes we expect to see is included in appendix 2.

255.  Central forecast

The central forecast is shown in figure 11, the previous central forecast published in the 2012 Budget is shown in figure 12 and the difference between them in figure 13.

The baseline future Budget policy stance is assumed to be slight growth in exemption thresholds and no growth in allowances and reliefs. This is consistent with Budget policy in recent years.

FIGURE 11: CENTRAL FORECAST FOR INCOME TAX

Actual Actual Forecast

YOA 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 Budget Year 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 £m £m £m £m £m £m

Employees 286 290 309 323 342 364 Companies 75 75 74 77 80 84 Self employed and investment holders 50 49 51 52 53 54 Bad debts -2 -1 -4 -4 -4 -4 Total 409 413 429 448 472 498

Note: The actual for YOA 2010 is slightly different from the Budget year 2011 actual because the latter includes tax revenue relating to other years of assessment.

FIGURE 12: PREVIOUS CENTRAL FORECAST FOR INCOME TAX

 

 

 

Forecast

 

 

YOA

2010

2011

2012

2013

Budget Year

 

2012

2013

2014

£m £m £m £m Employees 276 292 314 340 Companies 74 76 78 79 Self employed and investment holders 46 48 50 53 Bad debts -4 -4 -4 -4 Total 392 412 438 468

FIGURE 13: DIFFERENCE BETWEEN FORECASTS Figure 2: Change between forecasts, £ million

Forecast

YOA 2010 2011 2012 2013 Budget Year 2012 2013 2014 £m £m £m £m

Employees 14 17 9 2 Companies 1 -2 -1 1 Self employed and investment holders 3 3 2 0 Bad debts 3 0 0 0 Total 21 17 10 4

256.  Income tax revenue is forecast to be higher than previously expected for 2012 and

2013, mainly due to a higher employee tax yield. There are now better estimates for the impacts of:

20means 20 – the withdrawal of many allowances for standard rate tax payers in YOA 2011.

PreviousBudget policy decisions - regarding low or no exemption threshold and allowance increases for YOA 2011 and

2012;and

Lowermortgage interest claims as a consequence of the low interest rate environment.

Abreakdown of the companies income tax forecast is in Appendix 6.

Factors not included in the tax forecast

There are some items which might affect future income tax revenue but have not been included in the income tax forecast because they are highly uncertain in nature, size or timing.

These include:

Changesto the 0/10 regime - the recently announced changes to deemed distribution/ attribution will impact future income tax revenue. Work is ongoing to implement anti- avoidance legislation to mitigate the impact of this change. As such, it is too early to identify the likely impact in relation to delays in cashflow and/or lost revenue and therefore no adjustments have been made to the forecast.

Possibleincreases in company tax revenue - The Taxes Office now has data on 2011 estimated assessments. Initial indications are that these are higher than current forecasts, although these are still subject to a forty day appeal period and therefore are likely to change. Information from a tax agent on a small number of financial institutions indicate that there will be a further increase in tax from 2012 onwards of between £6 million and £12 million, dependent on realisation of projected profits, however there are currently significant uncertainties in this sector. Finally, there is the possibility of a large one-off tax from a corporate structure. However this is currently under review by HMRC.

257.  Forecast range

Previous forecast

In this forecast the range has been set at +/- 5% of the central forecast to allow for the uncertainty that is inherent in tax forecasting (figure 14).

In the previous forecast the economic assumptions for the optimistic (upper) and pessimistic (lower) scenarios determined the initial forecast range. There was a further

 uncertainty adjustment agreed by the ITFG of a +/- £4 million range for company tax (2012-2015) and a £+/- £2 million range (2012 and 2013 only) overall to reflect the greater uncertainty present in the short to medium term.

The economic assumptions underlying the forecast are varied as part of the sensitivity analysis.

FIGURE 14: CURRENT AND PREVIOUS FORECAST FOR INCOME TAX REVENUE, £ MILLION (ROUNDED)

CURRENT Actual Forecast

YOA 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 Budget Year 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 £m £m £m £m £m

Upper - 450 470 495 525 Central 409 430 450 470 500 Lower - 410 425 450 475

 

YOA

2010

2011

2012

2013

 

Budget Year

2011

2012

2013

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

£m

£m

£m

£m

Upper

405

430

465

510

Central

390

415

440

470

Lower

375

395

410

430

FIGURE 15: INCOME TAX REVENUE, £ MILLION

550 500 450 400 350 300 250

 

Current forecast

 

 

Previously published forecast

 

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Sensitivity analysis

258.  Assumptions are made for a wide range of variables in the model.

259.  In modelling taxable income, the assumptions about future employment and average

earnings growth are particularly important for employees (Schedule E) and self employed and investment holders (Schedule BD), where as the forecast for economic growth (GVA) is particularly important for companies (Schedule C). Future employment, average earnings and economic growth are themselves linked, but they are varied independently for the sake of this analysis.

260.  For example, if future employment growth is higher by 1% in one year, then income tax

revenue would be higher by between £2 million and £3 million in the following year and

future years. The reverse is true if future employment growth is 1% lower than assumed. 261.  Future employment growth and future earnings growth have similar importance in the

model, so if future earnings growth turns out to be 1% higher or lower in one year, then

tax revenue would also be higher or lower by £2 million to £3 million in the following year

and future years.

262.  Future GVA growth is another important assumption. If this is 1% higher than assumed

in one year, then company tax will be about £1 million higher in the following year and future years. The reverse would also be true.

263.  In modelling the exemption thresholds, reliefs and allowances, the assumptions about

Budget policy regarding the uprating of exemptions and allowances is very important. 264.  If Budget policy one year is to uprate all exemption thresholds and allowances by 1%

more than we had assumed then income tax revenue would fall by around £3 million in

the following year and future years. The reverse would be true if Budget policy one year

was such that thresholds and allowances changed by 1% less than we had assumed.

265.  The future change in tax payer numbers is also important, although if this is under/

over estimated, there would be an under/over estimate in the amount of taxable income expected, resulting in a small net loss/gain overall.

266.  A summary of the effects of these variations are included in figure 16. Caution should

be taken in extending these estimates much beyond the effect of the 1% variations discussed above because there are many interactions between the assumptions, taxable income and reliefs in the model.

FIGURE 16: SUMMARY OF SENSITIVE ANALYSIS

Variation

Assumption +1% -1% Income:

Employment £2m to £3m -£2m to -£3m Average earnings £2m to £3m -£2m to -£3m GVA +£1m -£1m Exemptions, reliefs and allowances:

Budget policy -£3m +£3m

Appendix 1: Background to income tax forecasting

267.  Income tax forecasting has progressed significantly in recent years. Originally the

process involved a group of Officers advising the Comptroller of Income Tax and the Finance and Economics Committee on future trends in income tax. This group of Officers was formalised as the Income Tax Forecasting Group (ITFG) which initially continued to use its expert judgement to arrive at income tax forecasts with varying degrees of success.

268.  With increasing scrutiny of both the process and outcomes the ITFG decided it was

necessary to investigate further the statistical relationships between the tax base and economic variables to help improve forecasts. Up until that point (circa 2009) there was no robust method for translating likely trends in the key economic variables into changes in the tax base and ultimately trends in tax revenue. The forecasts used to assume that tax base components grew broadly in line with closely-related economic variables and that the most recent tax yields and collection rates remained constant going forward. Experience and statistical analysis showed this to be inaccurate.

269.  In 2009, on the recommendation of the Treasury and Resources department a model

was developed that could improve the understanding of the underlying relationships between economic variables and the tax base of the key schedules. A Bank of England employee who was on a secondment to the Economics Unit developed the model using standard econometric analysis and best practice.

270.  As a result the tax base is now divided into Schedules and different economic

relationships are used for the different types of income by schedule. The exact relationships between the income and selected economic variables (which may be lagged ) are based on more reliable statistical relationships and therefore have greater potential to predict the size of future changes in income although given the limited amount of back data there is still significant uncertainty. This uncertainty is greater during times of significant change, for example, when new major tax policy decisions are made and when the economic outlook is more volatile and uncertain (such as the recent unprecedented experience of the global great recession).

271.  The relationship between annual growth of the economic variables and annual growth of

the tax base are estimated with equations of the form:

272.  tax base growtht = a + b x macroeconomic indicator growtht +c x macroeconomic

indicator growtht where a is a constant number, and b and c are numbers that are used to multiply the growth rates of the variables which explain the expected changes in future tax base growth.

273.  For example, the growth in Jersey property income at time t in Schedule E (employees)

is given by:

274.  Jersey property income growth t = 0.7 + 1.1x compensation of employees growth t-1 275.  Future trends in unearned income are now based on assumptions provided by Hewitts

who assess the relevant underlying investment related variables, rather than an economic relationship.

276.  These developments provide a better starting point from which the ITFG can assess

the initial forecasts and exercise their judgement regarding the trends of the tax base, the assumptions and the size of any uncertainty bands as they see fit. The most up to date information from the Taxes Office is always the starting point and where in-year estimates are available they will be the basis for the first year of any forecast.

* Lagged is where the change in the variable you are trying to predict is related to the change in another variable in an earlier time period.

277.  Up until the June 2011 forecast, an explicit judgement about tax yield was required to

translate the likely changes in the tax base into tax revenue. There was no underlying statistical analysis in the model to inform this decision and until then a standard assumption of relatively flat yields had been used and proved reasonably reliable.

278.  Now, instead of assuming a yield over the forecast period, changes in the value of

the exemptions, allowances and reliefs are estimated with reference to expectations regarding future taxpayer numbers, inflation, past Budget decisions and the likely future Budget stance.

279.  The model is very informative but as there is significant uncertainty involved judgement

is a vital and necessary ingredient.

* Lagged is where the change in the variable you are trying to predict is related to the change in another variable in an earlier time period

Appendix 2: An explanation for the forecast change in yield

SCHEDULE E

The forecast change in yield is shown on page 6 and repeated here for convenience.

Data Forecast

SCHEDULE E Budget Year 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

YOA 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 NOTE

YIELD CALCULATION

Total income 2,227,455,957 2,306,501,310 2,402,416,576 2,519,011,722 2,649,055,632 Net tax payable 289,889,416 308,044,959 322,072,297 340,590,839 361,157,291 Yield 13.0 13.4 13.4 13.5 13.6 Yield change 0.34 0.05 0.11 0.11

The main factors explaining the yield change are:

Budget Year 2012 2013 2014 2015 Schedule E

YOA 2011 2012 2013 2014

20 means 20 0.12

Exemptions - budget policy 0.13 -0.05 0.05 0.07 Allowances - budget policy 0.09 0.09 0.11 0.12 Childcare costs - budget measure -0.04

Pension - budget measure 0.04

Mortgage interest relief - claims recovery -0.02 -0.05 Other 0.04 -0.03 -0.03 -0.03

0.34 0.05 0.11 0.11

SCHEDULE BD

The forecast change in yield is shown on page 10 and repeated here for convenience.

Schedule BD Data Forecast

Budget Year 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 YOA 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014

NOTE NOTE

YIELD CALCULATION

Total income 352,660,053 357,213,831 361,586,769 365,990,378 370,933,115 Net tax payable 49,387,838 50,613,874 51,226,061 51,846,497 52,522,178 Yield 14.0 14.2 14.2 14.2 14.2 Yield change 0.16 0.00 0.00 -0.01

The main factors explaining the yield change are:

Budget Year 2012 2013 2014 2015 Schedule BD

YOA 2011 2012 2013 2014

20 means 20 0.12

Exemptions - budget policy 0.00 -0.08 -0.05 -0.05 Allowances - budget policy 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.01 Childcare costs - budget measure -0.01

Pension - budget measure 0.06

Mortgage interest relief - claims recovery -0.02 Other 0.02 0.01 0.04 0.05

0.16 0.00 0.00 -0.01

Appendix 3: Economic assumptions and an explanation

PREVIOUS (2012 BUDGET) Central scenario

Outturns Assumptions

2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Real GVA 5.3 -3.2 -5.7 -3.0 0.2 1.7 2.5 3.0 n/a RPIX/RPIY 2.6 5.1 3.5 2.7 2.6 3.4 3.0 2.5 n/a Nominal GVA 8.1 0.5 -2.8 -0.4 2.8 5.2 5.6 5.6 n/a Company profits 7.9 -5.4 -8.6 -2.0 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 n/a Compensation of employees 8.3 7.5 3.4 1.1 3.0 6.7 7.5 7.3 n/a Employment 2.4 2.3 0.0 0.0 0.5 1.0 2.0 2.0 n/a Average Earnings 4.7 4.3 3.0 1.1 2.5 5.6 5.4 5.2 n/a Interest rates (%) 5.5 4.7 0.6 0.5 0.6 1.3 2.3 2.3 n/a Interest rates (pp change) 0.9 -0.8 -4.0 -0.1 0.1 0.7 1.0 0.0 n/a House prices 12.7 20.3 2.4 -2.0 0.0 4.5 5.0 5.0 n/a

CURRENT Central scenario

Outturns Assumptions

2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Real GVA 5.3 -3.2 -5.7 -4.9 1.2 1.4 2.0 2.5 2.5 RPIX/RPIY 2.6 5.1 3.5 2.6 3.7 3.3 3.0 2.9 3.0 Nominal GVA 8.1 0.5 -2.8 -2.4 4.9 4.8 5.0 5.6 5.6 Company profits 7.9 -5.4 -8.6 -7.0 5.2 5.6 5.5 6.0 6.0 Compensation of employees 8.3 7.5 1.6 1.4 3.5 4.0 4.8 5.1 5.3 Employment 2.4 2.3 -0.1 -0.1 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0 0.5 Average Earnings 4.7 4.3 3.0 1.1 2.5 3.5 3.8 4.1 4.8 Interest rates (%) 5.5 4.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.9 1.4 Interest rates (pp change) 0.9 -0.8 -4.1 -0.1 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.3 0.6 House prices 12.7 20.3 2.4 -4.4 -0.8 1.0 3.0 4.0 5.0

DIFFERENCE Central scenario

Outturns Assumptions

2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Real GVA 0.0 0.0 0.0 -1.9 1.0 -0.3 -0.5 -0.5 n/a RPIX/RPIY 0.0 0.0 0.0 -0.1 1.1 -0.1 0.0 0.4 n/a Nominal GVA 0.0 0.0 0.0 -2.0 2.1 -0.4 -0.6 0.0 n/a Company profits 0.0 0.0 0.0 -5.0 2.7 2.1 2.0 2.5 n/a Compensation of employees 0.0 0.0 -1.8 0.3 0.5 -2.7 -2.7 -2.2 n/a Employment 0.0 0.0 -0.1 -0.1 0.5 -0.5 -1.0 -1.0 n/a Average Earnings 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -2.1 -1.6 -1.1 n/a Interest rates (%) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -0.1 -0.8 -1.8 -1.5 n/a Interest rates (pp change) 0.0 0.0 -0.1 0.0 -0.1 -0.7 -1.0 0.3 n/a House prices 0.0 0.0 0.0 -2.4 -0.8 -3.5 -2.0 -1.0 n/a

Real GVA assumptions have been revised slightly as a consequence of small revisions to inflation forecasts and revisions to GVA data.

EXPLANATION OF ECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS

 

Real GVA

The preferred measure of economic activity adjusted for inflation. Based on the most recent Fiscal Policy Panel economic growth forecast.

RPIX

Based on Economics Unit forecasts for RPIX inflation. (RPIY is used where GST would have a significant effect)

Nominal GVA

Calculated using the weighted sum of company profits and compensation of employees.

Nominal GVA = (CoE growth * share of CoE in nominal GVA) + (profit growth * share of profits in nominal GVA)

Company Profits

Based on Economics Unit judgement and to be consistent with the economic growth forecast.

Compensation of Employees (CoE)

Calculated using employment and average earnings. Consistent with economic growth forecast.

CoE growth = employment growth + average earnings growth + (employment growth x average earnings growth)

Employment

Based on Economics Unit judgement.

Average Earnings

Based on Economics Unit judgement. Current assumption is just above RPI at the start of the forecast period and the gap increasing over the period as the economy and the labour market recovers.

Interest Rates

Based on latest market expectations of interest rates from the Bank of England

Equity Price s

Based on UK Office of Budget Responsibility forecasts of UK nominal GDP

House Price s

Based on Economics Unit judgement.

Medium Term Financial Plan 2013 - 2015

Hewitt assumptions

A summary of the previous and current assumptions, and the difference between:

PREVIOUS Hewitt Assumptions

2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Optimistic 10% 40% 50% 40% 30%

Bank deposits Central 0% 20% 32.5% 27.5% 17.5% Pessimistic -10% 0% 15% 15% 5%

Optimistic 11.5% 10% 7.5% 5% 5%

Equity Dividends  Central 9% 7.5% 3.8% 2.5% 2.5%

Pessimistic 6.5% 5% 0% 0% 0%

CURRENT

Hewitt Assumptions

2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Optimistic 10% 15% 40% 25% 30%

Bank deposits Central 0% 8% 20.0% 15.0% 20.0% Pessimistic -10% 0% 0% 5% 10%

Optimistic 11.5% 9% 7.5% 5% 5%

Equity Dividends  Central 9% 6.0% 3.8% 2.5% 2.5%

Pessimistic 6.5% 3% 0% 0% 0%

DIFFERENCE Hewitt Assumptions

2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Optimistic 0% -25% -10% -15% 0%

Bank deposits Central 0% -13% -12.5% -12.5% 2.5% Pessimistic 0% 0% -15% -10% 5%

Optimistic 0.0% -1% 0% 0% 0% Equity Dividends  Central 0.0% -2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%

Pessimistic 0.0% -2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%

The detailed tables for the Schedule E and BD allowances and reliefs follow in appendix 5. The small difference between the tax revenue in these tables and the summary forecast table on page 1 are the impact of the Hewitt assumptions on bank interest and dividend income which are included separately.

Appendix 4: Forecasts by schedule, £million

  1. EMPLOYEES

Title to come

450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

  1. COMPANIES

250 200 150 100 50 0

 

 

 

 

 

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

  1. SELF-EMPLOYED & INVESTMENT HOLDERS

60 50 40 30 20 10 0

 

 

 

 

 

 

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

  1. TOTAL INCOME TAX

600 500 400 300 200 100 0

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Appendix 5: Exemptions, allowances and reliefs part of the model

SCHEDULE E Data Forecast

Budget Year 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 YOA 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014

NOTE

YIELD CALCULATION

Total income 2,227,455,957 2,306,501,310 2,402,416,576 2,519,011,722 2,649,055,632 Net tax payable 289,889,416 308,044,959 322,072,297 340,590,839 361,157,291 Yield 13.0 13.4 13.4 13.5 13.6 Yield change 0.34 0.05 0.11 0.11

Exempt

Total taxable income 1 101,273,913 105,326,924 109,706,917 115,031,261 120,969,747

Married exemption Single exemption Married >63 exemption Single >63 exemption Wife's earned income Mortgage interest Child allowance

Single parent

Child care

Taxable income after deductions @27%


25,167,480 26,098,677 27,403,611 28,499,755 29,639,745 70,549,050 73,159,365 76,817,333 79,890,026 83,085,627 20,689,020 21,454,514 22,527,239 23,428,329 24,365,462 16,720,350 17,339,003 18,205,953 18,934,191 19,691,559 4,746,666 4,870,079 4,894,430 4,943,374 4,992,808 3,524,417 3,580,808 3,634,520 3,779,901 4,120,092 7,791,655 7,994,238 8,034,209 8,114,551 8,195,697 2,569,870 2,636,687 2,649,870 2,676,369 2,703,132 563,221 1,065,051 1,110,848 1,155,282 1,202,649 152,321,729 158,198,421 165,278,013 171,421,778 177,996,771

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Marginal rate

Total taxable income 1 1,309,837,923 1,401,468,529 1,459,748,239 1,530,593,387 1,609,610,228

Married exemption

Single exemption

Married >63 exemption Single >63 exemption

Wife's earned income Mortgage interest

Child allowance

Single parent

Child care

Pension relief

Employment costs

Loan interest already relieved

Taxable income after deductions @27%

Less: Taxed at source


197,285,300 204,584,856 214,814,099 223,406,663 232,342,929 272,724,756 282,815,572 296,956,351 308,834,605 321,187,989 53,066,631 55,030,096 57,781,601 60,092,865 62,496,580 30,607,032 31,739,492 33,326,467 34,659,525 36,045,906 43,537,444 44,669,418 44,892,765 45,341,692 45,795,109 48,833,192 49,614,523 50,358,741 52,373,091 57,086,669 39,915,796 40,953,607 41,158,375 41,569,958 41,985,658 8,920,583 9,152,518 9,198,281 9,290,264 9,383,166 4,670,932 8,832,732 9,212,540 9,581,042 9,973,864 24,607,011 25,861,969 26,896,447 28,187,477 29,625,038 3,545,131 3,796,835 3,960,099 4,118,503 4,287,362 1,040,546 1,114,425 1,162,345 1,208,839 1,258,401

728,754,354

581,083,569 156,892,564

674,197

758,166,043

643,302,485 173,691,671

702,601

789,718,110

670,030,129 180,908,135

732,201

818,664,523

711,928,863 192,220,793

763,049

851,468,672

758,141,556 204,698,220

795,196

156,218,367

172,989,070

180,175,933

191,457,744

203,903,024

 

Standard rate

Total taxable income 1 806,634,634 799,705,857 832,961,421 873,387,073 918,475,657

Wife's earned income 1,700,958 0 0 0 0 Mortgage interest 2,492,744 0 0 0 0 Child allowance 13,793,874 12,814,509 12,878,581 13,007,367 13,137,441 Single parent 1,229,625 1,142,322 1,148,033 1,159,514 1,171,109 Earned income 4,059,220 0 0 0 0 Personal allowance 5,180,285 0 0 0 0 Life assurance 2,322,985 1,405,406 1,328,109 1,248,422 1,173,517

Assumptions Schedule E Budget year 2011 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 YOA 2010 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014

NOTE

Total taxable income 1 £m % % % % % Exempt 101,273,913 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 Marginal (27%) 1,309,837,923 59.1 60.8 60.8 60.8 60.8 Standard (20%) 806,634,634 36.4 34.7 34.7 34.7 34.7 2,217,746,470 100 100 100 100 100

Source: LP spreadsheets

Marginal rate taxpayers

Exemption thresholds

Married exemption

Budget policy change 3 1.1 4.5 3.0 3.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 1.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0

3.7 5.0 4.0 4.0

Single exemption

Budget policy change 3 1.1 4.5 3.0 3.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 1.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0

3.7 5.0 4.0 4.0

Married >63 exemption

Budget policy change 3 1.1 4.5 3.0 3.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 1.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0

3.7 5.0 4.0 4.0

Single >63 exemption

Budget policy change 3 1.1 4.5 3.0 3.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 1.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0

3.7 5.0 4.0 4.0

Allowances

Wife's earned income

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 1.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0

2.6 0.5 1.0 1.0

Mortgage interest relief

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 1.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0 Interest rate effect change 6 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.0 House price effect change 6 -1.0 1.0 3.0 4.0

1.6 1.5 4.0 9.0

Child allowance

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 1.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0

2.6 0.5 1.0 1.0

Single parent

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 1.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0

2.6 0.5 1.0 1.0

Childcare costs

Budget policy change 7 82.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 1.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0 Average amount claimed change 8 4.5 3.8 3.0 3.1

89.1 4.3 4.0 4.1

 

Assumptions Schedule E Budget year

2011

 

2012

2013

2014

2015

YOA

2010

 

2011

2012

2013

2014

NOTE

%

%

%

%

Pension relief

 

 

 

 

Budget policy change

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

20 means 20 taxpayer move 4

1.6

0.0

0.0

0.0

Tax payer number change 5

1.0

0.5

1.0

1.0

Average amount claimed change 9

2.5

3.5

3.8

4.1

 

5.1

4.0

4.8

5.1

Employment costs

 

 

 

 

Budget policy change

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

20 means 20 taxpayer move 4

1.6

0.0

0.0

0.0

Tax payer number change 5

1.0

0.5

1.0

1.0

Average amount claimed change 8

4.5

3.8

3.0

3.1

 

7.1

4.3

4.0

4.1

Loan interest already relieved

 

 

 

 

Budget policy change

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

20 means 20 taxpayer move 4

1.6

0.0

0.0

0.0

Tax payer number change 5

1.0

0.5

1.0

1.0

Average amount claimed change 8

4.5

3.8

3.0

3.1

 

7.1

4.3

4.0

4.1

Taxed at source

 

 

 

 

Budget policy change

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Tax payer number change 5

1.0

0.5

1.0

1.0

Balance to total income rate of change

3.2

3.7

3.2

3.2

10

4.2

4.2

4.2

4.2

 

 

 

 

 

Standard rate taxpayers

 

 

 

 

Allowances

 

 

 

 

Wife's earned income

 

 

 

 

Budget policy change

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Tax payer number change 5

1.0

0.5

1.0

1.0

20 means 20

-101.0

-0.5

-1.0

-1.0

11

-100.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Mortgage interest

 

 

 

 

Budget policy change

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Tax payer number change 5

1.0

0.5

1.0

1.0

Interest rate effect change

0.0

0.0

0.0

4.0

House price effect change

-1.0

1.0

3.0

4.0

20 means 20

-100.0

-1.5

-4.0

-9.0

11

-100.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Child allowance

 

 

 

 

Budget policy change

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

20 means 20 taxpayer move 4

-8.1

0.0

0.0

0.0

Tax payer number change 5

1.0

0.5

1.0

1.0

 

-7.1

0.5

1.0

1.0

Single parent

 

 

 

 

Budget policy change

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

20 means 20 taxpayer move 4

-8.1

0.0

0.0

0.0

Tax payer number change 5

1.0

0.5

1.0

1.0

 

-7.1

0.5

1.0

1.0

Earned income

 

 

 

 

Budget policy change

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Tax payer number change 5

1.0

0.5

1.0

1.0

20 means 20

-101.0

-0.5

-1.0

-1.0

11

-100.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Personal allowance

 

 

 

 

Budget policy change

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Tax payer number change 5

1.0

0.5

1.0

1.0

20 means 20

-101.0

-0.5

-1.0

-1.0

11

-100.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

 

 

 

Assumptions Schedule E Budget year 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 YOA 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014

NOTE % % % %

Life assurance

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0 20 means 20  -40.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 Grandfathering adjustment 0.0 -6.0 -7.0 -7.0 12 -39.5 -5.5 -6.0 -6.0

Pension relief

Budget policy change 0.0 -30.5 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 -8.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0 Average amount claimed change 9 2.5 3.5 3.8 4.1 13 -4.6 -26.5 4.8 5.1

Pension relief - other jurisdictions

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 -8.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0 Average amount claimed change 9 2.5 3.5 3.8 4.1 -4.6 4.0 4.8 5.1

Employment costs

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 -8.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0 Average amount claimed change 8 4.5 3.8 3.0 3.1 -2.6 4.3 4.0 4.1

Loan interest already relieved

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 -8.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0 Average amount claimed change 4.5 3.8 3.0 3.1 -2.6 4.3 4.0 4.1

Double tax credits

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 -8.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0 Average amount claimed change 8 4.5 3.8 3.0 3.1 -2.6 4.3 4.0 4.1

Non-resident relief

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 -8.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0 Average amount claimed change 8 4.5 3.8 3.0 3.1 -2.6 4.3 4.0 4.1

Concessional relief

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 -8.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0 Average amount claimed change 8 4.5 3.8 3.0 3.1 -2.6 4.3 4.0 4.1

Other reliefs

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 -8.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0 Average amount claimed change 8 4.5 3.8 3.0 3.1 -2.6 4.3 4.0 4.1

Taxed at source

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0 Balance to total income rate of change 3.2 3.7 3.2 3.2 10 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2

 

 

 

Data Forecast

 

 

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

 

 

 

 

NOTE

 

 

 

 

 

352,660,053

357,213,831

361,586,769

365,990,378

370,933,115

49,387,838

50,613,874

51,226,061

51,846,497

52,522,178

14.0

14.2

14.2

14.2

14.2

 

0.16

0.00

0.00

-0.01

 

 

 

 

 

13,789,889

13,967,953

14,138,946

14,311,138

14,504,411

1,946,880

1,968,296

2,056,869

2,118,575

2,182,132

2,201,100

2,225,312

2,325,451

2,395,215

2,467,071

7,639,380

7,723,413

8,070,967

8,313,096

8,562,489

4,218,890

4,265,298

4,457,236

4,590,953

4,728,682

740,862

740,862

740,862

740,862

740,862

374,238

370,496

374,201

385,427

423,969

424,627

424,627

424,627

424,627

424,627

77,764

77,764

77,764

77,764

77,764

5,708

10,645

11,050

11,381

11,734

17,629,449

17,806,713

18,539,027

19,057,900

19,619,330

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

86,571,733

87,689,604

88,763,083

89,844,090

91,057,443

10,728,510

10,846,524

11,334,617

11,674,656

12,024,895

4,164,283

4,210,090

4,399,544

4,531,530

4,667,476

13,405,085

13,552,541

14,162,405

14,587,277

15,024,896

6,456,410

6,527,431

6,821,165

7,025,800

7,236,574

3,288,779

3,288,779

3,288,779

3,288,779

3,288,779

1,834,690

1,816,343

1,834,507

1,889,542

2,078,496

1,697,191

1,697,191

1,697,191

1,697,191

1,697,191

96,172

96,172

96,172

96,172

96,172

58,428

108,968

113,109

116,502

120,114

1,549,044

1,587,770

1,643,342

1,705,789

1,775,726

84,776

88,591

91,957

94,716

97,652

222,010

232,000

240,816

248,041

255,730

43,585,378

44,052,400

45,723,605

46,955,996

48,363,702

42,986,355

43,637,204

43,039,478

42,888,094

42,693,741

11,606,316

11,782,045

11,620,659

11,579,785

11,527,310

168,262

167,421

165,746

162,432

159,183

11,438,054

11,614,625

11,454,912

11,417,354

11,368,127

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

252,298,431

255,556,274

258,684,741

261,835,151

265,371,260

250,279

0

0

0

0

372,429

0

0

0

0

2,042,485

2,042,485

2,042,485

2,042,485

2,042,485

79,010

79,010

79,010

79,010

79,010

657,466

0

0

0

0

925,142

0

0

0

0

415,566

249,340

234,379

217,973

202,715

3,066,588

3,143,253

2,294,574

2,381,768

2,479,421

1,878,021

1,924,972

1,992,346

2,068,055

2,152,845

314,765

328,929

341,429

351,672

362,573

594,646

621,405

645,018

664,369

684,964

2,573,836

2,689,659

2,791,866

2,875,622

2,964,766

Assumptions Schedule BD Budget year 2011 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 YOA 2010 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014

NOTE

Total taxable income 1 £m % % % % % Exempt 12,642,226 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 Marginal (27%) 79,366,804 24.5 24.5 24.5 24.5 24.5 Standard (20%) 231,300,903 71.5 71.5 71.5 71.5 71.5 323,309,933 100 100 100 100 100

Source: LP spreadsheets

Marginal rate taxpayers Exemption thresholds

Married exemption

Budget policy change 3 1.1 4.5 3.0 3.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

1.1 4.5 3.0 3.0

Single exemption

Budget policy change 3 1.1 4.5 3.0 3.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

1.1 4.5 3.0 3.0

Married >63 exemption

Budget policy change 3 1.1 4.5 3.0 3.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

1.1 4.5 3.0 3.0

Single >63 exemption

Budget policy change 3 1.1 4.5 3.0 3.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

1.1 4.5 3.0 3.0

Allowances

Wife's earned income

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Mortgage interest relief

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Interest rate effect change 6 0.0 0.0 0.0 6.0 House price effect change 6 -1.0 1.0 3.0 4.0 -1.0 1.0 3.0 10.0

Child allowance

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Single parent

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Childcare costs

Budget policy change 7 82.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Average amount claimed chang 8 4.5 3.8 3.0 3.1

86.5 3.8 3.0 3.1

 

Assumptions Schedule BD Budget year

2012

2013

2014

2015

YOA

2011

2012

2013

2014

NOTE %

%

%

%

Pension relief

 

 

 

Budget policy change 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Tax payer number change 5 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Average amount claimed chang 9 2.5

3.5

3.8

4.1

2.5

3.5

3.8

4.1

Employment costs

 

 

 

Budget policy change 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Tax payer number change 5 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Average amount claimed chang 8 4.5

3.8

3.0

3.1

4.5

3.8

3.0

3.1

Loan interest already relieved

 

 

 

Budget policy change 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Tax payer number change 5 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Average amount claimed chang 8 4.5

3.8

3.0

3.1

4.5

3.8

3.0

3.1

Taxed at source

 

 

 

Budget policy change 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Tax payer number change 5 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Balance to total income rate of change -0.5

-1.0

-2.0

-2.0

10 -0.5

-1.0

-2.0

-2.0

 

 

 

 

Standard rate taxpayers

 

 

 

Allowances

 

 

 

Wife's earned income

 

 

 

Budget policy change 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Tax payer number change 5 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

20 means 20  -100.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

11 -100.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Mortgage interest

 

 

 

Budget policy change 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Tax payer number change 5 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Interest rate effect change 0.0

0.0

0.0

6.0

House price effect change -1.0

1.0

3.0

4.0

20 means 20  -99.0

-1.0

-3.0

-10.0

11 -100.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Child allowance

 

 

 

Budget policy change 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Tax payer number change 5 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Single parent

 

 

 

Budget policy change 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Tax payer number change 5 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Earned income

 

 

 

Budget policy change 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Tax payer number change 5 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

20 means 20  -100.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

11 -100.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Personal allowance

 

 

 

Budget policy change 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Tax payer number change 5 0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

20 means 20  -100.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

11 -100.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Assumptions Schedule BD Budget year 2012 2013 2014 2015 YOA 2011 2012 2013 2014

NOTE % % % %

Life assurance

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20  -40.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Grandfathering adjustment 0.0 -6.0 -7.0 -7.0 12 -40.0 -6.0 -7.0 -7.0

Pension relief

Budget policy change 0.0 -30.5 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Average amount claimed chang 9 2.5 3.5 3.8 4.1 13 2.5 -27.0 3.8 4.1

Pension relief - other jurisdictions

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Average amount claimed chang 9 2.5 3.5 3.8 4.1

2.5 3.5 3.8 4.1

Employment costs

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Average amount claimed chang 8 4.5 3.8 3.0 3.1

4.5 3.8 3.0 3.1

Loan interest already relieved

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Average amount claimed change 4.5 3.8 3.0 3.1

4.5 3.8 3.0 3.1

Double tax credits

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Average amount claimed chang 8 4.5 3.8 3.0 3.1

4.5 3.8 3.0 3.1

Non-resident relief

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Average amount claimed chang 8 4.5 3.8 3.0 3.1

4.5 3.8 3.0 3.1

Concessional relief

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Average amount claimed chang 8 4.5 3.8 3.0 3.1

4.5 3.8 3.0 3.1

Other reliefs

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 means 20 taxpayer move 4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Average amount claimed chang 8 4.5 3.8 3.0 3.1

4.5 3.8 3.0 3.1

Taxed at source

Budget policy change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax payer number change 5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Balance to total income rate of change 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 10 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Notes

  1. Total taxable income forecast is given by the economic model. This is apportioned across tax payer types using %ages from the underlying tax data for YOA 2010. These %ages are adjusted in 2011 for the final year of 20 means 20 and the

% is held constant for the remainder of the forecast period.

The adjustment to %ages due to 20 means 20 was calculated by looking at the impact of 20 means 20 on tax payer numbers and taxable income for 2010 and projecting forward to 2011.

  1. This adjustment is required for two main reasons. Firstly there are small differences between the underlying tax data and the aggregate data due to the way in which the information system stores data and the "live" nature of the underlying data. Secondly, the aggregate tax data has been adjusted for non-collectible amounts where as the underlying tax data has not.
  2. RPI assumption used for the later years that we have not already decide policy in the Budget. This is between freezing and average earnings increases which have been used in the past.

4

Schedule E: This adjustment allows for the movement of taxpayers from the standard rate to the marginal rate in YOA 2011. It is +1.6% for marginal rate allowances and -8.1% for standard rate allowances because of the relative numbers of tax payers in each band.

Schedule BD: It is assumed that there will be no movement of tax payers as a consequence of the final year of 20 means 20.

  1. Schedule E: We want to forecast the number of marginal+standard rate tax payers. However recent numbers have been volatile and not correlated with any economic indicators. Using an average growth rate may not be appropriate either.

Over the last few years the total number of taxpayers (marginal+standard+exempt) has changed by a similar % to the overall change in employment. Over the forecast period, employment change assumptions are therefore used to model future changes in the number of tax payers claiming all exemptions and allowances.

Schedule BD: Over the last few years the total number of tax payers has remained fairly constant, so no growth in the number of these tax payers is assumed.

  1. Future changes to mortgage interest relief claims are estimated by referring to market expectations for future interest rates and our future house price assumptions. The main change is expected for YOA 2014 when we expect interest rates to increase slightly resulting in a 6% increase in interest claims. This estimate is highly uncertain and should be reconsidered carefully when forecasts are updated.
  2. This %age is required to add £4m worth of childcare cost claims (approximately £1.1m worth in tax revenue terms) which is consistent with estimates for this 2012 Budget proposal. It was agreed to affect YOA 2011.
  3. Claims for childcare costs, employment costs and various other reliefs are increased in line with RPI over the forecast period.
  4. Penson relief is increased in line with average earnings increases.
  5. Taxed at source increases are set to be in line with forecast changes in taxed at source within total income. Schedule E this is 4.2%, Schedule BD this is 0%.
  6. Standard rate allowances that are going under 20 means 20 are set to be removed -100%.
  7. This is reduced by 40% due to the part that is going under 20 means 20 and the remainder is grandfathered out gradually over the forecast period as advised by Treasury.
  8. 2012 YOA is -26% in order to decrease allowances claimed by the expected £0.9m for Schedule E and £0.2m for Schedule BD.

Appendix 6: Schedule C detail

Data Forecasts

2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 TOTAL INCOME 524,487,896 550,219,867 576,834,905 605,960,936 639,604,394 675,115,766 NET TAX PAYABLE 64,019,858 63,825,505 66,912,849 70,291,469 74,194,110 78,313,429 Yield = net tax payable / total earned,

unearned and property income 12.2 11.6 11.6 11.6 11.6 11.6

Total company tax breakdown

2010 2011 2012 2013 2014

YOA £m £m £m £m £m Schedule C 64 64 67 70 74 IBC 11 9 0 0 0 IBC (going to Schedule C) 0 0 9 9 9 2011 Budget measures 0 1 1 1 1 2012 Budget measures 0 0 0 0 0 75 74 77 80 84

Supplementary Note 3

280.  Goods and Services Tax (GST) and International Service Entity (ISE) fees

281.  What drives the level of GST and ISE fee income?

282.  GST is the second largest element of States income, being forecast to raise £71 million

in 2013. The Tax was introduced at a rate of 3% in 2008 as part of the Fiscal Strategy Review and increased to 5% from June 2011.

283.  ISE fees are payable by organisations entitled to register as an International Service

Entity. The ability to register is limited to certain types of business (e.g. banks and trust companies). Registered ISEs do not charge GST and in most cases will not have GST charged to them (or are able to recover GST paid if it is charged). The fee payable differs by type of business for example banks pay £50,000 a year. Forecast income from ISE fees in 2013 is £9 million.

284.  As a consumption tax, GST is obviously driven by the level of spending in the economy.

Forecasting the income from GST takes two forms:-

Longer-termthe volume of sales liable to GST is assumed to be relatively static so the income forecast is uplifted only by the forecast increase in RPI.

In-yeartwo reforecasts are done for that year's total forecast:

In March based on complete returns for the previous year; and

In October based on returns to the end of June.

These in-year reforecasts are then used to update the annual forecasts moving forward.

285.  Forecast GST is relatively insensitive to errors in the forecast RPI an error of 1% in the

RPI forecast affects the level of GST income by £600,000.

286.  For ISE fees the previous year s income is used as a guide for forecasting.

287.  2011 actual GST and ISE fee income was £66.3 million against a forecast of £66.8

million in the 2011 Budget (0.75% under). Indications this year already are that the 2012 Budget forecast of £80 million may be £2 million (2.5%) too high. It is possible, therefore that another variable could be brought into forecasting and that the level of GST is affected by some other factor, for example average earnings. The move from a 0.75% underachievement to one of potentially 2.5% also suggests that the accuracy of forecasting could be weakening. More work will be done on the methodology over the next year.

288.  Strategy 2013-2019

The Tax Policy Unit has a three year work plan which sets out those aspects of the Income Tax system which will be subject to review and potential change over the life of the Medium Term Financial Plan. The Unit has listed the following as a matter which may be looked at over the next three years but it is not considered a priority:

GSTon share transfers and the availability of group registrations

289.  Further consultation is expected to be carried out on ISE fees but any resulting changes

are likely to be neutral in terms of States income.

290.  The Treasury Minister has given a commitment that there will be no increase in the rate

of GST over the life of the MTFP.

291.  Forecasts

The following assumptions have been used in preparing these forecasts:

% change 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 RPI 3.8 3.0 3.1 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

Forecasts are as follows (in £ 000):

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 GST 70,761 72,955 75,508 78,151 80,886 83,717 86,647 ISE Fees 9,000 9,000 9,000 9,000 9,000 9,000 9,000 Total 79,761 81,955 84,508 87,151 89,886 92,717 95,647

GST AND ISE FEES FORECAST 2013–2019

GST and ISE Fees forecasts 2013-2019

120,000 100,000 80,000 60,000 40,000 20,000 0

 

 

 

GST ISE Fee Total

 

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019

292.  The following table and chart show the range of potential income if a 2.5% margin of

error (as appears to be experienced to date in 2012) is taken into account (table in

£ 000).

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 Optimistic 81,530 83,778 86,396 89,105 91,908 94,810 97,813 Central 79,761 81,955 84,508 87,151 89,886 92,717 95,647 Pessimistic 77,992 80,131 82,620 85,197 87,864 90,624 93,481

RANGE OF GST AND ISE FEES FORECASTS 2013–2019

Range of GST and ISE Fees forecasts 2013-2019

120,000

100,000

80,000 Optimistic

Central

Pessimistic 60,000

40,000

20,000

0

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019

Supplementary Note 4

Impôt Duties

293.  What drives the level of Impôts income?

Imp t Duties are forecast to raise approximately £52 million in 2013. They are collected from duty paid on the following:

Spirits

Wine

Cider

Beer

Tobacco

Fuel

Customs

VehicleExcise Duty (VED)

294.  The amounts raised by each of the above in 2011 were as follows:

295.  Imp t duties are considered to be driven by the following factors, which are used in

forecasting:

Previousyear's duty collected;

Forecasttrends in consumption – generally upwards for wine and cider, static for customs and downwards for all other categories; and

Strategyon setting rates – generally this has been at RPI (i.e. the rate of inflation) for all categories except alcohol and tobacco, where above RPI increases have been made to support Health strategies on these.

296.  Forecasting Imp ts income is normally reasonably accurate. The 2011 total received was

within 4% of forecast, with the largest variance (in VED) having a known cause:

Estimate Actual Variance % variance Fuel £21,053,000 £20,865,658 -£187,342 -1% Tobacco £13,162,000 £12,478,766 -£683,234 -5% Wines £6,563,000 £6,464,821 -£98,179 -1% Beer £5,381,000 £5,378,662 -£2,338 0% Spirits £4,182,000 £4,018,240 -£163,760 -4% Cider £858,000 £916,836 £58,836 7% VED £1,000,000 £894,280 -£105,720 -11% Customs £150,000 £148,091 -£1,909 -1% Totals £52,349,000 £51,165,353 -£1,183,647 -2%

297.  Where such variances appear to indicate a change in future consumption trends then

future forecasts are adjusted accordingly. Otherwise no changes are considered necessary to the current forecast model.

298.  Once duties have been set for a particular Budget year then it is only differences

between actual and forecast consumption levels that can affect the income forecasts. As an example if tobacco consumption fell by 1% more than forecast in 2013 then imp t income would fall by £140,000. A 1% heavier fall in fuel consumption in 2013 would reduce income by £205,000.

299.  Strategy 2013-2019

The Minister has no proposals for any significant changes to the approach to setting

Imp ts duties over the period of the Long-Term Revenue Plan although at each Budget time he will consider whether isolated changes are justified. The strategy is therefore

to increase duties by RPI (i.e. the rate of inflation) for all categories except alcohol and tobacco, where above RPI increases will be considered to support Health strategies

on these. Above inflation increases similar to those made in recent years could raise an additional £8.5 million a year by 2019 and a total of £33.7 million over the life of the LTRP.

300.  Forecasts

The forecasts have been prepared using these assumptions:

Commodity Annual change in consumption Spirits down 3%

Wine up 1%

Cider up 4%

Beer down 2%

Tobacco down 7%

Fuel down 1%

Customs no change

  1. If duty on alcohol and tobacco is increased at RPI:

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 Spirits £4,062,000 £4,062,000 £4,079,000 £4,095,000 £4,111,000 £4,128,000 £4,144,000 Wine £7,084,000 £7,377,000 £7,712,000 £8,061,000 £8,425,000 £8,808,000 £9,207,000 Cider £1,015,000 £1,088,000 £1,171,000 £1,262,000 £1,358,000 £1,460,000 £1,573,000 Beer £5,601,000 £5,659,000 £5,740,000 £5,822,000 £5,906,000 £5,991,000 £6,077,000 Tobacco £12,110,000 £11,611,000 £11,176,000 £10,759,000 £10,355,000 £9,967,000 £9,595,000 Fuel £20,408,000 £20,831,000 £21,345,000 £21,872,000 £22,410,000 £22,962,000 £23,528,000 Customs £150,000 £150,000 £150,000 £150,000 £150,000 £150,000 £1,500,000 VED £1,000,000 £1,000,000 £1,000,000 £1,000,000 £1,000,000 £1,000,000 £1,000,000 Total £51,430,000 £51,778,000 £52,373,000 £53,021,000 £53,715,000 £54,466,000 £55,274,000

Title to come

£60,000,000 £50,000,000 £40,000,000 £30,000,000 £20,000,000

Spirits Wine Cider Beer

Tobacco Fuel Customs

VED Total

 

£10,000,000 £0

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019

  1. If duty on alcohol and tobacco is raised at a rate above RPI as has occurred in most recent years:

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 RPI 3.0% 3.1% 3.5% 3.5% 3.5% 3.5% 3.5% Alcohol RPI+2% RPI+2% RPI+2% RPI+2% RPI+2% RPI+2% RPI+2% Tobacco RPI+7% RPI+7% RPI+7% RPI+7% RPI+7% RPI+7% RPI+7%

FORECAST INCOME

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 Spirits £4,142,000 £4,222,000 £4,320,000 £4,422,000 £4,524,000 £4,631,000 £4,738,000 Wine £7,221,000 £7,666,000 £8,168,000 £8,703,000 £9,275,000 £9,882,000 £10,530,000 Cider £1,035,000 £1,130,000 £1,241,000 £1,362,000 £1,494,000 £1,639,000 £1,800,000 Beer £5,710,000 £5,882,000 £6,081,000 £6,288,000 £6,501,000 £6,721,000 £6,948,000 Tobacco £12,933,000 £13,242,000 £13,610,000 £13,985,000 £14,372,000 £14,770,000 £15,177,000 Fuel £20,408,000 £20,831,000 £21,345,000 £21,872,000 £22,410,000 £22,962,000 £23,528,000 Customs £150,000 £150,000 £150,000 £150,000 £150,000 £150,000 £150,000 VED £1,000,000 £1,000,000 £1,000,000 £1,000,000 £1,000,000 £1,000,000 £1,000,000 Total £52,599,000 £54,123,000 £55,915,000 £57,782,000 £59,726,000 £61,755,000 £63,871,000

£70,000,000 £60,000,000 £50,000,000 £40,000,000 £30,000,000 £20,000,000 £10,000,000 £0

Spirits

Wine Cider

Beer Tobacco Fuel Customs VED

Total

 

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019

301.  This policy would raise an additional £8.5 million a year by 2019 and a total of £33.7

million over the life of the LTRP.

Supplementary Note 5

Stamp Duty and Land Transaction Tax

302.  What drives the level of Stamp Duty income?

Stamp Duty is forecast to raise approximately £23 million in 2013. It is collected largely from duty paid on commercial and residential property transactions, although there are a number of individual duties and fees set out in the Stamp Duties and Fees Law 1998. In particular Probate due on Wills can generate £2-£3 million per year and is extremely difficult to forecast with any certainty as it can be influenced by a small number of very high value estates. In addition Land Transaction Tax, introduced in 2010 to ensure the equivalent of Stamp Duty is raised on share transfer property transactions, generates around £1.5 million per year.

CURRENT STAMP DUTY RATES ARE AS FOLLOWS:

Property value (£) Rate

0 50,000 0.5% 50,001 - 300,000 1.5% 300,001 - 500,000 2.0% 500,001 - 700,000 2.5% 700,001 - 1,000,000 3.0% 1,000,001 - 1,500,000 3.5% 1,500,001 - 2,000,000 4.0% >2,000,001 5.0%

303.  First-time buyers currently pay a reduced rate on properties up to a value of £450,000

until the end of 2012 when the threshold reverts to £400,000. A first-time buyer will pay Stamp Duty of £1,500 on a £450,000 property.

EQUIVALENT UK RATES ARE AS FOLLOWS:

Purchase price/lease premium or transfer value Stamp Duty Land Tax rate Up to £125,000 Zero

Over £125,000 to £250,000 1%

Over £250,000 to £500,000 3%

Over £500,000 to £1 million 4%

Over £1 million to £2 million 5%

Over £2 million from 22 March 2012 7%

Over £2 million (purchased by certain persons including

15% corporate bodies) from 21 March 2012

304.  Stamp Duty on property transactions is considered to be driven by the following factors,

which are used in forecasting:

Previousyear's duty collected;

Knownseasonal variations e.g. the volume of transactions and receipts is known to increase between April and July each year based on past year trends;

Volumeof property transactions – this is forecast by the Economics Unit with pessimistic, central and optimistic scenarios. The central scenario is normally used for financial planning purposes. This forecast is updated at least annually but is not altered between the Medium Term Financial Plan and the Budget to ensure comparability of forecasts; and

House Price Index - this is forecast by the Economics Unit with pessimistic, central and optimistic scenarios. The central scenario is normally used for financial planning purposes. This forecast is updated at least annually but is not altered between the Medium Term Financial Plan and the Budget to ensure comparability of forecasts. Because of the volatile nature of property buying activity, the influence of prevailing economic conditions and the disproportionate influence of a small number of high value transactions, Stamp Duty income is difficult to predict with any certainty. For example in 2010 property related Stamp Duty was £2 million less than forecast at £15.9 million. In 2011 it was £2 million more than forecast at £17.9 million. Additionally Probate Duty raised over £400,000 more than forecast in 2011.

2010 2011 Stamp Duty forecast £17,928,389 £15,967,756 Stamp Duty actual £15,888,345 £17,914,885 Stamp Duty Variance -£2,040,044 £1,947,129 Probate forecast £2,500,000 £2,500,000 Probate actual £2,312,700 £2,927,875 Probate variance -£187,300 £427,875

305.  Officers continue to work at improving the ability to forecast this income but it is unlikely

ever to be precise due to the influence of the behaviour of individuals and companies. A 2% reduction in the forecast volume of transactions would reduce income by £400,000. A 2% reduction in the forecast house price index would result in a similar reduction. However, in 2011 13 property transactions resulted in Stamp Duty payable of over £100,000 each with one in excess of £400,000. Five wills registered also resulted in Stamp Duty payable of over £100,000 each. Eighteen individual receipts (out of 4,400) therefore contributed ten times as much (£3.7 million) as a 2% increase above forecast for the House Price Index. If this level of income is then used as the basis for the following year s forecast this then compounds the uncertainty of predicting income.

WHY FORECASTING STAMP DUTY IS DIFFICULT – 2011

£4,000,000 £3,500,000 £3,000,000 £2,500,000 £2,000,000 £1,500,000

£1,000,000 £500,000 £0

2% increase in 2% increase in 18 highest value transactions Property Transaction House Price Index (out of 4,400)

volumes

306.  Land Transaction Tax (LTT) is closely related to Stamp Duty. It is a tax introduced in

2010 to ensure that individuals buying share transfer properties pay an amount exactly equivalent to the Stamp Duty they would have paid on a freehold property. The Tax

is forecast to raise £1.5 million in 2013. Forecasts are driven by the same factors that affect Stamp Duty i.e. previous year s receipts, house transaction volume and the house price index. Using the current forecasts for those economic factors income from LTT is forecast to rise to £2.3 million by 2019.

Strategy 2013-2019

307.  The Minister has no proposals for any significant increases in Stamp Duty over the

period of the Long-Term Revenue Plan although at each Budget time he will consider whether isolated changes are justified e.g. to the first-time buyer rates. The Stamp Duties and Fees Law is complex, however, and the Minister has a longer term aim of simplifying the Schedule of charges to make it easier to understand for the public and professionals alike. The Minister has committed to undertaking a review of Probate duty.

308.  The UK has recently introduced an increased rate of 7% Stamp Duty on properties

over £2 million. An increase of 1% on all properties over £1 million in Jersey would raise approximately £730,000. This would take the rate for properties over £2 million to 6%. Adopting a 1% increase between £1 million and £2 million and adopting the UK rate of 7% above £2 million would raise an additional £1.4 million in total.

309.  The calculation of Stamp Duty payable also differs between Jersey and the UK. In the

UK once a threshold is reached, the increased percentage is payable on the whole amount. In Jersey the increased rate is only payable on the value above the previous threshold. Changing to the UK methodology for all Jersey property sales would raise an additional £3.5 million Stamp Duty a year. Changing the calculation for properties over £1 million only would raise an extra £1.8 million a year.

310.  The following table compares Stamp Duty payable in Jersey, the UK, Guernsey and the

Isle of Man for a number of example property prices:

Jersey  UK  Gsy

Payable in  Jersey  Payable  Payable  Payable  IoM Property value headline  Effective  Effective

Jersey Effective % in UK in Gsy in IoM Effective %

% % %

£50,000 £250 £125,001 £1,000 £300,000 £4,000 £500,000 £8,000 £700,000 £13,000 £1,000,000 £22,000 £1,500,000 £39,500 £2,000,000 £59,500 £5,000,000 £209,500


0.5% 0.50% £0 1.5% 0.80% £1,250 1.5% 1.33% £9,000 2.0% 1.60% £15,000 2.5% 1.86% £28,000 3.0% 2.20% £40,000 3.5% 2.63% £75,000 4.0% 2.98% £100,000 5.0% 4.19% £350,000


0% £1,000 1% £2,500 3% £9,000 3% £15,000 4% £21,000 4% £30,000 5% £45,000 5% £60,000 7% £150,000


2% £250 0.5% 2% £625 0.5% 3% £1,500 0.5% 3% £2,500 0.5% 3% £3,500 0.5% 3% £5,000 0.5% 3% £7,500 0.5% 3% £10,000 0.5% 3% £25,000 0.5%

311.  Forecasts

The forecasts have been prepared using these economic assumptions:

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019

Central

House Volume Index growth 5.0% 10.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% House Price Index growth 3.0% 4.0% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0% Optimistic

House Volume Index growth 10.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% House Price Index growth 9.0% 10.0% 11.0% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0% Pessimistic

House Volume Index growth 0.0% 5.0% 10.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% House Price Index growth -3.0% -2.0% -1.0% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0%

 

 

Pessimistic

Central

Optimistic

2010

£18,201,045

£18,201,045

£18,201,045

2011

£19,895,038

£20,842,760

£20,530,718

2012

£20,934,959

£21,434,959

£21,434,959

2013

£20,366,910

£22,978,158

£25,203,015

2014

£20,899,550

£25,927,012

£27,473,317

2015

£22,581,610

£27,098,363

£30,220,382

2016

£24,110,691

£28,328,281

£31,606,401

2017

£25,191,225

£29,619,695

£33,061,721

2018

£26,325,786

£30,975,680

£34,589,807

2019

£27,517,076

£32,399,464

£36,194,297

STAMP DUTY

Stamp Duty

£45,000,000 £40,000,000 £35,000,000 £30,000,000 £25,000,000 £20,000,000 £15,000,000

 

 

 

 

Pessimistic Central Optimistic

2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019

LAND TRANSACTION TAX

2.50 2.00 1.50 1.00

 

 

 

 

 

0.50 0

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019

312.  There were over 4,400 transactions which attracted Stamp Duty in 2011 over 80 a

week

Medium Term Financial Plan 2013 - 2015

Supplementary Note 6

Island-wide Rate

313.  What drives the level of Island-wide Rate income?

The Island-wide Rate was introduced in 2006 to move the cost of Parish Welfare and Residential Care to the States, with the Parishes paying an annual Rate to the States in return. The level of the Rate was set in 2006 based on the previous year s costs of welfare and residential care. The rate is then uplifted annually by the rate of inflation (RPI). Thus this source of income can be predicted with reasonable certainty. 2013 income is estimated at £11.67 million, rising to £14.29 million by 2019.

314.  Strategy 2013-2019

Because arrangements for the Island-wide Rate are laid down in legislation there is little scope to increase income. The cost to the States of what was previously paid for by the Parishes is now significantly greater than the funds received via the Island-wide Rate. The Minister could seek to amend current arrangements which would require bringing an amendment to the Rates (Jersey) Law 2005. Any change would, however, simply pass on these costs to a different sector of Islanders.

315.  Forecasts

The forecast for the Island-wide Rate uses the following RPI % assumptions:

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019

3.0 3.1 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

Supplementary Note 7

Other States Income

316.  What drives the level of Other States Income?

Other States Income is forecast to be £21 million in 2013, rising to £34 million by 2019. It consists of a number of elements:

  1. Interest on consolidated fund balance just over £2 million in 2013
  2. Surplus on Currency and Coinage Fund just over £1 million in 2013
  3. Dividend income just over £8 million in 2013
  4. Returns from States Trading Operations - £1.6 million in 2013
  5. Returns from the Jersey Financial Services Commission (JFSC) - £3.7 million in 2013
  1. European Union Savings Directive (EUSD) Administration Income - £1.5 million in 2013
  1. Income Tax penalties - £1.1 million in 2013
  2. Fines and other income - just over £600,000 in 2013

OTHER STATES INCOME – 2013

9.0 8.0 7.0 6.0 5.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.0 0.0

Interest Currency and Dividend Returns from Returns from EUSD Income Tax Fines and Income Coinage Income States Trading JFSC Administration Penalties Other Income

Operations Income

317.  Interest on the consolidated fund balance is obtained by using active cash managers

to invest the day-to-day cash balance on the States current account . The estimate of income is driven by the following three factors used in forecasting:-

Theestimate of LIBOR (London Interbank Offered Rate) – this is considered to be a better measure for this purpose than the Bank of England base rate and is forecast for us by our Investment Advisers.

Theestimate of improvement on LIBOR by our cash managers. This is based on their past performance which is then rolled forward as a forecast.

Theestimated average balance on the consolidated fund available for investment. This in turn depends on forecast income and expenditure for the year.

The forecast for consolidated fund interest income is very sensitive to the first two factors. An additional 0.5% on LIBOR or the cash managers' performance over LIBOR would bring in approximately an additional £800,000 in a year. As LIBOR is forecast to increase from 2% in 2013 to 4.6% in 2019 so forecast interest grows from £2.1 million to £8.2 million a year, assuming the extra interest is reinvested. The forecast is less sensitive to the forecast balance on the consolidated fund. For example if consolidated fund income is £10 million more than forecast, then interest would increase by only £70,000.

FORECAST INTEREST INCOME ON CONSOLIDATED FUND CASH BALANCE

12.0 10.0 8.0 6.0 4.0 2.0 0

 

 

 

Pessimistic Central Optimistic

 

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019

318.  The annual surplus on the Currency and Coinage Fund has historically been treated as

consolidated fund investment income as there is no advantage in the Currency Fund growing beyond its current size. This surplus is driven by the following factors used in forecasting:-

TheFund's investment strategy i.e. the split between equity, cash and infrastructure investments.

Forecastreturns from infrastructure investment e.g. the 2.5% preference shares in JT.

Forecastgrowth in equity investments - forecast for us by our Investment Advisers.

Forecastinterest on cash invested – this is worked out on the same basis as consolidated fund interest in the paragraph above.

319.  The first two elements tend not to change frequently and can be forecast with some

certainty. The forecast is relatively sensitive to the last two factors a change of 1% in either the forecast equity growth rate or cash return will affect income by about £150,000 but the overall level of this income source is low, varying only between £1.15 million and £1.34 million over the life of the Long Term Revenue Plan.

FORECAST CURRENCY FUND SUPPLIES

1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.4 0.2 0

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019

320.  Dividend income is the largest element of investment income by some way at £8.3

million for 2013, rising to over £10.3 million by 2019 if current dividend policy is maintained. Although dividends from ordinary shares (as opposed to preference shares which pay a fixed rate of interest) are, to some extent, affected by economic factors affecting the companies concerned (Jersey Water, JEC, JT, Jersey Post and SoJDC), the States are in a position of strength as major (or only) shareholder to influence dividends. This area should, therefore, be one that can be forecast with reasonable certainty and which can be used to increase returns to the States over the life of the LTRP.

FORECAST DIVIDEND INCOME

£20,000,000 £18,000,000 £16,000,000 £14,000,000 £12,000,000

 

 

 

Jersey Water

Jersey Electricity Company Jersey Telecoms

Jersey Post

SoJDC Total

 

£10,000,000 £8,000,000 £6,000,000 £4,000,000 £2,000,000 £0

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019

321.  The States Trading Operations are:-

JerseyCar Parking:

JerseyFleet Management:

JerseyHarbours; and

Jersey Airport

322.  Under the Public Finance Law each of these, by agreement with the Treasury Minister,

can make a return to the States to contribute towards general spending. During the period of the LTRP only Car Parks and Harbours are expected to make a return:

JerseyCar Parking - £1.6 million in 2013 increasing annually to £1.7 million by 2019; and

JerseyHarbours - £43,000 a year.

TheMinister could seek to increase the returns from States Trading Operations but this could weaken the ability of these organisations to fund their necessary capital expenditure. This element of income can obviously be forecast with some certainty.

323.  Returns from the Jersey Financial Services Commission (JFSC) arise from the ability

of the States to levy an annual fee on companies to reflect the loss of income to the States when the JFSC was set up. This income could be increased by the Minister

but any increase in company fees would need to be considered in the context of the overall costs of doing business in Jersey. This income can be forecast with reasonable certainty.

324.  European Union Savings Directive (EUSD) Administration Income relates to the

percentage of tax able to be retained by the States from tax deducted from foreign individuals who do not wish to disclose their details to their own jurisdiction. Although this income is forecast to be £1.5 million in 2013, the increase in the rate of the retention tax to 35% from July 2011 means that fewer people will choose to adopt this approach with the result that it is not felt to be prudent to forecast any income beyond 2013.

325.  Income Tax Penalties are of two types:

Latepayment surcharge (10% of tax due) – income forecast to be £450,000 in 2013; and

Latefiling fee (£250) – forecast income of £620,000 in 2013.

Future years income is forecast to remain around these levels. Income from this source could be increased by raising the level of the surcharge and fee by amending the Income Tax Law.

326.  Fines and Other Income consists of:

Miscellaneousfines - £300,000 in 2013:

Miscellaneousloan interest (on loans made by the States) - £120,000 in 2013; and

CrownRevenues - £230,000 in 2013.

Miscellaneous fines and Crown Revenues are forecast to increase annually by around the rate of inflation and miscellaneous loan interest will fall as loans are repaid. There is little scope to increase income from these sources.

327.  Strategy 2013-2019

For consolidated fund interest income the Minister will continue to monitor the performance of our cash managers and look to bring improvements to the return above LIBOR wherever possible.

328.  The investment strategy for the Currency Fund is regularly monitored by the Investment

Sub-Committee and our Investment Advisers and any opportunities for improvement will be taken. However, the current strategy is not expected to change materially over the life of the LTRP.

329.  Dividend income is where the Minister will seek to significantly improve income over

the life of the LTRP. The States assets must be worked to deliver all possible benefits to Islanders and reduce wherever possible the need to reduce expenditure or increase income in other ways.

330.  For other sources the Minister could look to increasing income from the following

sources as outlined above:

Returnsfrom States Trading Operations;

Companyfees collected by the JFSC; and

IncomeTax penalties.

331.  Forecasts

The forecasts have been prepared using these economic assumptions:

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 LIBOR (%) 1.3 2.4 3.1 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 Return achieved over LIBOR (%) 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 Average Cons Fund balance (£m) 135 128 136 147 159 170 181 Growth in equity investments 3.8% 2.5% 2.5% 2.5% 2.5% 2.5% 2.5%

£m 30.0

 

 

Total (cen

Divi Retu

Retu Trad

Fine EUS

 

25.0 20.0 15.0

 Income

tral scenario)

dend income rns from JFSC

rns from States ing Operations

s and other income D Administration me Tax Penalties

10.0

5.0

0

2013 Other States Income

2014 2015 2016 2018 2019

All figures £m

2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 Interest Income 2.6 2.5 2.6 3.2 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 Currency and coinage 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 Dividend Income 13.5 8.3 11.2 13.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 Returns from States Trading Operations 1.7 1.7 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 Returns from JFSC 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 EUSD Administration Income 1.5 1.5 - - - - - - Income Tax Penalties 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Fines and other income 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 Total Income (central scenario) 18.7 20.5 21.9 24.8 21.9 21.9 21.9 22.0 Previous forecast 17.2 18.6 19.9 20.5

Scenarios

Optimistic 18.4 21.2 22.5 25.4 22.3 22.4 22.5 22.6 Pessimistic 15.1 17.9 18.3 20.4 18.4 18.4 18.4 18.4

OTHER STATES INCOME FORECAST

Other States Income Forecast

40.0 35.0 30.0 25.0 20.0 15.0 10.0 5.0 0

 

 

 

 

Optimistic Total income

(central scenario) Pessimistic

 

 

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019

Supplementary Note 8

332.  What drives the level of Departmental Income

Departmental Income is forecast to be £122m in 2012. The income is largely in respect of goods and services provided by departments for which charges are made. The largest single source of department income is from Housing Rents at £38 million, or over 30% of the total. The 2012 income for Health includes the second year of a £6 million grant from the Health Insurance Fund (HIF) for primary care services. Other significant income arises from fee paying schools, health private patient charges and sports centre income.

Split States of Jersey Department Income 2012

Chief Minister £1.2m

Grant to Overseas Aid Commission £0.0m EconomicDevelopment £1.8m

Education, Sport and Culture £18.1m Department of the Environment £3.8m Health and Social Services £22.0m

Home Affairs £1.8m

Housing £40.9m

Social Security £3.7m

Transport and Technical Services £18.9m Treasury and Resources £8.7m

Non Ministerial States funded bodies £4.0m States Assembly and its services £0.1m

333.  Examples of Departmental Income

Department Type of Income £ million

Housing

Education, Sport and Culture Health and Social Services Health and Social Services Education, Sport and Culture Transport and Technical Services Transport and Technical Services Department of Environment Department of Environment Home Affairs


Housing Rents £38 million Fee Paying Schools £9 million Grant from HIF for Primary Care £6 million Private Patients Income £6 million Sports Centre Income £3 million Bus Contract Income £3 million Waste Tipping Fees £1 million Planning Application Fees £1 million Building Control Fees £1 million Passport Fees £1 million

334.  Types of Departmental Income

As discussions progress with departments, further definition of the types of departmental income may emerge but, initially there appear to be three main types:

StatutoryFees, Fines and Charges

These are licences, fees or charges which are set in either law or regulation. Generally, the provision that is to be charged for is identified and what can be charged for is defined – in some cases quite loosely. This has caused reference to legal opinion

Discretionary Fees and Charges

These are generally fees and charges for services where the States is in competition with other providers or provide an alternative service i.e. sports centres.

Recharges

These can be intra or inter departmental;

Internal charges for services within the States – these are covered by a separate Financial Direction (FD 6.2) and may be considered beyond the scope of any review. However, these can be relevant where they form part of the full cost that is charged to the user.

335.  Current Financial Directions and Forecasting

Departments are encouraged to review fees and charges on an annual basis or otherwise in line with the statutory requirements and historically there has been a restriction to a 2.5% increase with a requirement to ascertain Treasury Minister approval for increases above this level.

336.  Any new departmental user pays charges are required to be approved by the States or

as part of any associated legislation.

337.  Each department will forecast its income as part of the Medium Term Financial Plan

which will take into account the changes in services and priorities and also the recent trends for departmental income.

338.  Future Strategy

Departmental income makes an important contribution to the States financial position, particularly with the greater uncertainty surrounding States Income in the current economic circumstances.

339.  The current financial directions are written in such a way which could reduce and

constrain increases in fees and charges by firstly encouraging departments to reduce costs, and secondly by applying the 2.5% Anti-Inflation Strategy (P125/2000). The financial directions do make provision for and, recognise that there are instances where the full cost of the service can be recovered which allow higher increases to be justified.

340.  One of the options to improve the financial position, address funding pressures and

possibly deliver a further level of savings would be to revise the financial directions to support a user pays principle and encourage departments to review appropriate fees and charges to ensure the full cost of services are recovered and also define what should be included in such full cost .

341.  It will be important to demonstrate that charges are reasonable, are only recovering the

cost of a service and don t significantly disadvantage or burden a particular sector of the community. Any new charges would still need to be approved by the States. Particular

focus would be on a review of fees and charges to the private sector to ensure full cost recovery.

342.  Economic advice supports a general inflation target for the Island, which provides

a reasonable benchmark against which increases in fees and charges are justified. However, economic advice does not preclude the recovery of full cost of services and anti-inflation policy should not be a barrier to the regular review of charges. Policy to control inflation should be focusing on the general price level (not the prices of individual goods or services) and the overall balance between supply and demand in the economy. The advice is that any concessions should be clearly defined and understood so as not to result in any unintended consequences in the market or economy.

343.  There are risks associated with increasing fees and charges, particularly where they

are subject to competition and trading volumes. A greater reliance on income may also create additional risk with a dependency on the state of the economy.

APPENDIX TWO: DIVIDEND POLICY FOR STRATEGIC INVESTMENTS

Appendix Two -

Dividend Policy for Strategic Investments

344.  The States of Jersey holds varied share holdings, as detailed below. For the Medium

Term Financial Plan it is assumed that the existing shareholdings will remain unchanged for the Consolidated Fund:-

Note: A further new preference share is forecast to be taken out in Jersey Telecom Group Limited during 2012, relating to Gigabit Jersey. This will be reflected as an Infrastructure Investment in the Currency Fund.

345.  The following dividends have been forecast for the Strategic Investments:-

Budget Forecasts

2012 2012 2013 2014 2015 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000

Jersey Electricity plc 2,358 2,551 2,615 2,680 2,747 Jersey New Waterworks Company Limited 1,527 1,896 1,932 1,969 2,007 Jersey Telecom Group Limited 9,020 8,857 2,391 5,034 4,119 Jersey Post International Limited 513 5,013 623 744 655 Total 13,418 17,804 7,561 10,427 9,528

Existing Shareholdings

346.  Jersey Electricity plc - The States of Jersey holds all the ordinary shares in Jersey

Electricity plc which represents approximately 62% of the Company s total issued share capital as at 31 December 2011 (86.4% of the total voting rights). Jersey Electricity plc also has A shares in issue which are listed on the London Stock Exchange, and two classes of preference shares, which hold 3% of the voting rights.

Budget Forecasts

2012 2012 2013 2014 2015 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000

Jersey Electricity plc 2,358 2,551 2,615 2,680 2,747 347.  Jersey New Waterworks Company Limited - The States of Jersey hold 100% of the

issued A Ordinary shares, 50% of the issued Ordinary shares and 100% of the 7.5%- 10% cumulative 5th Preference shares in the Jersey New Waterworks Company Limited

as at 31 December 2011.

Medium Term Financial Plan 2013 - 2015

Budget Forecasts

2012 2012 2013 2014 2015 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000

States of Jersey Development Company 1,527 1,896 1,932 1,969 2,007 348.  States of Jersey Investment Limited - The States of Jersey owns 100% of the share

capital of States of Jersey Investments Limited (SOJIL), a company used to hold the investments in Jersey Telecom Group Limited and Jersey Post International Limited. Due

to its nature as a holding company, SOJIL is consolidated in full and included inside the Consolidated Fund. This has the effect of treating the investments in Jersey Telecom and

Jersey Post as part of the Consolidated Fund.

349.  Jersey Telecom Group Limited - SOJIL holds all the Ordinary shares and all the 9%

cumulative preference shares in the Jersey Telecom Group Limited.

350.  Jersey Post International Limited - SOJIL holds all the Ordinary shares in Jersey Post

International Limited.

Budget Forecasts

2012 2012 2013 2014 2015 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000

Jersey Telecom Group Limited 9,020 8,857 2,391 5,034 2,747 Jersey Post International Limited 513 5,013 623 744 655 Total 9,533 13,357 3,014 5,778 4,774

351.  Basis for calculation of Forecast Dividends:-

The following assumptions have been made:-

Whereavailable, dividend forecasts have been provided by the entities, at the current agreed dividend policy rates, with the exception of Jersey Telecom Group Limited.

JerseyTelecom Group Limited's dividends forecasts for 2013 onwards are based on a new dividend strategy and the adoption of a revised capital structure for the company. This will allow Jersey Telecom to develop its business in line with the industry's peer groups with the intention of maintaining and delivering long term growth in shareholder value for the States.

352.  For quoted or listed companies current dividend returns have been used and

increased by the States Inflationary assumptions for any ordinary shareholdings.

Theforecast dividends include the interest receivable on all preference share holdings.

Alldividend income is forecast gross, before any deductions of income tax.

PAGE 223 APPENDIX TWO: DIVIDEND POLICY FOR STRATEGIC INVESTMENTS

Medium Term Financial Plan 2013 - 2015

Financial Return Policy for States of Jersey Development Company (SOJDC) 353.  Existing Shareholdings

The States of Jersey holds 100% of the issued share capital for the States of Jersey Development Company Limited. However for Statutory Accounting purposes, this

is consolidated in full in the accounts and therefore not accounted for as a strategic investment.

354.  For the Medium Term Financial Plan it is assumed that the existing shareholdings will

remain unchanged and that the Financial Returns will be reported separately under the Consolidated Fund.

355.  The following Financial Returns have been forecast for SOJDC:-

Budget Forecasts

2012 2012 2013 2014 2015 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000

Jersey New Waterworks Company Limited - 759 759 759 759 356.  Basis for calculation of Forecast Financial Returns:-

The following assumptions have been made:-

Whereavailable, forecasts have been provided by the States of Jersey Development Company. They relate to specific returns for individual sites.

The above forecast returns, solely relates to a receipt for the Esplanade Car Park (MD-TR-2012-0006). At the time of forecasting we were not aware of any other financial returns.

Allfinancial returns are forecast gross, as income tax deductions are not relevant.

APPENDIX THREE:

CARRY FORWARD REPORT 2011/2012

Appendix Three – Carry Forward Report 2011/2012

Treasury and Resources Report 2011 year end carry forwards

357.  Purpose of Report

To consider the carry forward requests from departments for unspent budgets from 2011 to 2012. Departments have been managing their budgets tightly in order to prepare for meeting their savings target and to direct resources to the highest priority areas.

358.  Background

The carry forward process is an intrinsic part of the overall financial management of the States of Jersey. It allows departments to manage across financial years, helps eliminate the year end spend syndrome and gives departments a greater sense of certainty with their funding.

359.  The process is one of careful evaluation and significant effort is put in to ensuring

that those funds carried forward have a specific service provision requirement in the following financial year. The process rewards those departments that have managed their budgets well and allows them to allocate funds to:

meetpressures,

deliver longer term savings for CSR and,

ultimately, deliver service improvements associated with the draft strategic priorities for the new Council of Ministers.

360.  Departments have been managing their budgets very carefully with a clear intention to

deliver their savings targets in future years. Details of those underspends are set out below:

Budget

2011

2011 Budgets Variance Near Actuals

(Adv)/Fav Cash £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000

Near Cash Non Cash Total

Central Reserves & Restructuring

States Near Cash Departmental Variance


598,608 640,064 41,456 41,456

40,618 37,073 (3,545) - 639,226 677,137 37,911 41,456

- 13,624 13,624 (13,624) £27,832

361.  I  In the Budget approved on 10th November 2011, there was a commitment made to

increase the Consolidated Fund balance by £10 million. £3.3 million unspent Article 11(8) monies, approved via P67/2008 and P174/2009 for Pandemic Flu, P91/2008, P83/2009 for Historical Child Abuse Enquiry, P17/2009 for Williamson, P83/2009 for Economic Downturn, have been returned. With this amount of expenditure returned, plus

the over achievement of income received, the Consolidated Fund balance is more than £10 million improved at the end of 2011.

362.  The majority of the underspend has been requested for various carry forwards by

departments and for ease of reconciliation and explanation, these have been broken down into different groups:-

Departmentalcarry forwards of £27.8 million made up of :-

RevenueCash Limits £22,856,636

Fiscal Stimulus £155,593,

Restructuring Funding £985,982,

Court and Case Costs £2,859,917,

Funded Spending Pressures £963,609 and;

Restructuring and Central Reserves, held in Treasury and Resources, of £13.6 million.

An explanation of each group of carry forwards can be found in paragraphs 3 to 5. Departments were also requested to identify their Spending Pressures for 2012 so that these may be prioritised and considered for funding from any remaining underspend.

363.  Revenue Cash Limits - £22,856,636

The year end forecast underspend is summarised, by department, in Appendix A. This table shows funds are available to fund the full amount requested by departments. A summary of requests is in Table 1 of Appendix B.

364.  All departments are showing an underspend this year, the amounts being requested to

be carried forward by departments are as follows:-

365.  Chief Minister's - £886,755 366.  Statistics budgets - £160,000

A budget of £120,000 is required to complete the report and publish the results from the 2011 Census. The Household Expenditure Survey is due to take place once sufficient budget is available from an annual base allocation of £40,000.

367.  Law Drafting - £25,000

A budget of £25,000 is required to enable existing 2011 Law Drafting projects to be completed.

368.  Human Resources - £215,000

Learning and Development to fund training programmes, such as the Modern Manager Programme, Corporate Management Board development, States Members and Council of Ministers training - £147,000. Reduce cost pressure of £195,000 to fund additional post in Health and Social Services as recommended in the Verita Report - £68,000.

369.  International Division - £292,000

This programme of work has been funded in 2011 and 2010 from non-recurring sources carry forwards and fiscal stimulus. Parts of the programme have been delayed awaiting EU decisions and agreements to be concluded with the UK Ministry of Justice but the planned programme is not funded beyond 2011.

370.  PECRS pre-1987 debt - £194,755

2011 underspend of £194,755 includes £81,000 from 2010. This is required to protect against the variability of future years debt. This number is calculated by the actuaries and is influenced by changes in pay scales etc. Providing a comfort budget ensures

expenditure items such as States employees training is not affected by what is largely an accounting entry.

Note: as a result of MD-TR-2011-0137 which transfers responsibility for Pensions from Chief Minister s to Treasury and Resources, this carry forward will be transferred to Treasury and Resources.

371.  Overseas Aid - £4,202

Any underspend in this area has historically been carried forward without challenge.

372.  Economic Development - £957,984 373.  Ofcom Income - £714,984

Unanticipated income from Ofcom and Digital Switchover was added to the

department s net revenue expenditure in 2011. It was agreed that any of this unspent income could be carried forward into 2012 and spent by the Department as required. (MD-TR-2011-0105). Areas which have been identified so far are the partial contribution of £150,000 to E-commerce for Digital Jersey and the film project which was delayed in 2011.

374.  Aircraft Registry - £20,000

The implementation of the Aircraft Registry project has been delayed and the budget will now be required in 2012.

375.  Jersey Finance Ltd - £175,000

A delay in a film project has released this underspend. The request to carry forward this budget is to restore the JFL grant in 2012 which had been reduced as a result of the CSR process.

376.  Subtitling - £48,000

A grant has been requested by Channel Television for subtitling to continue for 2012 only. It was originally a 2011 CSR saving, which was funded by Jersey Enterprise during 2011. This funding will cease in 2013.

377.  Education, Sport and Culture - £3,353,660 378.  Delegated Financial Management - £681,050

These balances belong to individual schools. The current Delegated Financial Management arrangement allows schools to carry forward positive balances of up to 3% of budget in order to support expenditure items such as future contracts and school development plans and manage the differential between the academic and financial year.

379.  Fee Paying Schools - £775,960

A number of the Fee Paying schools had targeted savings identified during the debate on the reduction in subsidy and, even with the reduction in fee levels, are projecting accumulating surpluses. In the future, the funds will also enable the Department to work with the schools over a period of transition to minimise the impact on fee levels and the schools finances.

380.  Higher Education - £800,000

The base budget was exceeded in 2010 and, although was forecast to be insufficient in 2011, the eventual outturn was £126,000 under spent illustrating the volatile nature of this budget. It is requested that the unused departmental contingency be carried forward to

2012 to counter the changes imposed by the UK Government on University fees and the resultant uncertainty over fee levels for 2012/13 and beyond.

381.  Healthy Eating School Contract - £21,000

Represents the balance of funds transferred following Ministerial approval from the Hautlieu School capital project to complete the initiative.

382.  Departmental Restructuring Reserve - £195,650

Commencing in 2012 there is a predicted fall in pupil numbers in the secondary sector which is likely to place pressure on school budgets, if the required reduction in staffing cannot be achieved. The Reserve will be essential to leverage staff changes so that the funds can be released to meet predicted increased primary numbers and the other funding pressures.

383.  Lunchtime Supervision Shortfall - £120,000

A sum of £300,000 has been allocated to the Department to meet the cost of changes to lunchtime supervision. Following a period of consultation with headteachers, it

has become evident that it is essential to increase the funding available to schools to introduce the changes to ensure the safety of pupils and appropriate levels of behaviour management.

384.  Teaching Assistant Restructuring - £60,000

Following a period of consultation with headteachers and specialist staff, a new framework has been developed in recognition of the duties that are undertaken by teaching assistants. An assessment panel will ensure that the process of assessing individual teaching assistants is carried out fairly and equitably across the service.

385.  Nursery Education Fund Growth - £360,000

The number of NEF children going to nursery school has risen sharply from 381 to 476 in 2011/12. This is due to an increase in the birth rate experienced over the past four years. The forecast shortfall in 2012 is £280,000. Additional hours purchased by parents in States Nurseries have been lower than expected and the income shortfall in 2012 is likely to be £80,000.

386.  Sports Advisory Council Grant - £100,000

The new Minister for Education, Sport and Culture has received feedback from sporting organisations that the CSR cut to the grant to the Sport Advisory Council was too great. It is The Minister s intention to provide a breathing space during 2012 whilst a full review of the Sports provision resulting in a Sports Strategy for the Island is undertaken. This reinstates part of the 2012 cut.

387.  ICT Strategy - £240,000

This money will be used to implement the Department s ICT strategy.

388.  Health & Social Services - £1,028,000 389.  Medical Equipment - £156,000

Funding has been committed in 2011 but the equipment will not be delivered until 2012. This is simply a timing issue.

390.  Bowel Cancer Screening - £100,000

An average of 62 new cases occur amongst islanders annually. Most are not diagnosed until a late stage, leaving patients with a poor prognosis and requiring expensive off

island treatment. Survival is strongly related to the stage of disease at diagnosis. The National Screening Committee approved a one-off Flexible Sigmoidoscopy at age 55 as a cost-effective bowel cancer screening intervention which is expected to reduce bowel cancer deaths by 40% over 10 years. Establishing this service has an initial set up / capital of approximately £100,000; utilisation of the 2011 underspend for this purpose would enable this development to progress promptly in 2012, with the recurring revenue cost being met from additional funds allocated to the department in the 2012 Business Plan.

391.  Individual Care Packages - £150,000

There are a low, but increasing, number of patients and clients requiring high cost individual care arrangements. The number of these specific arrangements is particularly high at present and an allocation of additional funding of £150,000 from carry forward funds will help address this current number of high cost care arrangements.

392.  Reduced Delayed Discharges - £100,000

The continuing impact of the ageing demographic impacts on the number of patients

in hospital waiting for discharge to the community and nursing homes. The allocation of £100,000 from carry forward funds together with a further allocation from 2012 Business Plan funding will allow this issue to be addressed, particularly over the winter months.

393.  Tamiflu - £522,000

It is normal practice to write off stocks of drugs that are past their expiry date. On this occasion, Health advise that the expiry date of stocks of Tamiflu have been extended and therefore do not need to be written off.

394.  Home Affairs - £1,429,035

395.  Jersey Fire and Rescue Service - £50,000

To enable the retention of Offshore Ship Firefighting capability for 2012. This was previously funded by the UK, but as part of the UK CSR the Department for Transport announced in September the withdrawal of this funding for the Maritime Incident Response Group (MIRG). Future funding will be required and will be included in the MTFP as this is a recurring pressure.

396.  Prison! Me! No Way! Grant - £45,000

To fund this project in 2012, however, future funding will be required from 2013 onwards and will be include in the MTFP as this is a recurring pressure.

397.  Maintenance Works/Equipment - £102,000

Delays to projects, to be carried out in 2012 - Jersey Field Squadron repairs to TA Centre, £35,000, Jersey Fire and Rescue Service roof repairs, £55,000, Jersey Customs Immigration Service for Guichets (booths) and surveillance equipment, £12,000. All projects agreed in 2011 this is simply a timing issue.

398.  Criminal Injuries Compensation Scheme - £44,200

To supplement the 2012 budget as the Accounting Officer has no control over the

amount or quantum of awards agreed by the Criminal Injuries Compensation Board. 399.  Vetting and Barring Office - £55,000

Review of staffing and arrangements with Criminal Records Bureau additional staff may be required for the States of Jersey Police.

400.  Prison - £90,000

In 2011 the SEB approved the move to a new pay spine for Prison Officers and if no pay award funding is available in 2012 there will be a potential funding shortfall.

401.  Managing future CSR Savings - £1,042,835

Timing delays are predicted in the delivery of 2012 and 2013 CSR savings. Contingency plans are being developed to achieve the savings and funds carried forward will enable any initial shortfalls to be covered in 2012 and 2013, consisting of £799,200 within the States of Jersey Police and the remainder for non-Police projects.

402.  Housing - £1,379,906

403.  Backlog Maintenance - £1,379,906

The underspend will go towards projects such as the heating installations, the Le Marais bin chutes, the Le Squez refurbishment, lift refurbishment, insulation works etc., all works required under the maintenance programme to address this backlog.

404.  Department of the Environment - £216,608 405.  Met Office Staff Secondment - £40,000

Following the decision from Jersey Airport requiring ongoing observational services from the Met office, together with maternity cover, there is a need to second in staff with the necessary skills from the UK office until additional staff can be recruited and trained. The department requests £40,000 of the surplus income from increased planning applications to fund this pressure.

406.  Planning and Building - £176,608

A sum of £146,608 is required for Planning appeals which occur each year and are not budgeted for together with £30,000 for producing further masterplans for the Island.

407.  Social Security – Department £5,310,261

408.  Adjustment agreed as per Budget Statement 2011 - £5,172,692 409.  Cold Weather Bonus - £50,000

The States Assembly has decided to extend the Cold Weather Bonus (P186/2011). Funding for the scheme is in the 2012 Annual Business Plan, however £50,000 is required to develop the IT system (one-off cost). The additional manpower for this benefit will be absorbed within the existing headcount of the Department.

410.  Long Term Care Scheme - £580,000

This is an initial estimate as the project is currently being scoped and is funding for income collection only, based upon the contribution system being used, as the current plan is to collect income for 6 months before commencing payment of benefit. Should that plan change further funding would be required. The sum requested includes IT set up costs, staffing and contract drafting.

411.  Minimum Wage Research - £25,000

Research is required into the prevalence of employees being paid at the minimum wage. A budget of £25,000 is required for this purpose.

412.  Discrimination Legislation - £100,000

Funding required for resources needed to prepare discrimination legislation for lodging by the end of 2012 in accordance with the States decision P118/2011. The funds are required for staff costs, expert legal advice and consultation.

413.  Temporary Insolvency Compensation Scheme - £100,000

During 2011 legislation was agreed for a permanent statutory Insolvency Benefit which will be implemented in 2012. Until that time, the temporary scheme introduced in 2009 will continue.

414.  Staff Costs - £224,000

There is a shortfall in the staff budget as a result of a late adjustment for Fiscal Strategy Review which was not reflected in the gross staff number in time for 2012 Business Plan. It was suggested that any unspent 2011 revenue budget be carried forward to support this gap.

415.  Increased Unemployment - £2,000,000

The downturn in the economy has resulted in an increase in the numbers of unemployed people and those seeking assistance through Income Support. Estimates have been made by adapting the October income support model to take account of the Central Assumptions made by the Economic Adviser plus 1%. This does not include the effects of the removal of Low Value Consignment Relief.

416.  Back to Work - Proactive measures to reduce unemployment - £7,403,953

The Department proposes to use the remainder of the 2011 revenue underspend

to provide the financial resources needed in order to deliver the Back to Work programme. An element will be required to meet the increased costs in income support; the remainder will be allocated to the programme. A Treasury representative will be

a member of the team looking at what the programme should deliver and they will be providing financial management and advice around the funds allocated to this piece of work.

417.  Transport and Technical Services - £1,824,841

Budgets have been transferred from Capital to Revenue to comply with GAAP, and are therefore required to complete the projects:-

418.  Asbestos disposal - £1,236,749

Asbestos is presently being temporarily stored in containers at La Collette but this is not a sustainable medium term solution. This money was allocated to cover the permanent disposal of this waste. Delays have occurred and the department is working with the Regulator to finalise details of its plans for the permanent disposal of asbestos and a planning application has been submitted and is awaiting determination by the Minister for Planning and Environment.

419.  Liquid Waste Strategy - £536,000

The Liquid Waste Strategy deals with liquid waste in accordance with environmental standards and provides the best sustainable options for the Island. Initial technical investigations have commenced but the strategy will not be fully developed until 2012.

420.  Highway Maintenance - £52,092

This will be used in 2012 for patching of roads which has fallen behind schedule. 421.  Treasury and Resources - £787,753

422.  Taxes Office - £381,500

The Taxes Transformation Programme is a major programme of work to deliver significant improvements to the States of Jersey tax-related functions (including achieving projected additional revenues of between £2million and £10 million per year). The Programme was due to start in April but was delayed until November, resulting in an underspend of £338,000. This is a four year project and funding for the remaining three years has not yet been fully identified. This carry forward is being requested to meet a proportion of the funding for the remaining years - £350,000.

To complete the work required to implement the requirements of the Civil Partnerships Legislation in the ITAX system which was expected to be completed in 2011 - £16,500.

To back-fill a post in Personal Tax to allow an Assessment Manager to support IS team in the development of self assessment programmes - £15,000.

423.  Modern Managers Programme - £40,000

This will fund the Modern Manager Programme targeted at finance staff in 2012. 424.  Actuarial Advice and Pension Project - £101,000

Substantial work is being undertaken in reviewing current pension arrangements and this project work is required in 2012. Additional actuarial advice is also required as part of the pensions review project and this will occur in 2012.

425.  Backlog Maintenance - £265,253

Jersey Property Holdings timing of completion of the Les Chnes Refurbishment. (The contract will span year end estimated value of works remaining for 2012).

426.  Non Ministerial Departments - £504,939

Comptroller Auditor General - £255,713

427.  The CAG is underspent and has a programme of reviews to be carried out some

commenced prior to year end but are unlikely to be finalised until 2012.

428.   Bailiff 's Chambers - £84,391

Additional expenditure of approximately £150,000 will be required in 2012 relating to events taking place to celebrate the Queen s Diamond Jubilee.

429.  Office of Lieutenant Governor - £45,000

Maternity leave and extra cover for the PA and Visits Secretary and the PA and Engagements Secretary, and cover for Chef s leave will cost an estimated £34,000.

Replacement of the alarm system and equipment will cost an estimated £6,000.

The Governor s contribution to the Queen s Diamond Jubilee Celebrations including Royal Visits and additional costs in staff and entertainment costs need a further allocation of £5,000.

430.  Probation - £20,000

Due to an increase in referrals, it is likely that additional resources to cover maternity leave in 2012 will now have to be procured externally.

431.  Viscounts' Service - £99,835

This will fund an upgrade of software for the Desastre section. Following the tendering process, headed by the Business Support Group, it is clear that the project will exceed original estimates of costs, therefore this funding will ensure continuation of the upgrade.

432.  Fiscal Stimulus - £155,593

In May 2009, the States approved P55/2009 to permit the withdrawal of up to £44 million from the Consolidated Fund to be reallocated for the net expenditure of a number of departments in order to fund a proposed discretionary economic stimulus package.

The programme of projects given approval by the Fiscal Stimulus Steering group continues to deliver benefits to the economy, supporting employment in the Island

and creating new opportunities for businesses in Jersey. Some of these projects are unable to meet a conclusion in 2011 therefore a request is made to carry forward those balances agreed but not yet spent. A summary of requests is in Table 2 of Appendix B.

A breakdown of these amounts, by department is as follows:- 433.  Economic Development - £89,999

A letter requesting the carry forward was sent from the EDD Minister to the

Treasury Minister 19/08/11 and the Fiscal Stimulus Steering Group has given their recommendation to approve the carry forward for the delivery of the Single European Payments Area project.

434.  Treasury and Resources - £65,594

Final Payment for the grant to Jersey Hospice Care which will be paid early 2012. 435.  Restructuring Costs

In the 2011 Business Plan £6 million was allocated to restructuring costs which would provide investment funding to departments in order for them to be able to deliver future savings. During the year £5.3 million was allocated to departments leaving £711,900 unallocated.

Due to timing some of the allocated budget is unspent and is requested to be carried forward to 2012. The balance of the provision for Restructuring Costs, held within Treasury and Resources, is also requested for carry forward to 2012.

A summary of requests is in Table 3 of Appendix B and a breakdown of these amounts in more detail is as follows:

436.  Chief Minister's - £176,077

2011 restructuring budget required to provide additional Law Draftsman to support all CSR proposals with law drafting implications. There has been a delay in recruiting the staff therefore this budget is now required for 2012 - £78,000.

CSR Project Team to cover ongoing costs of supporting CSR and modernisation programmes - £24,761.

The original transfer for £295,000 to provide additional HR support for the CSR programme has an unspent budget of £39,916 and is required for ongoing Organisational Development initiatives and internal communications training.

Actuarial Review budget of £80,000 has an unspent budget of £33,400 due to timing and this work will continue into 2012.

437.  Health and Social Services - £290,000

The out-turn includes an underspend of approximately £290,000 relating to timing of the implementation of CSR projects. It is expected that the programme will still take two years to deliver and therefore the 2011 saving is simply a timing matter; the spend will still be required to deliver the programme, and therefore a carry forward equivalent to the projected underspend is required This has been discussed and agreed with the central CSR Team.

438.  Home Affairs - £24,500

An amount of £29,000 was agreed from the Restructuring Provision for the costs associated with changes to PECRS required for the introduction of a new Prison Officer grade. As at 31 December expenditure of £4,500 has been incurred and the balance of £24,500 will be required in 2012 for the work to be completed.

439.  Department of the Environment - £64,000

Improved Administration £50,000

Request to carry forward total funding allocation as this project has been delayed to coincide with the department s full implementation of PIP (Process Improvement Programme) which has been deferred until 2012.

440.  Met Office Review £14,000

Total funding of £35,000 allocated for review of Met Office with a target saving of £128,000 by 2013. The review is well advanced but will not be finalised until 2012.

441.  Transport and Technical Services - £25,076 442.  Energy Audit £25,076

Relates to funding of £50,000 in connection with the Bellozanne Energy Audit which is expected to generate c.£100,000 of utility savings per annum. The audit has commenced but will not be completed until 2012.

443.  Treasury and Resources - £406,329 444.  Finance Change Team - £150,000

A saving has been made on the Finance Change Team so as to part-fund the Taxes Transformation project in 2012.

445.  Procurement Transformation - £256,329

This is due to the timing of awarding the contract for the new Procure To Pay system, which is now planned for the first quarter of 2012.

446.  Provision for Restructuring Costs - £711,900

As requested in MD-TR-2011-0126, if all requests are approved, a balance of £711,900 will remain in the Restructuring Provision in 2011 and it is proposed that this balance is carried forward in 2012 to supplement that year s budget allocation.

447.  Central Reserves/Contingency

448.  Provision for Central Reserves/Contingency

The £2 million allocation for an AME Central Reserve was not required in 2011 but is requested to be carried forward to fund increases in Income Support costs as a result of increasing unemployment.

Of the £6.8 million allocated to DEL Central Reserves in the 2011 Business Plan,

£950,000 has been allocated to departments leaving £5.9 million requested to be carried forward to 2012.

449.  Project Alpha

The £5 million allocation from the Insurance Deductible Fund for Project Alpha has been transferred as a ring-fenced amount in Central Reserves.

450.  Court and Case Costs Smoothing Reserve

The Court and Case Cost underspends from departments, £2,859,917, mainly non- ministerial, are requested as a carry forward to be held in Central Reserves and earmarked in the Smoothing Reserve.

451.  7. 2012 Spending Pressures

A number of departments have underspends in their base cash limits that they have not requested to be carried forward. This provides an opportunity to allocate funding for priority spending pressures identified for 2012 for which no alternative funds can be identified:

Department Amount £ Reason

Chief Minister's 100,000 Assisting Developing Countries

External expert advice on specialist technical matters related to the extension of 100,000 the WTO membership

Supports the new post of Health & Social Services HR Director and recruitment of 127,000 medical staffing manager at a higher level, as recommended in the Verita report

91,000 Extra Law Draftsman for various Laws funded by T&R, Housing and JFSC

418,000 Total

Economic Development 150,000 Policy and Regulation - Digital Jersey

150,000 Total

Health and Social Services 330,000 Activity Increases - Secure Placement

330,000 Total

Bailiff 's Chambers 65,609 Queen's Diamond Jubilee Celebrations

65,609 Total

Grand Total   963,609

The 2012 spending pressures have been reviewed by the Corporate Management Board and it is proposed to fund the pressures identified above from the departmental underspends of £974,346 not requested for carry forward.

A breakdown in more detail of all identified spending pressures is as follows:- 452.  Chief Ministers - £418,000

453.  International Finances - £200,000

454.  Assisting Developing Countries - £100,000.

External expert advice on specialist technical matters related to the extension of the UK membership of the World Trade Organisation - £100,000.

455.  Human Resources - £127,000

There is a structural deficit within the HR budget under its current structure. Primarily this supports the establishment, hiring and relocation of the new post of HSSD HR Director. In addition, the budget has increased to recruit a medical staffing manager at a higher level given that this was a key critique in the Verita report - £127,000.

456.  Law Draftsman - £91,000

Funding is required for an additional Law Draftsman for various Law projects. It has been agreed that some departments will assist with funding this pressure and in 2012 they propose to fund these costs from their underspends as follows; Treasury and Resources (£70,000) for the Pensions Law and Housing (£21,000) for the Housing Transformation Programme. The Jersey Financial Services Commission has also agreed to assist with funding up to £70,000.

457.  Economic Development - £150,000 458.  Policy and Regulation - £150,000

Establish the E-Commerce Commission, now known as Digital Jersey - £300,000. The department will provide the balance of the funding from the unanticipated income from Ofcom and Digital Switchover, which has previously been agreed as a carry forward. (MD-TR-2011-0105).

459.  Health and Social Services - £330,000 460.  Activity Increases - £330,000

A number of high cost cases are placing significant pressure on the Department s budget. In particular, a single placement in a secure UK institution at the end of 2011 will create a cost pressure in the region of £330,000 in 2012.

461.   Bailiff 's Chambers - £65,609

Queen s Diamond Jubilee

To meet the shortfall of the £150,000 requirement to assist with the celebrations and hospitality around the Island.

462.  Recommendations

Toapprove departmental carry forward requests set out in paragraph 3 and Appendix B Table 1.

Toapprove the Fiscal stimulus carry forwards as set out in paragraph 4 and Appendix B Table 2.

Toapprove the Restructuring carry forwards as set out in paragraph 5 and Appendix B Table 3.

Toapprove the Central Reserves carry forwards as set out in paragraph 6 and Appendix B Table 4.

Toapprove the remaining available underspend to fund the prioritised 2012 spending pressures set out in paragraph 7 totalling £963,609.

CARRY FORWARD PAPER - APPENDIX A

 

Department

2011 Actual Out-turn Variance Near Cash

£

Fiscal Stimulus

£

Restructu ring

£

Reserves £

Court & Case Costs

£

Revenue Carry Forwards

£

Total Carry Forwards

£

Departmental Underspends not requested for carry forward

£

2012 Spending Pressures

£

Chief Minister Overseas Aid Economic

Development

Education Sport & Culture

Health & Social Services

Home Affairs Housing

Department of the Environment

Social Security

Transport & Technical Services

Treasury Resources

Central Reserves & Restructuring States Assembly

Non-Ministerial States Funded (detail below)

1,074,933 4,202

1,049,227 3,353,661

1,318,492

1,536,535 1,400,906

280,608 10,482,953 1,849,917

1,009,881 331,253

13,623,900 303,226

3,836,680

- 176,077 - - 886,755

- -   - - 4,202

89,999 -   - - 957,984

- -   - - 3,353,660

- 290,000 - - 1,028,000

- 24,500 - 40,800 1,429,035

- -   - 1,379,906

-

- 64,000 - - 216,608

- -   - - 10,482,953

- 25,076 - - 1,824,841

- 406,329 - - 522,500

65,594 -   265,253

- -

- 711,900 12,912,000 - -

- -   - - -

- -   - 2,819,117 504,939

1,062,832 4,202

1,047,983 3,353,660

1,318,000 1,494,335 1,379,906

280,608 10,482,953

1,849,917 928,829 330,847

 13,623,900 -

3,324,056

12,101 -

1,244 1

492 42,200 21,000

- -

-

81,052 406

-

303,226

512,624

848,000 -

1,000,000 500,000

9,000,000 -

6,500,000

100,000 see report

1,300,000 -

200,000

- -

105,609

Total

41,456,374

155,593 1,697,882 12,912,000 2,859,917 22,856,636

40,482,028

974,346

19,553,609

Earmarked for Smoothing Reserve

-

- - 2,859,917 (2,859,917) -

-

-

-

Grand Total

41,456,374

155,593 1,697,882 15,771,917 - 22,856,636

40,482,028

974,346

19,553,609

Appendix A

Departmental

2011 Actual  Underspends

Out-turn  Revenue  not requested  2012 Department  Variance  Fiscal  Restructu Court &  Carry  Total Carry  for carry  Spending Near Cash  Stimulus ring Reserves Case Costs Forwards Forwards forward Pressures

£ £ £ £ £ £ £ £ £

Non-Ministerial States Funded

CAG

255,713

-

-

-

- 255,713

255,713

-

-

Bailiff 's Chamber

84,391

-

-

-

- 84,391

84,391

-

65,609

Law Officers'

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Department

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Budget

332,857

-

-

-

- -

-

332,857

-

Court & Case Costs

2,409,706

-

-

-

2,409,706 -

2,409,706

-

-

Judicial Greffe

-

-

-

-

- -

-

-

40,000

Data Protection

1,476

-

-

-

- -

-

1,476

 

Lieutenant Governor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Department Budget

49,359

-

-

-

- 45,000

45,000

4,359

-

Court & Case

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs

2

-

-

-

- -

-

2

-

Dean of Jersey

849

-

-

-

- -

-

849

-

Official Analyst

32,812

-

-

-

- -

-

32,812

-

Probation

160,269

-

-

-

- 20,000

20,000

140,269

-

Viscount's Service

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Department Budget

99,835

-

-

-

- 99,835

99,835

-

-

Court & Case Costs

409,411

-

-

-

409,411 -

409,411

-

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

3,324,056

-

-

-

2,819,117 504,939

512,624

105,609

3,836,680

Earmarked for

0

Smoothing Reserve

-

-

-

2,819,117

(2,819,117) -

0 -

Grand Total

3,324,056

3,836,680 -

-

2,819,117 -  504,939

512,624

105,609

CARRY FORWARD PAPER - APPENDIX B– TABLE 1

Net revenue

expenditure carry

Department Carry forward request reason

forward requested

£

Chief Minister's 160,000 Statistics - Census and Household Expenditure Survey

25,000 Law Drafting projects

215,000 Human Resources

292,000 Spending Pressures, mainly in relation to International Affairs 194,755 PECRS pre-1987 debt contingency

886,755 Total

Overseas Aid 4,202 Underspends usually carry forward

4,202 Total

Economic Development 714,984 Ofcom and Digital Switchover

20,000 Aircraft Registry

175,000 Jersey Finance Ltd 48,000 CTV Subtitling

957,984 Total

Education, Sport & Culture 681,050 Delegated Financial Management

775,960 Fee Paying Schools

800,000 Higher Education

21,000 Healthy Eating School Contract

195,650 Departmental Restructuring Resserve 120,000 Lunchtime Supervision

60,000 Teaching Assistant Restructuring

360,000 Nursery Education Fund Growth

100,000 Sports Advisory Council Grant

240,000 ICT Strategy

3,353,660 Total

Health & Social Services 156,000 Medical Equipment

100,000 Bowel Cancer Screening

150,000 Individual Care Packages

100,000 Reduced Delayed Discharges

522,000 Tamiflu - extended life

1,028,000 Total

Home Affairs 50,000 Jersey Fire Rescue Service -Offshore Ship firefighting

45,000 Prison!Me!No Way! Grant

102,000 Maintenance Work

44,200 Criminal Injuries Compensation Scheme 55,000 Vetting and Barring Office Staffing

90,000 Prison Pay Spine

1,042,835 Management of future CSR Savings

1,429,035 Total

Housing 1,379,906 Backlog Maintenance

1,379,906 Total

Department of the Environment 40,000 Met Office Staff Secondment

176,608 Planning and Building - Masterplans and Planning Appeals

216,608 Total

Social Security   50,000 Cold Weather Bonus

580,000 Long Term Care Scheme

25,000 Minimum Wage Research

100,000 Discrimination Legislation

100,000 Temporary Insolvency Compensation Scheme

224,000 Staff Costs

2,000,000 Increased Unemployment

7,403,953 Back to Work - Proactive measures to reduce unemployment

10,482,953 Total

Transport & Technical Services 1,236,749 Asbestos Disposal

536,000 Liquid Waste Strategy 52,092 Highway Maintenance

1,824,841 Total

CARRY FORWARD PAPER - TABLE 1 (CONT.)

Net revenue

expenditure carry

Department Carry forward request reason

forward requested

£

Treasury & Resources 381,500 Taxes Transformation Project, Civil Partnership Legislation

141,000 MMP, actuarial advice and Pensions Review Project

265,253 Backlog Maintenance

787,753 Total

CAG 255,713 Programme of reviews

255,713 Total

Bailiff 's Chamber 84,391 Queen's Diamond Jubilee

84,391 Total

Office of Lieutenant Governor 34,000 Maternity and Leave staffing cover

6,000 Replacement of alarm system and equipment 5,000 Queen's Diamond Jubilee

45,000 Total

Probation 20,000 Maternity Leave Cover

20,000 Total

Viscount's Service 99,835 Software Upgrade

99,835 Total

Grand Total 22,856,636

CARRY FORWARD PAPER - TABLE 2

Fiscal Stimulus

Carry Forward

Department Carry forward request reason

Request

£

Economic Development 89,999 Single European Payments Area Project 89,999 Total

Treasury & Resources   65,594 Grant for Jersey Hospice Care Project

65,594 Total

Grand Total   155,593

CARRY FORWARD PAPER - TABLE 3

Restructuring Carry

Department Forward Request Carry forward request reason

£

Chief Minister's 78,000 Additional Law Draftsman

24,761 CSR Project Team

39,916 Organisational Development

33,400 Actuarial Review

176,077 Total

Health and Social Services 290,000 Delay in CSR projects.

290,000 Total

Home Affairs 24,500 PECRS changes to new staff position.

24,500 Total

Department of the Environment 50,000 Thinning of Files

14,000 Met Office Review

64,000 Total

Transport and Technical Services 25,076 Energy Audit

25,076 Total

Treasury and Resources   150,000 Finance Change Team - Taxes Transformation Project

256,329 Procurement Transformation

406,329 Total

T&R - Restructuring Costs 711,900 Supplement restructuring costs in 2012

711,900 Total

Grand Total   1,697,882

TABLE 4

Central Reserves

Department Forward Request Carry forward request reason

£

T&R - Central Reserves 2,000,000 AME reserve for unemployment

4,550,000 One-Off Reserve balance

1,362,000 DEL Reserve

Grand Total   7,912,000

APPENDIX FOUR: INDICATIVE LONG TERM CAPITAL PLAN: 2012 - 2032

Appendix Four

Long Term Capital Plan – Indicative Plans for 2012 to 2032 (£1,646 million)

463.  The ongoing development and management of the LTCP is a key financial planning

tool for the States of Jersey. It aims to ensure that capital expenditure is approved and delivered in an optimum way, prioritised towards the delivery of key Strategic Aims, at the appropriate time, based on best available information and delivering best value from constrained States financial resources. It allows funding solutions to be developed and implemented in a co-ordinated and timely basis.

464.  In summary the LTCP must flow from the high level States Strategic Policy and Plan. In

turn it will inform the MTFP.

Current process for LTCP

465.  The LTCP covers the period 2012-2032. Information has been provided by Departments

and collated by Treasury and Resources. For the years up to and including 2017 inflation to estimated outturn has been included. For the years 2018-2032 the plan excludes inflation. It is important to note that the amounts for Harbours and Airport will need to be re-validated as part of the incorporation process.

466.  The LTCP, as currently set out, reflects the changes made by the Corporate

Management Board Sub Committee and detailed in the previous section. Analysis of the funding sources available has also been undertaken and the estimated funding gap identified. It is important to stress that more detailed work will be undertaken on the LTCP and the specific schemes within it. It is also important to stress that the LTCP will be a living document which will inevitably change and be refined over time. This will be managed through Treasury and Resources and the MTFP process.

467.  The current position identifies the overall departmental expenditure requirement to be

£1,646 million. This is analysed by in summary below with project details explained by department.

£m 500

New Funding Policy Changes Trading Funds

 

 

Capital Receipts Identified Sources

 

 

Consol Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

TTS ESC HSS Other JFM APPENDIX FOUR: INDICATIVE LONG TERM CAPITAL PLAN: 2012 - 2032

Airport Harbour Car Parks Housing

PAGE 248

Housing

Capital Programme - Housing Total Anticipated Scheme Description Capital to 2032

£000

Housing Projects

H1 New Build Projects 229,985 H2 Major Refurbishments Projects 44,987 H3 Repairs and Improvement Works 14,474 Sub Total   289,446

Total Housing 289,446

468.  The Housing Department has launched a major Housing Transformation Project

which is now the subject of a White Paper. It aims to transform the way social housing is delivered in the Island, separating policy development and regulation from the actual delivery of services.

469.  It aims to better co-ordinate the delivery of social housing through the different providers

(existing Housing Department, Housing Trusts, Cottage Homes, and Parishes) and to

standardise the process for allocating housing through the Affordable Housing Gateway. 470.  This also includes the proposal for the Housing Department to become a separately

constituted entity that will deliver Social Housing in conjunction with the existing Housing

Trusts. Whilst this will have no impact on the delivery plan currently shown within the

LTCP, it will affect how we recognise these projects within our MTFP. At this point, we

are reflecting the Housing Department as it is currently constituted and including the

housing projects are part of our overall LTCP.

471.  The Housing Department does not receive an annual capital allocation to undertake new

build projects and refurbishments, but instead must rely on sales of existing housing stock following a States Decision (P6/2007). Although the Housing Department have generated income to fund new schemes, there has been an issue with the timing of funding availability which has constrained the longer term planning of capital investment.

472.  In order to help address this in the short term, £27.1 million funding was agreed in 2012

to allow the fast tracking of some schemes, with the added benefit of supporting the construction industry.

473.  In the future, Housing Department will need to be able to access private finance and

this LTCP assumes that a proportion of funding will come from some form of borrowing. Housing Department are working in conjunction with Treasury to identify borrowing requirements and timing of funding.

H1 New Build Projects - £230 million

474.  A detailed plan of new build sites has been prepared by the Housing Department to the

end of 2019. Thereafter, it is anticipated that an allowance of £3 million per annum will be sufficient for the remaining requirements which are likely to be for life long homes. The timing of the schemes is subject to final approval but the LTCP has been built on the following assumptions. There is a budget set out for each scheme but the amounts are not included in this plan as they will be subject to competitive tender:

475.  Housing has identified a number factors that will affect the delivery of the programme:-

Havingthe capacity and access to funding to build new homes.

Akey partnership with Jersey Development Company to help deliver developments of a more challenging nature such as the development of La Collette.

Theability to build new homes on existing sites.

Atarget of 1,000 new social rented homes delivered in the next 12 years.

Anadditional 100 units built for sale.

H2 and H3 Major Refurbishment/Repair/Improvement Projects - £59 million

 

Budget Budget Budget Budget Budget Budget Budget Budget 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000

Major Refurbishments Projects

 Jardin des Carreaux

 La Collette High Rise

 Journeaux Street Intensification  Hampshire Gardens

 Convent Court

 Caesarea Court

 De Quetteville Court High Rise  Hue Court High Rise

 Osborne Court

476.  This programme aims to bring existing stock up to the decent homes standard within

10 years and for that standard to be maintained thereafter.

477.  The standard being used to define the programme is the English Decent Homes

Standard. This requires that all homes should:

Meetthe current statutory minimum standard for housing.

Bein a reasonable state of repair.

Haveacceptable and modern facilities and services such that our accommodation has at least four of the following attributes:

Kitchen units less than 20 years old.

A kitchen with adequate space and layout.

Bathroom fittings less than 30 years old.

An appropriately located bathroom and WC.

Adequate noise insulation.

Adequate size and layout of common areas to blocks containing flats

Provide an acceptable level of thermal comfort in respect of both insulation and heating.

478.  73% of our current homes are already up to decent homes standard and this

programme aims to bring all existing stock to this standard within 10 years and for that standard to be maintained thereafter.

479.  There are strong links between housing standards and health. It is clear that as our

population ages, our housing and in particular our social housing will need to change if it is to complement the initiatives being proposed by Health and Social Services.

Health and Social Services

480.  In 2011, Health and Social Services published a Green Paper Care for each other,

Caring for ourselves which set out the challenges to be faced in relation to the future of health and social care services: a rapidly aging population; growing demand for services; spiralling costs; difficulties associated with recruitment of staff plus buildings and facilities in need of significant overhaul and financial investment. During the subsequent consultation process, almost 1,350 Islanders responded and they were overwhelmingly in favour of redesigning health and social services. On this basis, the White Paper was issued in June 2012 and proposes A new model for health and social care which aims to ensure that services continue to be safe and affordable for the future, that the right services are delivered and that projected increases in demand can be met.

481.  The current capital plan is based on this model and details those projects that have

already been identified as priorities. The feasibility work on medical services provision is due to be completed in September 2012 and this will give greater clarity to required projects. In the interim, this plan has the immediately identified capital requirements arising from the Outline Business Cases (OBCs) and high level estimates of the most pressing replacement assets.

Total Anticipated Scheme Description Capital to

2032

£000

HSS1 ICU - Infection Control (Annex A) 2,500 HSS2 Limes Upgrade 700 HSS3 Clinique Pinel 2,868 HSS4 Maternity Theatre SCBU - Patient Safety, Privacy & Dignity (Annex F) 1,494 HSS5 Upgrade of Main Theatres - Infection Control and Reliability (Annex G) 4,988 HSS6 Replacement Assets (Various) 29,910 HSS7 Replacement Assets (MRI Scanner) 2,277 HSS8 Replacement Assets (RIS / PACS IT assets) 1,567 HSS9 Sustainable General Hospital - Feasibility Study 350 HSS10 Sustainable General Hospital - Planning 2,000 HSS11 Adult Care Homes 4,000 HSS12 Overdale Feasibility 350 HSS13 Overdale Redevelopment of the Site 30,000 HSS14 Redevelopment of Children's Homes 2,000 HSS15 Limes Upgrade 1,000 HSS16 Intermediate Care 500 HSS17 Sandybrook 1,700 HSS18 Ambulance Station - Feasibility 100 HSS19 Ambulance Station 4,600 HSS20 Allowance for General Hospital 332,000 Total Health & Social Services 424,904

482.  This plan supports the Health and Social Services Transition Plan which will focus on

improvements in:

Servicesfor Children

Servicesthat encourage healthy lifestyles

Servicesfor adults with mental health issues

Servicesfor older adults (Mental Health, Long Term Conditions, Intermediate Care and End of Life Care)

483.  This clear plan for future development requires significant capital investment and the

table below shows business as usual projects, excluding the allowance being made for the General Hospital of £332 million.

£'000 40,000

35,000 30,000 25,000 20,000 15,000 10,000

5,000 0

2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019–2032

Redevelopment of Children's Homes Maternity Theatre SCBU Upgrade of Main Theatres Overdale Redevelopment of the Site Sustainable General Hospital/Decant Intermediate Care Ambulance Station Limes Upgrade/Sandybrook update Clinique Panel Replacement Assets Adult Care Homes ICU – Infection Control

484.  At this point, it is possible to only possible to make a high level estimate of the eventual

cost of providing medical services and within the LTCP this is estimated at £332 million (HSS20) to be required in 2016. This will be developed once there is greater certainty arising from the feasibility study which is due in September 2012.

HSS1 – ICU Infection Control (£2.5 million)

485.  This project is from the 2012 Business Plan and concerns the revised layout of several

wards within the General Hospital in order to improve the ability to control infection. This project will:

Increasethe bed space areas to between 16.5 million2 and 23.0 million2 (average of 18.4 million2) which will significantly reduce the risk of the cross infection of neutropaenic patients and further improve infection control through the provision of adequate storage facilities, hand washing basins, equipment decontamination facilities.

Providerequired dedicated Isolated Power Systems (IPS) which continuously monitor electrical circuits and Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPS) which guarantee continuous service to medical monitoring equipment in case of power failure.

Improvefire segregation in the unit and create a secure horizontal escape route to the main corridor by interlinking the patient treatment areas.

HSS2 and HSS15 – Limes Upgrade (£1.7 million)

486.  The Limes is a care home built in the 1980s to a very high standard but not refurbished

since. This project will replace all floors, wall and ceiling finishes in all bedrooms, shower rooms, corridors and communal areas. In addition, there will be three new assisted bathrooms, a modernisation of sluice rooms and a complete redecoration of the building inside and out. This project will partly be funded by a contribution from Charitable Funds (£1 million) and will begin in 2013.

HSS3 – Clinique Pinel (£2.9 million)

487.  This project is from the 2012 Business Plan, although the overall amount has been

increased due to a revision in requirements. Clinique Pinel provides 17 beds for the assessment, treatment and respite for people suffering from organic mental health problems (the dementias) in Beech Ward and 17 beds for the assessment and treatment of functional mental health problems (depression, psychosis and anxiety etc) in Cedar Ward . Clinique Pinel also provides a further 10 beds for people who have had long term mental health conditions and have become institutionalised over the years and are unable to cope with residential care away from a hospital setting in Lavender Ward . This project will ensure that the building is fully compliant with fire regulations, compliant with Infection Control Recommendations and will address issues of patient dignity.

Theday to day risk to patients will be reduced through safety measures such as the introduction of handrails.

Flooringand lighting will be improved.

Decorationand signage will be co-ordinated in such a way so as to sign post' more clearly areas for patients.

Patientdignity will be improved through improved bathing facilities including showers within Clinique Pinel. An improved toilet layout will aid with patient continence issues and the general enhancement of environmental conditions within the building will reduce confused and frustrated behaviour.

HSS4 – Maternity Theatre and SCBU (£1.5 million)

488.  This project is from the 2012 Business Plan and concerns the refurbishment of maternity

facilities within the General Hospital. The Maternity Unit and Special Care Baby Unit (SCBU) are based on the 1st floor of the 1960 s wing of the Hospital adjacent to main theatres. The current obstetric theatre in the maternity unit will be modernised.

HSS5 – Upgrade of Main Theatres (£4.9 million)

489.  This is a project from the 2012 Business plan and concerns the Main theatres on the 1st

floor of the Hospital. The existing theatres were constructed in the late 1980 s and the ventilation plant has reached the end of its serviceable life. Two theatres have laminar flow air exchange systems which is an essential requirement for orthopaedic surgery and this project will introduce this for all theatres.

490.  The project will:

Reconfigureexisting theatre 1 to allow direct access from the new maternity theatre to the recovery area and use of the new maternity theatre as a decant during the work on main theatres.

Refurbishexisting theatres 3 & 4 with an expansion of theatre 4 and installation of laminar flow in theatres 3 & 4.

Replacementof air handling plant in accordance with current guidance in theatres 1 – 4.

Replacethe reception area for patients for surgery.

Centraliseand expand the storage space available for main theatres.

HSS6 – General Replacement Assets (£29.9 million)

491.  Replacement assets are funded on a rolling basis and the Health and Social Services

Department have provided a detailed list of items to the end of 2015.

492.  From 2016 onwards, an estimated rolling replacement amount of £1.5 million has been

put into the programme until 2022. For the period 2023 to 2032 this is reduced to £1 million per annum on the basis that new equipment may be provided as part of the build of the new or replacement hospital.

493.  Example replacement assets for the period 2013 to 2015 include:

CCUMonitoring System and Telemetry

Echocardiographyequipment

XRay Equipment in a number of wards

Gastroscopes

Ultrasound machines

DigitalImage Reader

HSS7 – MRI Scanner (£2.3 million)

494.  The Health and Social Services Department currently owns and operates one MRI

scanner, which was commissioned in December 2007. The MRI scanner is in constant use in the hospital 6,635 scans were undertaken in 2011, which equates to an average of 22 per day for every working day, and some weekend usage.

495.  The MRI scanner currently in use will need replacing in 2015. The scope of this project

included purchase and commissioning of a new machine, and also the necessary building costs associated with installation.

HSS8 – Replacement of the Picture Archiving Communication System (PACS) and the Radiology Information System (RIS) (£1.6 million)

496.  PACS and RIS equipment helps to run the Radiology Department and distribute reports

and images to all relevant clinicians both inside and outside the hospital. The current provision is an integrated chain with products from two different manufacturers which runs on different platforms.

497.  The PACS and RIS systems were introduced as part of the ICR programme in order

to facilitate the development of improved patient care and safety, better planning

of radiology activity, improved clinical education and research, a better working environment and improved accountability. The systems were purchased and implemented by GE Healthcare Systems and will have reached the end of its effective life in 2015.

498.  Replacing the PACS and RIS systems at the appropriate time will ensure that current

efficiencies are maintained (in both time, manpower and equipment) and that Radiology can limit the risk of equipment failure by having the most appropriate system available.

HSS9 and HSS10 – Hospital Feasibility Study (£0.35 million) and Planning (£2 million)

499.  This provides for the feasibility and planning work that will be required for the provision

of medical services.

HSS11 – Adult Care Homes (£4 million)

500.  There are several key issues that require addressing within the Special Needs Service

and this project aims to deliver the following improvements:

Fitfor purpose homes for life for people with significant and complex needs.

Appropriateday services for people with learning disabilities, integrated in to the community.

Developmentof appropriate day time services for people on the autistic spectrum.

Appropriateresidential setting for specialist assessment and treatment of vulnerable adults.

HSS12 – Overdale Feasibility Study (£0.35 million)

501.  The facilities at St Saviour s Hospital are reaching the end of their economic life. The

capacity of the existing facilities needs to be doubled in the medium term to meet growing need. In the 2013 - 2015 period a feasibility study is planned for this service area.

HSS13 – Overdale Redevelopment (£30 million)

502.  The feasibility study will provide a review of the provision for mental health services for

the future and will draw on initial work developed in 2009.

HSS14 - Redevelopment of Children's Homes (£2 million)

503.  This project is due to begin in 2014 and will develop homes for children who require

residential care, which may include:

theacquisition and development of a new home.

theprovision of suitable accommodation for children with complex and challenging behaviour who might otherwise need to be placed in off island UK specialist placements

thedevelopment of short break facilities, including day service and residential services.

HSS15 – Additional Funds for Limes (Included in HSS4 above)

HSS16 – Intermediate Care (£0.5 million)

504.  This project proposes the establishment of an integrated Intermediate Care Centre

which will serve as the base for the new IC service (across health & social care) for the benefit of our adult population to promote faster recovery from illness, to protect them from unnecessary acute hospital admission and premature admission to long- term residential care, by supporting timely discharge from hospital and maximising independent living.

HSS17 – Sandybrook refurbishment (£1.7 million)

505.  Sandybrook provides residential nursing care for older people who have been assessed

as needing continuing care. It currently provides 28 beds and is adjacent to the Sandybrook day centre. Sandybrook has not been refurbished since it was constructed in 1999.

506.  The aim of the project is to:

Redecoratethe internal environment.

Providea bariatric bedroom on the ground floor by increasing the width of the doors and strengthening the ceiling for hoist tracking.

Replacingthe current Arjo bath and providing a second Arjo bath on the first floor.

Providea sluice room on the first floor.

Installa backup generator.

HSS18 and HSS19 – Ambulance Station Feasibility (£0.1 million) and Ambulance Station project (£4.6 million)

507.  In the 2013 - 2015 period a feasibility study is planned in order to determine whether to

co-locate blue light services on one site. The project to relocate the Ambulance Station is planned to commence in 2016 but is subject to the relocation of the police and the outcome of the review of blue light services. This estimate amount has been derived from a high level analysis of Ambulance requirements but is subject to review.

HSS20 – Allowance for General Hospital (medical services provision) (£332 million)

508.  The initial consultation work for medical services provision has identified that there

are a number of options that need to be explored and this will be part of the feasibility work currently being undertaken. As an interim, two estimates have been included in the LTCP with regard to medical services provision. £300 million has been provided as an estimate of the cost of a brand new hospital and this was derived using standard benchmark costing information from similar projects in the UK. £32 million relates to the creation of new wards on the existing site which cannot wait for the outcome of the main project. It has been assumed that an element of replacement assets is within this estimate, both these high level estimates will need to be refined as part of the feasibility study and are subject to change.

Transport and Technical Services

Total Anticipated Capital to

Scheme Description

2032

£000

TTS - General

TTS1 Replacement Assets (Various) - Some in LWS 4,666 TTS2 Sea Defences Backlog 16,309 TTS3 Infrastructure Assets (Various - Sea Defences) 187,695 208,670

TTS - Waste Management - TTS4 Waste: Ash Pit La Collette 20,388 TTS5 EFW Plant La Collette (inc replacement assets) 15,761 TTS6 Sewage Treatment Works - Upgrade 15,605 TTS7 Animal Carcus Incinerator 2,000 TTS8 Refurbishment of Abattoir 500 TTS9 Refurbishment of Clinical Waste Incinerator 15,246 TTS10 Infrastructure Assets - solid waste 208 TTS11 Infrastructure Assets - liquid waste 1,500 TTS121 Infrastructure Assets - pumping stations 200 TTS13 Infrastructure Assets - drainage 2,648 TTS14 Infrastructure Assets - drainage 136 TTS15 New Public Recycling Centre 2,050 TTS16 Bottom Ash Recycling 1,538 TTS17 Glass Recycling Plant 1,104 TTS18 APC Residue Solution 4,000 TTS19 West Of Jersey Recycling Centre 2,000 TTS20 In-Vessel Composting Replacements 2,000 TTS21 Scrap yard Capital Basic Infrastructure 1,025 TTS22 Philips Street Shaft 3,600 91,509

TTS-Roads

TTS23 Roads Backlog 38,194 TTS24 Infrastructure Assets 3,089 -

41,283

TTS - Public Amenities

TTS25 Pedestrian / Cycle Track Improvements 9,483 TTS26 Allowance for Liquid Waste Strategy 120,000 Total TTS 470,945

509.  Transport and Technical Services (TTS) are responsible for the maintenance and

management of £1 billion of assets, comprising £720 million of infrastructure assets (highways, drainage, sea defences) and £280 million of other fixed assets.

510.  TTS is divided into three general areas of activity Waste Management, Municipal

Services and Transport. The Waste Management directorate is responsible for the handling of the Island s solid and liquid waste and the provision and maintenance of the public parks, gardens and open spaces. Their key objective is to try to reduce the amount of waste that requires treating on the Island.

511.  The Municipal Services directorate is responsible for the handling of the Island s sea

defences and road network and for providing the management services for the delivery of all in-house capital projects. Their key objective is to ensure the maintenance and upgrading of the Island s infrastructure networks.

512.  The Transport Directorate is responsible for the introduction of the Sustainable Transport

Policy (STP), the provision and management of public parking facilities and the monitoring and registration of all the Island s vehicles. Their key objective is the delivery of the STP, which will be facilitated by, among other things, funding island wide projects to improve the pedestrian and cycle infrastructure networks.

513.  The current LTCP has allowed for £471 million to be allocated to TTS for its capital

requirements, although only £294 million is shown as being funded from the Consolidated Fund. The remainder will need to be raised through policy changes that will be developed as the overall strategy is finalised.

TTS1 – Replacement Assets (£4.7 million)

514.  This category of expenditure is concerned with those individual assets that come up

for a rolling replacement, based on their age and the requirement to replace them within the overall capital programme. An estimate based on the lives of the assets has been calculated from the Fixed Asset register to the end of 2017 and relates to specific assets. Thereafter an allowance of £0.2 million per annum has been made for the years to 2032. This will be revised on a rolling basis.

TTS2 - Sea Defences Backlog (16.3 million)

515.  The strategic direction TTS are following is based on work undertaken by HR Wallingford

over the last 5 years and reported in Seawall Review, Jersey - The effects of Climate Change on Jersey s Coastal Defence Structures, Dec 2009 .

516.  Global warming is changing the world s climate and will increase the risks of coastal

flooding and erosion in Jersey. The main threats are an increase in sea level and more frequent or more intense storms. The seawalls around Jersey will provide a reducing level of defence and/or protection as mean sea levels rise.

517.  Since 2007 TTS have been researching and analysing the condition of the Island s sea

defences in preparation for further studies into the effects of climate change on Jersey s coastal defence structures. In 2009 a report from HR Wallingford reviewed the suitability of these defences to withstand the anticipated increase in sea water levels and storm return incidence. The report outlined locations and defined projects that should be considered to improve the structural or hydraulic performance during storms.

518.  The table below shows the capital programme and cash flow forecast for 10 years,

starting in 2015, which follows the current programme of maintenance work.

 

Project

Programme

Costs £

East of Green St slipway

2018 to 2021

907,953

Bonne Nuit Bay Harbour

2018 to 2021

1,016,353

First Tower to West Park slipway

2020 to 2023

9,304,780

Welcome slipway to Gorey Harbour

2022 to 2024

175,370

Harbour to La Haule slipway St Aubins

2024 to 2026

1,743,570

Archirondel slipway to Headland

2024 to 2027

1,228,095

Le Dicq slipway to steps

2026 to 2028

533,567

Bay of Fountains Le Nez to Le Hocq

2026 to 2028

400,465

Fort d Auvergne to Havre des Pas

2026 to 2028

743,059

St Catherine s Bay

2026 to 2028

195,603

Mid Bay to Ouaisne slipway

2026 to 2028

60,185

TOTAL

 

£16,309,000

519.  Further research is on-going to understand the existing beach and sea bed levels which

will contribute significantly to the identification of the effects of climate change and provide options for long term defence improvements.

TTS3 - Infrastructure Assets (£187.7 million)

520.  These projects are principally concerned with Waste Management, Sea Defences and

Highway s Infrastructure.

521.  Waste assets are fundamental for operating the disposal facilities for the Island s waste.

The infrastructure assets include the sewerage network and pumping stations. The funds will be allocated to undertake essential maintenance work on these assets to ensure they continue to be operational and reduce the risk of sewerage leakage.

522.  The Island s sea defences protect the vital infrastructure and property assets from

the threats of storms and coastal flooding. A maintenance programme, introduced in 2002, has been successful in maintaining existing defences. These works will continue, together with studies into the effects of global warming that focused on the performance of existing defences during severe storms now and in the future. Funding for maintenance and future improvements are prioritised and funded from TTS Infrastructure Capital.

523.  The road network continues to show all the signs of deterioration through age, high

vehicle numbers and the effects of cold weather. Repairs to the roads have been concentrated on priority routes and reactive maintenance (patching) to maintain public safety. Resurfacing programmes are constantly updated, coordinated with utilities and developments to ensure best performance is achieved. Bridges, street lighting, roadside structures are also inspected, monitored and repaired or replaced as part of the infrastructure capital. The introduction of a Highway Asset Management system will drive a prioritised programme of repairs for all assets commensurate to the value of funding available.

524.  This expenditure is allocated on a rolling basis and detailed plans exist to 2017. From

2018 onwards, an amount of £8.8 million has been allocated for general infrastructure projects. In the period 2012-2017, £56.4 million has been allocated to individual projects:

Indicative Amount

Project Area £m General Infrastructure £5.9m Highways £18.3m Traffic & Street Lighting £1.0m Drainage Infrastructure £13.4m Pumping Stations £1.8m Liquid Waste £1.9m Solid Waste £3.2m Drainage Maintenance £7.0m Other (including inflation) £3.9m TOTAL £56.4m

TTS4 - Ash Pit La Collette (£20.4 million)

525.  TTS handles all of the Island s non inert waste in line with the solid waste strategy (2006).

The States Solid Waste Strategy requires TTS to recycle and reuse as much of this waste as is possible with the residual waste being burnt in the new Energy from Waste (EFW) incinerator. The plant has a capacity of 105,000 tonnes per annum and is currently treating approximately 80,000 tonnes. The new EFW burns 24 hours a day, 365 days a year and this process creates a continuous stream of incinerator residues which TTS needs to deal with.

526.  The EFW produces two types of ash from the burning process. These are Incinerator

Bottom Ash (IBA) and Air Pollution Control Residue (APC). These ashes can be likened to a domestic fire with the IBA being the ash which is found in the grate after the fire has gone out and the APC being the soot from the smoke that goes up the chimney.

527.  Incinerator Bottom Ash (IBA) is material discharged from an EFW incinerating municipal

solid waste. It can contain varying quantities of glass, ceramics, brick, concrete and metals in addition to clinker and ash, depending on the waste being burnt.

528.  The burning process produces gases and soot which rise up with the combustion

process. The new EFW adds lime and carbon to the gases which filters out the

 pollutants via a comprehensive filtration system cleaning the flue gases before exiting the chimney. The fine dust left on the gas cleaning system is the APC residue which is collected as a dry powder with the consistency of talcum powder.

529.  Of the 80,000 tonnes currently burnt each year, the EFW is predicted to produce 20%

of IBA which equates to 16,000 tonnes per annum and 4.5% of APC which equates to 3,600 tonnes.

530.  The capital costs for the construction of the ash cells are currently being funded from

TTS s capital allocation for the replacement of infrastructure assets. Construction of ash cells is not infrastructure asset replacement and any spend on ash cells reduces the available funding for replacing critical infrastructure. On this basis, ash cells have been separated out from the main Infrastructure Assets for the purpose of this plan.

531.  The capital costs for constructing ash cells is currently £1 million per annum. A

detailed programme for the construction of ash cells going forward is currently being

developed and is subject to many external influences. Best knowledge at present is that approximately £1 million per annum for the construction of ash cells will be needed for the foreseeable future.

TTS5 - EFW Plant La Collette (£15.8 million)

532.  The EFW is of strategic importance to the island. The asset must be maintained to a

high level to ensure that it can handle the Islands waste, maintain electrical generation and minimise the use of chemicals and utilities. The main financial benefits stemming from the replacement of these assets include lower operating and maintenance costs and preservation of the current level of service provided to the user. As the plant is

a pressure system it must be maintained to an acceptable standard to satisfy the insurance inspector. The plant must continue to be able to meet its environmental emission standards as specified in its Waste Management Licence. The plant is of strategic importance for managing the treatment of the island s waste. A long term breakdown of the plant would be difficult and expensive to deal with so would constitute an unacceptable risk. The plant also has to comply with the Waste Incinerator Directive (WID). Thus it is essential that we maintain the plant s emissions to internationally recognised safe levels.

TTS6 - Sewage Treatment Works Upgrade (£15.6 million)

533.  The replacement of the Sewage Treatment Works (STW) is a key part of the overall

considerations that will be made as part of the Liquid Waste Strategy. Part of this work will be to understand the required level of treatment and the optimum location for the effluent outfall. In the interim period, modifications are required at the existing STW to enable TTS to meet short term requirements. These include moving to a carbonaceous plant, refurbishing the inlet works and moving the primary and final settlement tanks.

TTS7 and TTS8Animal Carcus Incinerator (£2.0 million) and Refurbishment of Abattoir (£0.5 million)

534.  These amounts have been scheduled after 2023 and relate to refurbishment projects. No

detailed project plans exist at this early stage but these amounts act as an indicator of future expenditure.

TTS9 - Refurbishment of Clinical Waste Incinerator (£15.2 million)

535.  The existing Clinical Waste Incinerator (CIW) was commissioned in 1997 with emission

control and operational technology to safely deal with the risks associated with Clinical Waste. The Clinical Waste Incinerator is the only one on the Island and provides specialist high temperature incineration for hazardous clinical waste.

536.  The plant is a process plant consisting of fridges, material handling systems for

the Clinical Waste, feed mechanisms, high temperature combustion system, steam generating plant and flue gas cleaning. The typical asset life for this type of mechanical and electrical equipment is 15 years and a significant refurbishment will be required to continue the safe disposal of clinical waste for the Island.

537.  This project will refurbish or replace the key parts that have worn to a point where they

render the plant unreliable and likely to cause excessive downtime to repair. This project is scheduled to begin in 2016 but is dependent on the overall liquid waste strategy and this project may be subject to alteration on that basis.

TTS10 to TTS14 – Waste Management Infrastructure Assets (total £4.7 million)

538.  An amount was allocated for Waste Management Infrastructure Assets in the 2012

Business Plan as part of a rolling programme of replacement. This allowance represents that proportion of Infrastructure assets. The future funding of these infrastructure assets is contained within TTS3 General Infrastructure Assets.

TTS15 – New Public Recycling Centre (£2 million)

539.  This project is to design and build a new, permanent Re-use and Recycling Centre

for the general public. The facility would provide a one-stop reception for domestic customers to drop off the full range of recyclable materials including green waste

and other residual waste. The location is yet to be finalised as the current provision at Bellozanne will need to be moved to accommodate the Liquid Waste Strategy. This project is scheduled to begin in 2013.

TTS16 – Bottom Ash Recycling (£1.5 million)

540.  This project represents a marked departure from the current policy of entombment. The

recycled material has the potential to be used in a number of different ways, including a cement replacement product, a bulking agent in asphalt and a building aggregate. This project is scheduled to begin in 2014 and would fund a conditioning facility that would also allow complete metal separation and regrinding.

TTS17 – Glass Recycling Plan (£1 million)

541.  Currently TTS collects a large amount of glass at the landfill at La Collette. This glass

is then crushed either used within the landfill or used in the sea defences around La Collette. However, there is a finite lifespan on the La Collette Reclamation site and a new long term sustainable process for dealing with Jersey s glass is required. By investing in a glass recycling plant the benefits to TTS are two fold:

Therecycled glass can be used as an aggregate in concrete thereby reducing the costs of road resurfacing.

It is a cost effective solution to the issue of Jersey's glass waste (the alternative would be the costly exercise of shipping the waste off island).

TTS18 – APC Residue Solution (£4 million)

542.  APC or Air Pollution Control Residue is the soot from smoke which goes up the chimney

in the EFW. This residue is classified as a hazardous waste material and is currently stored in extremely high standard containment cells in the La Collette Headland. The solution to this would be to modify the EFW Plant to provide a stabilisation plant to stabilise the material before it is placed into ash cells. The intention of this exercise is to develop a less hazardous material by stabilisation prior to placing in ash cells.

543.  This exercise is more expensive then current practices but could provide better

environmental protection. The capital cost for the retrofitting of a stabilisation plant are not fixed at this time as the technology is still under investigation the capital costs could range from £1 million to £10 million depending on the technology choice the estimate for the LTCP has been set at £4 million.

TTS19 – West of Jersey Recycling Centre (£2 million)

544.  The key driver to encourage people to recycle is convenience. The easier it is to recycle

the more people will recycle. Currently the Bellozanne recycling centre is the only centre on the island which deals with all recyclables. Due to the large population in the west

of the Island a recycling centre in this area is key to increasing the levels of recycling undertaken on the island.

TTS20 – In-Vessel Composting Replacements (£2 million)

545.  The IVC project is due to be completed this year. The equipment used is key to reducing

the odour created by the composting process undertaken at La Collette. The main assets used on site are the misting system, the screener and the turner. Each asset is specialist to this type of operation and has a life span of approximately 10 years and therefore will require replacing in 2022.

TTS21 – Scrap Yard Basic Infrastructure (£1 million)

546.  The current scrap yard is leased out by TTS. However, the current area is not meeting

environmental regulations and a new alternative needs to be identified and put in place. This project will commence in 2014.

TTS22 – Philip Street Shaft (£3.6 million)

547.  The work to improve drainage in the town area was contained within the 2012 Business

Plan and this project is within the LTCP for 2012. Additional funding of £2 million has also been provided from the Infrastructure Vote.

TTS23 - Roads Backlog (£38.2 million)

548.  The project is to address the current condition of the States of Jersey highway network

by increasing the length of annual resurfacing. An additional £3 million per annum over a period of 14 years will reduce the present resurfacing backlog, thereby reversing

the current overall deterioration of the road network and reducing the abortive costs of patching.

FUTURE RESURFACING PROJECTS USING EXISTING CONDITION RATINGS AND AN ADDITIONAL £3 MILLION PER YEAR BUDGET. (WITHOUT INFLATION)

Totals Reds Ambers Blues Greens Criticality (100 being

100 to 81 80 to 71 70 to 51 50 to 30 the worse condition)

Length of road (m) 76286 11112 12433 16693 36048 Cost (no inflation) £38,194,440 £6,000,480 £6,713,820 £9,014,220 £16,465,920

Number of years

to complete works

14 2 2.5 3 6.5 (assuming budget of

£3m/year)

Years to completion 2 4.5 7.5 14 Theoretical year of

completion (assuming  2018 2023 2026 2032* start in 2016)

Accumulated Cost (no

£38.2m £6.0m £12.7m £21.7m £38.2 inflation)

* Please note that the planned programme will require an additional £3 million in 2033 to ensure that 100% of the islands roads are resurfaced to the desired level.

549.  The backlog of road maintenance is evidenced by the results of the 2010 survey of

highway condition. The survey revealed that the condition of the SOJ highway network had deteriorated in the period between surveys: 45km of highway are now high and very high priority for maintenance compared to 8km in 2007.

550.  This deterioration in condition occurred because, historically, roads have not been

resurfaced at an acceptable interval. An additional £3 million per annum will reduce

the return interval to approximately 25 years which TTS believe is sustainable using on island resources. The table sets out the total project for future resurfacing to completion at the end of 2033. We have included £38.2 million of the works detailed below, leaving one additional year to be accounted for.

TTS24 - Roads Infrastructure Assets (£3 million)

551.  An amount was allocated for Roads Infrastructure Assets in the 2012 Business Plan

as part of a rolling programme of replacement. This allowance represents the amount that has been allocated for 2012. The future funding of these infrastructure assets is contained within TTS3 General Infrastructure Assets.

TTS25 – Pedestrian/Cycle Track Improvements (£9.5 million)

552.  In order to promote the current sustainable transport policy, additional funding is

required to maintain and increase the infrastructure for non motor vehicles. Various high level schemes have been identified although detailed analysis of each is still required:

Extensionof the Eastern Cycle Network

Safety of the Western Cycle Network

Enhancingthe cycle route in St Peters Valley

Variousprojects on bus stop safety

553.  In addition, certain sections of road have been identified as having road traffic

collision levels that are higher than appropriate especially for vulnerable users such as pedestrians, cyclists and motor cyclists. These projects are due to be completed between 2015-2017 with specific funding and a rolling amount of £0.5 million has been allocated from 2018.

TTS26 - Additional funding for Liquid Waste Strategy (£120 million)

554.  At this point, there remain a number of questions relating to the overall development of a

Liquid Waste Strategy. Various cost estimates have been made but there has been some difficulty in finalising the Strategy and in understanding how funding might be obtained. To recognise this difficulty, the detailed list of schemes has been supplemented by an additional requirements list of £120 million for Liquid Waste Strategy. The overall strategic direction for this important development has yet to be finalised. At present, TTS have an outline plan to move towards a detailed strategy which will be available for consultation at the end of 2012.

555.  This plan recommends further work to complete data gathering to better inform technical

assumptions and costs, to develop a business case for funding and implementing the

Strategy. The first step is to initiate feasibility work on the short, medium and long term

needs as part of the Master Plan for the Bellozanne Waste Management Services Site. 556.  There is also a need to identify and appraise options to upgrade/ replace the sewage

treatment works, and the outfall arrangements, to provide an efficient and reliable

method of disposal, which allows for future changes in flows and loads. Further work will

be required to develop the Reference Project based on the level of treatment and the

optimum location for the effluent outfall as follows.

557.  The current allowance of £120 million recognises the minimum, essential work that will

be required in the following areas (this excludes additional projects relating to additional connections to outlying properties and network upgrades for future population growth because these still require significant investigation). Please note that these are indicative estimates only:

Indicative Amount Project Area £m

Rising Mains £1.25m

Sewers  £53.20m

Sewage Pumping Stations £7.25m

Outfall £15.40m

Sewage Treatment Works £42.90m

TOTAL £120.00m

558.  These amounts will be confirmed by the feasibility study which will be completed at the

end of 2012.

Education, Sport and Culture

Total Anticipated Capital to

Scheme Description 2032

£000 Education Building Projects

St Martin School

7,732

Les Quennevais School Refurbishment and Extension

7,501

Autism Support Unit

1,066

Grainville Phase 5

9,729

FB Fields Running Track

810

Les Quennevais Artificial Pitch

650

Le Roquier Artificial Pitch

750

St James Centre

2,500

Replacement School

15,000

School ICT

3,000

Le Squez Community Centre

2,000

Jersey Heritage Assets

10,000

ESC Minor Capital / AUCC

11

Total Education & Sport

60,749

ESC1 ESC2 ESC3 ESC4 ESC5 ESC6 ESC7 ESC8 ESC9 ESC10 ESC11 ESC12 ESC13

559.  Education, Sport and Culture (ESC) has undertaken some large capital projects so that

the education estate in general is in reasonable shape. This plan reflects the remainder of the major refurbishments that need to be undertaken, together with a provision for a replacement school (subject to a detailed business case). This plan also tries to capture the requirements for sporting facilities and heritage assets.

ESC1 – St Martins School (£7.7 million)

560.  This is a project that is included in the 2012 Business Plan. A new school is considered

to be the most cost-effective option to replace the existing school, which falls well below recommended standards, including DfEE guidelines. The school has a net usable floor area of 880 square metres, excluding the temporary classrooms, compared to the standard brief for a single-form entry primary school of 1,600 square metres.

561.  The overall aim of the project is to build a new school on an adjoining site. The new

accommodation will be suitable to the modern curriculum needs of the 180 or so

children who will continue to attend the school and will incorporate a 30 place Nursery. The existing accommodation will then be vacated and would revert to the Parish of St. Martin for proposed residential development for the local community.

ESC2 - Les Quennevais School Refurbishment & Extension (£7.5 million)

562.  The proposed refurbishment will rectify the deficiencies in the current facilities, which are inadequate to meet the curriculum needs of a school the size of Les Quennevais.

It will include the replacement of temporary classrooms, refurbishment of existing general classrooms, provision of additional drama space, improvement of music areas, refurbishment of Art, Design and technology facilities, and improvement of the canteen and main hall. The proposed works would bring the school into line with DfEE guidelines in respect of minimum classroom sizes. They would also result in major improvements to the learning environment, as well as significantly extending the life of the school.

ESC3 – Autism Support Unit (£1 million)

563.  This project aims to deliver a new Autistic Spectrum Disorder (ASD) Unit, including

kitchen/social room, three smaller rooms, art store and toilets totalling 214 m2 as an extension to the existing Arts Building. The work on this will commence in 2014.

ESC4 - Grainville Phase 5 (£9.7 million)

564.  This is the final phase of the rebuilding of Grainville School which has been in train since

the early 1990 s. This phase relates to the Link Building and West Wing.

565.  Internal alterations and improvements will be made to the West Wing, Link Building

and staff accommodation, with particular reference to the Drama, English and Modern Languages Departments. These improvements will include increases to the sizes

of classrooms in the West Wing, which do not currently comply with standard DfEE guidelines in relation to minimum floor areas. Improvements to the Drama and Music facilities will include new practice rooms, meeting rooms and stores.

566.  External works will include insulated render, replacement of windows, external doors,

and roof profiles to match the previously constructed buildings in Phases 1-4 of the redevelopment project.

567.  The external works will significantly extend the life of the school, whilst the internal works

will bring a major improvement to the facilities and learning environment across several key areas of the curriculum.

ESC5-7 – Refurbishment of Artificial Pitches and Running Surfaces (FB Fields £0.8 million; Les Quennevais £0.6 million and Le Rocquier £0.7 million)

568.  These sport projects represent an enhancement of Les Quennevais and Le Rocquier

artificial pitches and the refurbishment of the FB Running Track. There is continued demand for these services and all works will be completed by 2017.

ESC 8 – St James Centre (£2.5 million)

569.  This project is currently the subject of a feasibility study being managed by Jersey

Property Holdings. It is proposed that the existing Youth Service premises at La Motte Street should be sold for private development, and that part of the proceeds should be allocated for the conversion and/or improvement of the existing buildings in the St James complex (Church, Vicarage, and School) to provide the headquarters for the Jersey Youth Service, i.e. with facilities including a canteen, offices, music studio/rehearsal rooms, and a performance venue.

ESC 9 – Replacement School (£15 million)

570.  Work is about to commence on a feasibility study for this project which should enable a

business case to be prepared with improved cost estimates, location and potential. Until this work is completed, this cost for 2014 is a high level estimate only and is subject to change.

ESC 10 – School ICT Project (£3 million)

571.  Work is about to commence on a feasibility study for this project which should enable a

business case to be prepared with improved cost estimates, location and potential. Until this work is completed, this cost of £1 million per annum beginning in 2013 is a high level estimate only and subject to change.

ESC 11 – Le Squez Community Centre (£2 million)

572.  The existing youth centre at Le Squez was constructed in the early 1970 s and is now

reaching the end of its useful life, with maintenance costs becoming an increasing burden. It is proposed that a replacement facility should be constructed as part of the SamarØs Redevelopment Project which is being led by the Housing Department, and which involves the redevelopment of much of the States housing at Le Squez. This project will commence in 2017.

ESC 12 - Jersey Heritage Assets (10 million)

573.  There is an allowance of £10 million over the 5 year period 2016 to 2020 for the

refurbishment and improvement of facilities at Elizabeth Castle. Some of these facilities are currently open to the public, whilst others have not been used since the German Occupation.

574.  The programme of restoration, repair and refurbishment will include the following

buildings -

HospitalBlock

German Personnel Shelter

ThirdGate

Canteen

Officers' Quarters

MilitiaMuseum

OrdnanceStore

Barracks

Captain'sHouse

ESC 13ESC Minor Capital Assets

575.  This amount of £11,000 is the remainder of replacement assets from the 2012 Business

Plan.

Harbours

576.  The overall capital plan included in the LTCP for Harbours is £76 million. As a trading

entity, Harbours does not have the ability to fund its capital allocation through the Consolidated Fund but must rely on its own Trading Fund.

577.  The plan that is shown is subject to changes that might arise as part of the incorporation

process and the funding that might arise as part of those changes.

578.  In the interim period, this LTCP takes the projects from the Safe Haven model and is

divided between Corporate projects, Marine Leisure and the Port of Jersey.

Capital Projects (accumulating spend)

£m 100000

Capital Spend

no inflation

Capital Spend

with inflation

Net Position

– no inflation

Net Position

– with inflation

 

80000 60000 40000 20000 0 -20000

2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032

579.  Some of the projects within this plan are subject to commercial tender and detailed

projects are not separated here, although the plan was constructed from a plan of key projects. The major categories of capital expenditure are:

Key Area Project Estimate St Helier Marina £4.9m

Ports of Jersey £58.4m

Other projects £12.6m

JERSEY HARBOUR PLANNED CAPITAL PROGRAMME

£m

8000 Equipment

Civil Works 7000 Building Works

6000

5000

4000

3000

2000

1000

0

2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032

Jersey Car Parks

580.  The overall capital plan included in the LTCP for Jersey Car Parks is £58 million. As a

trading entity, Jersey Car Parks does not have the ability to fund its capital allocation through the Consolidated Fund but must rely on its own Trading Fund. In this current plan, Jersey Car Parks are anticipating an £18 million shortfall in funding if additional measures are not taken to find additional sources of income.

581.  The provision of car parking is largely a concern in St Helier and the majority of this

programme concentrates on refurbishment of existing car parks, as well as essential concrete repairs. This plan will be subject to change if a strategic review of car parking is undertaken.

Total

582.  Notified Estimated Anticipated

Scheme Description Projects Projects 20 Year Capital Budget Budget Budget Budget Budget Budget Budget Budget Budget Budget 2012-2022 2023-2032 Requirement 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021

£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000

Ann Court Car Park

Concrete Repairs

Automated Charging System

Minden Place Rebuild

Pier Road Rebuild

Green Street Rebuild

Sand Street Rebuild

Total Car Parks 28,477 29,218 57,695 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

583.  As the majority of these projects are subject to commercial tender, the detailed budget

amounts are not shown but the timing of each project is indicated.

Airport

CAPITAL PROJECTS (ACCUMULATING SPEND)

Capital Projects (accumulating spend)

£m 200000 180000 160000 140000 120000 100000 80000 60000 40000 20000 0 -20000 -40000

 

Capital Spend

– no inflation Capital Spend

– with inflation

Net Position

– no inflation

Net Position

– with inflation

 

 

 

 

 

2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032

584.  The overall amount of capital expenditure included in the LTCP for the Airport is £138

million. The inclusion of these capital projects within the States of Jersey LTCP is subject to the anticipated incorporation process which is planned to occur in 2014. Once this happens, these projects will be removed from the overall plan. There is no funding implication regarding this as these projects are handled entirely within the trading account.

585.  Some of the projects within this plan are subject to commercial tender and detailed

projects are not separated here, although the plan was constructed from a plan of key projects. The major categories of capital expenditure are:

Key Area Project Estimate Plant and Equipment £40.0m Structured Equipment £52.0m Land and Buildings £42.0m IT Projects £4.0m

BREAKDOWN OF CAPITAL SPEND

Breakdown of Capital Spend

£m 25000

ATC

Building Works Civil Works

Equipment

 

 

   

20000 15000

10000 5000 0

2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032

Jersey Fleet Management

586.  Jersey Fleet Management is responsible for the management and procurement of

States vehicles, excluding the Airport. This plan works on the current aged profile of the existing fleet and looks at average replacement lives. It also assumes a certain level of funding from disposal of existing vehicles.

TOTAL

Notified  Estimated

Total CONSOLIDATED Total Projects Projects Trading Fund

2012-2032 FUND Financing 2012 - 2022 2023-2032

2012-2032

£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000

Jersey Fleet Management

Vehicle and Plant Replacement 15,217 10,000 25,217 25,217 25,217 Additional States Departments 12,000 10,000 22,000 5,000 17,000 22,000 TOTAL CAPITAL ESTIMATE 27,217 20,000 47,217 5,000 42,217 47,217

587.  The funding required for taking on additional states department from 2012 is now

finalised through discussions with departments about their requirements. The figures included are based on a high level estimate of departmental requirements. It is assumed that after the initial 3 year injection of cash, the trading fund will be self financing. Further work will be completed in 2012 to ensure that this is practical. Detailed lists of vehicles and their replacement are managed directly by Jersey Fleet Management.

Home Affairs

Capital Programme - Home Affairs Total Anticipated

Capital to Scheme Description 2032

£000

Home Affairs

HA1 Minor Capital 7,000 HA2 Tetra Radio Replacement 4,500

Home Affairs - Prison

HA3 Prison Improvement Works - Phase 6 7,532 HA4 Prison Improvement Works - Phase 7-12 36,174

Home Affairs - Fire & Rescue

HA5 2008 Fire Appliance 450

Home Affairs - Police

HA6 Police Station Relocation -Tranche 4 4,000 Total Home Affairs 59,656

588.  Home Affairs are responsible for Prison, Fire and Rescue, Police and Customs. The

capital requirements for Home Affairs are relatively modest by comparison with other departments with £44 million of the £60 million included in this plan related to Prison Improvements.

HA1 – Minor Capital Assets (£7 million)

589.  This minor capital amounts is mainly to fund specialist equipment and vehicles that

would not be purchased through Jersey Fleet Management. The general capital amount of £4.3 million is an allowance for minor capital in the 2023-2032 period and represents a high level estimate.

HA2 – Tetra Radio Replacement (£4.5 million)

590.  The Tetra Radio system is due for replacement within the lifetime of this plan and has

been scheduled for 2022.

HA3 and HA4Prison Improvement Works Phase 6 (£7.5 million) and 7-12(£36.2 million)

591.  The prison was designed in the late 1960s and was opened in 1974. Typically, prisoners

are housed in various cell blocks of differing capacities along a central corridor and, due to the diversity of prisoner groups, accommodation cannot be met in alternative ways.

592.  Various works have been undertaken since the prison opened and this plan includes

provision for Phases 6-12 of the overall Masterplan. Phase 6 is for the construction of a new secure Gate House and Administration/HQ Facility which completes the terrace of three buildings forming the new fa ade to HMP La Moye.

Phases

Phase 7 Workshops

Phase 8 Health and Segregation

Phase 9 Workshops and Education Phase 10 B Wing and Female Workshops Phase 11 Refurbishment of H Wing Phase 12 Outworkers Block

HA5Fire Appliance Replacement (£0.45 million)

593.  Replacement of the Jersey Fire and Rescue Service Arial Ladder Platform Vehicle. HA6 – Police Headquarters (£4 million)

594.  Continuation of funding for the Police Headquarters that makes the total funding

available £21 million. This includes £2 million for 2012 and two further amounts in 2013 and 2014.

595.  All property projects (HA3, Ha4 and HA6) will be managed and delivered by Jersey

Property Holdings.

Environment

596.  The Department of the Environment are low capital users, with the main elements of this

plan centred on the following projects:

Total Anticipated Capital to

Scheme Description 2032

£000 Environment - Island Services

Automatic Weather Station

200

Fisheries Vessel

550

 Equipment, Maintenance, Minor

1,087

Me Radar Refurbishment / Upgrade

2,550

Countryside Infrastructure

3,800

AO Plotter (£15k ever 5 years)

45

Fisheries RIB

16

Fisheries Inshore Vessel

2,315

GPS (Every 8 years)

20

Smaller Equipment Purchases (£15k every 10 years)

30

Software Replacement - SWIFT

100

Weather Radar

2,000

Total Planning and Environment

12,713

PE1 PE2 PE3 PE4 PE5 PE6 PE7 PE8 PE9 PE10 PE11 PE12

Chief Minister's & Treasury and Resources

597.  These Departments are low capital users, with the main elements of this plan centred on

the following projects:

Total Anticipated Scheme Description Capital to

2032

£000

TR1 Application remediation Windows 8 500 TR2 HRIS Replacement 740 TR3 Corporate Shared Storage Replacement 1,500 TR4 Web Infrastructure replacement 300 TR5 CLMH D.C. Refurbishment 640 TR6 T&R JDE system 820 TR7 Replacement Assets (Various) 70 TR8 Web Development 370 TR9 Microsoft Upgrade 1,415 TR10 Tax Transformation Project 1,100 Total Chief Minister's & Treasury Departments 7,455

Funding

598.  The potential funding options for this expenditure is identified in below. FUNDING SOURCE BY DEPARTMENT

£m

450 Housing

Car Parks 400 Other

Harbour 350 Airport

JFM

300

HSS

250 ESC

TTS

200

150

100

50

0

Consol Fund Identified Capital Receipts Trading Funds Policy Changes New Funding

Sources

Consolidated Fund

599.  The consolidated fund balance is averaged out at £19 million for the life of this plan,

with the total being allocated to capital £402 million. This is analysed by department as follows:

Total Capital Programme Financing Consolidated

Fund

2018- 2023-

2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2012-2032

2022 2032

Home Affairs

TTS

P&E

ESC

Health and Social Services

Property Holdings Treasury and Resources and Chief Ministers

Jersey Fleet Management

Potential JPH Disposals (estimate)

Use of Dividends and Share Repayment

Use of Housing Repayment to CF


2,250  1,200 9,009  11,807

- -

11  8,732

7,687  11,284

- -

1,452  1,503 1,000  1,000 (5,500) (5,932) (2,274) (10,028)


1,200  7,732 21,940  14,147 650  200 21,026  1,000

6,826  6,439 750  -

1,610  450 1,500  1,500 (4,480) (9,140) (5,441) (1,757) (26,472) (528)


200  200 8,524  6,019 465  522 9,501  14,479

6,100  1,500

- -

1,240  -

- -

(4,230) (920)


26,300  20,574  59,656 87,869  135,116  294,431 5,581  5,295  12,713 6,000  - 60,749

7,500  10,000  57,336

- - 750

1,200  - 7,455

- - 5,000 (30,202) (19,500) (27,000)

Repayments for Le

Squez and Pomme D'Or (11,250) (11,250) Use of Carry Forwards (7,000) (3,300) (10,300)

TOTALS 13,635 12,566 4,559 20,043 21,800 21,800  134,450  170,985 399,838

600.  Identified sources of funding within this plan relate to either existing budgets that are

being reused or alternative uses for new funding sources. This £76 million is from the following sources:

Department Source £m TTS Existing Budget £4m Health and Social Services Planning Vote £3m Health and Social Services Existing Budget £2m Housing (Repayment) Advance to Housing in 2012  £27m Housing (Repayment) Le Squez and Pomme D Or £11m

Use of Dividends £19m Use of Carry Forwards £10m

Capital Receipts

601.  Capital Receipts of £162 million are used as a funding source within the LTCP and are

principally derived as follows:

CAPITAL RECEIPTS BY DEPARTMENT £M

JPH Disposals £30

Housing Jersey Fleet £90

Management

£42

602.  There is a detailed schedule of JPH disposal properties but this has not been included

due to its commercial sensitivity. Both this £30 million and the £90 million for Housing are dependent on market and economic conditions. The £42 million from Jersey Fleet Management relates to the disposal of vehicles to fund acquisitions.

Medium Term Financial Plan 2013 - 2015

Trading Funds

603.  Trading Funds have been described in the detailed project pages and relate to the

following entities:

Total Anticipated Summary of Traders Capital to

2032

£000

Jersey Fleet Management 47,217 Airport 138,490 Harbour 75,869 Car Parks 57,695 TOTAL CAPITAL ESTIMATE  319,271

604.  This total of £319 million relates to the total amount for Trading Fund plans over the

LTCP. Cash Flow calculations, however, show that the Trading Funds for Car Parks will not support this level of expenditure and £18 million is identified as part of the policy changes required to fund this capital programme.

605.  With £47 million coming from capital receipts, this leaves the Trading Funds to support

£254 million of capital expenditure.

The impact of Harbours and Airport Incorporation

606.  The current LTCP shows the overall trading fund position and capital projects, including

the Airport and Harbour. These amounts have been derived from the incorporation model and represent the overall level of projects, excluding those commercial projects which would have associated funding arising from their implementation. The current proposition shows a combined capital expenditure with inflation over the period of:

£'000 £'000 £'000 Per LTCP Inflation

Airport

Operational Capex 138 56 194

Harbour

Operational Capex 76 9 85 Reconciling 0 Ports net inflation capex from 2012 214 65 279

The Impact of Housing Transformation

607.  There are a number of options for the provision of social housing in Jersey in the

future and the current white paper Achieving Decent Homes An Affordable Housing Framework for the Future (R.47/2012) outlines those under consideration. This LTCP has been constructed on the basis that the States and the Public of Jersey will opt to incorporate the Housing Department into a separately constituted legal entity in place of the current structure.

 JERSEY'S SOCIAL HOuSInG SECTOR – PROPORTIOnALITY

5,000 4,500 4,000 3,500 3,000 2,500

2,000 1,500 1,000 500 0

States Jersey Les Vaux Parishes Charities Christians  FB Clos du Homes Trust Housing Trust Together in Jersey Cottages Paradis

Housing Trust Homes Trust

What will Fair Rent Policy mean in terms of funding (From the White Paper)

608.  Implementing Fair Rent Levels and removing the present hidden subsidy for the 4,500

existing States homes would result in an increase in rental income of approximately £11.25 million. The absolute commitment to fully protect those Tenants on Income Support from the effect of the removal of the subsidy means that the Income Support budget will have to increase by an estimated 37.5 million. This means that the net impact on States Tenants of removing the subsidy is limited to up to £3.75 million.

609.  It is proposed that the removal of this subsidy be introduced with transitional relief

agreements based on the individual Tenants ability to pay, but such that the net impact would equate to a removal of subsidy at a rate of not less than £260 per annum (£5 per week) above inflation and earnings increases and the removal of the entire subsidy within the 10 year period set for achieving Decent Homes Standard compliance. A means-test which identifies the appropriate rate of transition is under development and will be set out in the subsequent Report and Proposition.

Medium Term Financial Plan 2013 - 2015

610.  What is the impact on capital funding (From the White Paper)

611.  Historically, the limited capital funding available for investment in States owned social

housing, the condition of the homes, the changing funding environment within the States and an inability to access private finance, has effectively constrained the longer term planning of capital investment for housing

612.  This has resulted in many refurbishment and redevelopment projects having to be

undertaken in phases. In recent years, there has been a heavy reliance both on new housing being developed by the Housing Trusts and on asset sales as a means of refurbishing existing States rental homes. Both mechanisms prevent the portfolio being managed in the most cost effective way for existing Tenants and those in need of housing. This has limited the Housing Department s ability to realign the homes or intensify development in response to changing demographics and population requirements.

613.  The new States owned Housing Association will be able to address these shortcomings

and transform the current Department into a more agile and flexible organisation. The new Housing Association will be required to commit itself (through covenants) to carry out certain actions in respect of the on-going management and maintenance of the homes. It will continue to make a significant and increasing return to the States annually.

614.  Borrowing to create new income generating assets or which improves the yield is a

well-accepted financial strategy. Borrowing for the creation of new homes is not new for Jersey and is the mechanism used by Housing Trusts to develop their portfolios. The new Association will be permitted to borrow which will allow it to speed up investment

in the portfolio for the benefit of its Tenants and to use existing assets more intensively; generating new homes which better meet the needs of the population. This is consistent with the way in which the States other Strategic Investments operate.

615.  Some limited sales will be necessary in the long term and these will be balanced against

prevailing housing needs and the availability of mortgage finance. There will be the opportunity to sell homes to Tenants who aspire to become homeowners, particularly at times when mortgage finance is more readily available.

616.  It has been identified that up to £40 million of internal borrowing for capital expenditure

may be available from the Treasury s Currency Notes and Coinage Funds under provisions presented to the States (in R132/2011) by the Treasury and Resources Minister. It is proposed that investment in States Housing is a secure and timely use of funds, which offers significant value for money and economic benefits.

Funding from Policy Changes

617.  £390 million of funding will require Policy changes. The majority of these relate to the

Housing Transformation programme, which is now the subject of a White Paper and the strategy for Liquid Waste being developed by Transport and Technical Services. It will be necessary to further investigate, develop and finalise both the new funding sources and those policy changes in order that the additional funds required are secured.

Funding for Health and Social Services Projects

618.  There is a requirement for new funding sources of £362 million for Health and Social

Services relating to the options for the General Hospital (£332 million) and Mental Health Services (£30 million). The future provision of medical and social services is currently being reviewed as part of the Health White Paper and this will consider both the future of the hospital and how mental health services are managed in Jersey.

619.  The £362 million relates entirely to these initiatives and is subject to change, depending

on the outcome of the work that happens in 2012. Treasury and Resources are already engaged in the process of actively seeking alternative ways to manage the funding for this.

Overall Summary and Next Steps

620.  This is the first time that the States of Jersey has prepared a consolidated position on

capital with longer time horizons. In the past, departments were working on their own plans but there was no sight of how this impacted on collective services, priorities or funding requirements. This initial plan clearly shows that there is work to be done in a number of key areas, not least in securing the right level of funding for major projects and in the development of policies that will fund some capital projects.

APPENDIX FIVE:

OFFICE ESTATE RATIONALISATION

Appendix Five – Office Estate Rationalisation

621.  Background and Introduction

Within successive Annual Business Plans, the States have agreed the clear and compelling need to reduce the amount of property occupied by States Departments not simply to raise funds but, more importantly, to reduce the property portfolio to a size that is both financially sustainable and efficient.

622.  The 2012 Annual Business Plan identified the need for a disposal programme to reduce

the portfolio to a size which is affordable and efficient, releases capital receipts in addition to releasing sites suitable for housing development.

623.  The proposed development of a new Headquarters for the States of Jersey Police is the

first major step within a programme designed to transform the States tired, outmoded and disparate office portfolio into modern, fit for purpose premises which will support

a transformation in the way that departments work together to deliver improved public services.

624.  The office accommodation strategy needs to form a key part of the wider plan to

transform the way in which property is employed by the States. In developing the way forward, Jersey Property Holdings has undertaken considerable and detailed analysis of the office portfolio and consulted with other organisations, both in the public and private sector, who have successfully delivered such initiatives.

625.  This work has identified a phased approach to the rationalisation and consolidation of

the office estate as the preferred approach. As part of this approach, in the latter part of 2011 and 2012, Jersey Property Holdings has worked to implement the initial phases of an office rationalisation programme, in particular meeting the requirements of the States of Jersey Police and a series of short-term office moves designed to improve accommodation utilisation and provide proof of concept for future work.

626.  Whilst there is no doubt about the considerable benefits that can be achieved,

realising significant consolidation will require a long term vision and significant effort in developing the organisational structure and support to deliver what will be a comprehensive change management programme.

627.  The current estate

Analysis of States offices undertaken 2009 demonstrated that buildings have not kept pace with modern standards, in either the public or private sectors and are no longer fit for purpose. Benchmarking shows them to be near the worst case end of most accepted reference points1. The buildings are old, expensive to operate and represent a poor use of vital States assets, placing significant financial pressure on the States as result.

628.  With 69 separate locations in and around St Helier, the States Office portfolio

is fragmented and does not engender collaborative working between different departments.

1. e.g. in relation to the UK government office stock monitored by the Office of Government Commerce in London

629.  The above analysis revealed the following key facts about the office portfolio:

  1. At c. 700,000 sq. ft. States offices represent 14% of the total portfolio.
  2. The States currently occupy 52 offices and own a further 17 occupied by others.
  3. The estate is fragmented with an average space per building of 7,000 sq.ft, making efficient use difficult to plan.
  4. 70% of the office estate is over 30 years old, offices are poorly configured and waste significant amounts of space, all of which requires maintenance.
  5. There is a significant and growing volume of maintenance works which, due to budget pressures, has been deferred from previous years.
  6. The buildings are poorly utilised with more desks than full time employees. (12 desks for every 10 FTEs) as opposed to UK recommended standards of fewer desks than FTEs.
  7. Many States employees still work in cellular offices, and the average workspace per employee is far too large at 173 sq.ft, compared with the UK norm of 100 sq. ft. or less.

630.  The states property portfolio also includes a number of examples of sites whose location

and value are not congruent with current use. It is vital that existing sites are used to the benefit of the Island as a whole. Making better use of the estate will enable the release of a number of sites with the potential to be better used for housing or disposed of and the proceeds invested to further develop the estate.

631.  What opportunities exist for change?

632.  The analysis of our own estate and experience in local and central government within the

UK highlights the very real opportunities which exists through making better use of our property.

633.  An assessment of case studies across a range of organisations in the UK, shows that

the issues facing the States are not unique and have been successfully resolved by organisations in both the public and private sectors. Through drawing on the experience of others we can identify some of the key achievements made:

Increasedbuilding occupancy, with significant increases achieved in some public sector organisations.

Reducedspace requirements through workstation sharing, the adoption of flexible working policies and the elimination of cellular offices.

Consolidationof many office buildings to few, again with many examples of considerable consolidation the UK public sector.

Increased productivity though co-location and fit for purpose accommodation.

Betterbuildings able to deliver the vision of improved working practices and greater team working.

Increasedemployee satisfaction through a combination of more flexible office space with better support leading to opportunities for a better work-life balance.

Moreopen plan space enabling co-location of teams and fostering improved working relationships.

Increasedflexibility to meet changing business needs and reduced churn' costs of moving staff between locations.

Reduced demand for space from managers by introducing space charging mechanisms.

634.  The case studies also show that of equal importance to cost reduction and changing the

way people work is the approach taken to achieve their objectives. Consistent features of successful approaches include:

Adoptingan explicit change management approach, led from the top.

Integratingproperty, HR and technology solutions from the outset.

Ensuringadequate resources are available to ensure change happens, led by a dedicated Project Director.

635.  Applying this evidence and good practice to our own estate that an effective office

rationalisation programme could:

reducethe overall area of States offices by up to 220,000 sq ft.

achievethis through a capital programme that generates receipts to offset investment.

deliversavings in annual property operating costs along with avoided capital investment.

deliver additional savings in departmental operating costs. Often such operational benefits are far greater than any property savings.

636.  Evidence from our own analysis and the experience of others shows the case for change

to be compelling. With the States of Jersey facing unprecedented demand to reduce costs whilst responding to service delivery pressures it is clear that office rationalisation has an important part to play in the delivery of a modern public sector.

637.  The strategy has the ability to facilitate positive change, enhance the delivery of

public services and deliver better value for money. However experience has show

that a successful outcome is dependent ensuring the organisational skills, experience and resources are in place to deliver a complex multi-faceted organisational change programme.

638.  Objectives

639.  The overriding objective flowing from this initial work is that the States office portfolio

should be reduced in size and consolidated into significantly fewer locations, resulting in four key tangible benefits:

Theenabling of new ways of working and cultural change to take place by providing an appropriate modern working environment.

The encouragement of greater collaborative and flexible working and the elimination of duplicate administrative resources by the co-location of currently disparate departments.

Areduction in overall property maintenance, facilities management and utilities costs.

The release of assets for disposal and thereby generating capital receipts and/or provision of sites for housing development.

640.  The Strategy

641.  Although work on a full rationalisation proposal is subject to the development and

agreement of an overall strategy, organisation arrangements for delivery and an in- depth feasibility study, early elements of work are in the process of being delivered. Key ongoing projects are the relocation of the Police Headquarters and a series of moves which will result in the more efficient use of existing buildings and the release of surplus sites.

642.  It is envisaged that the strategy will include the following main streams of work:

Phase 1

643.  Police Relocation and associated projects

644.  The ongoing work to relocate of the States of Jersey Police office-based and operational

functions to a purpose built building which will significantly reduce the overall area occupied by the service.

645.  This phase will also include the release of the Summerland site for social housing and

the old school site at Rouge Bouillon for alternative. As part of this, the case for the relocation of the Ambulance station will be developed.

Phase 2

646.  Short to medium term opportunities

647.  This phase, which is again underway, involves an initial series of short-term moves

designed to improve office utilisation, prove key concepts and standards that support improved office use and release surplus sites.

648.  Key projects within this phase include the relocation of Jersey Property Holdings to

Maritime House, the relocation of part of Economic Development to Cyril Le Marquand House and associated moves designed to free up Picquet House, which has already been approved for disposal.

649.  In the medium term, this phase will include the vacation of the South Hill offices and

disposal for development by SoJDC.

650.  In addition, Jersey Property Holdings will continue to work with Departments to address

short to medium term office accommodation issues in a way which supports the overall objectives of the strategy.

Phase 3

651.  Consolidate location independent offices

652.  This phase encompasses the properties which support office administration functions

which could be consolidated into fewer locations. Providing a modern, fit for purpose and efficient office environment would support the key objectives of improved ways of working, reduce utilisation of space and the release of assets.

653.  This will require a considerable piece of work to undertake a detailed analysis of

the functional and locational requirements of the departments. It is essentially a comprehensive change management process and is therefore predicated on the implementation of organisational support arrangements to develop such a programme.

654.  The key elements of this phase will be to establish support arrangements & scope,

undertake analysis, develop and agree options, business case and implement the agreed consolidation programme.

655.  Whilst not office rationalisation projects, other streams of work are in place which will

support the principles behind the strategy, in particular:

  1. Health and Social Services

The development of proposals for consolidation of Health and Social Services premises to improve site usage and release sites for alternative use. This includes the work recently begun to determine the requirements and location for a new General Hospital, which will also consider operational and administrative office needs.

  1. Education, Sport and Culture

In the light of an operational review of the Education, Sport and Culture estate, work to review Highlands/D Hautree campus will take place in 2012 which will include a review of office uses.

656.  Whilst there are linkages between the proposed phases, they are designed to be

capable of being progressed independently. Crucially, this has enabled progress to be made in a number of key areas. In 2012, JPH will focus on the implementation of Phases 1, and 2 which includes the following:

  1. The development of a new Police Headquarters enabling the existing site to be released for affordable housing.
  2. Initial work on the future use of the Summerland site.
  3. The relocation of part of EDD into Cyril Le Marquand House
  4. The co-location of Jersey Property Holdings into Maritime house.
  5. The vacation and disposal of Picquet House.

657.   A summary of this programme can be found below:

2012 2013 2015 2020 Short Term MediumTerm LongTerm

Phase 1: Police Relocation

1(a) Police project – relocation to Green St.

1(b) Ambulance bus case

1(c) Work towards the release of Summerland (and Ambulance) site for housing

Phase 2: Short to medium term opportunities

 

2(a) Relocation of JPH & other moves

2(b) Vacation of South Hill

2(c) Other office opportunities

Phase 3: Consolidate location independent offices

3(a) Support

3(b) Analysis

3(c) Options

3(d) Implementation

The Medium Term Financial Plan

658.  Funding for the projects in the short term has already been identified from within existing

resources. Funding of £100,000 is included in the 2013 Capital Programme to create a masterplan and feasibility study for the co-location of the Ambulance Station and Fire Service Headquarters.

659.  No specific additional funding has been identified in the capital programme or as part

of the 2013 2015 medium term financial plan to deliver the office consolidation project. These proposals will be developed into business cases that identify benefits, such as the disposal of assets, which will demonstrate that for each phase the total cost will be at

least offset by capital receipts or revenue savings. Business Cases will be presented to the Minister for consideration on a case by case basis.

Conclusions

660.  The States and the Island as a whole face major cost pressures in both the short and

medium term. There is demonstrable inefficiency in the office estate: a situation which presents both challenge and opportunity.

661.  Work has begun, but it is essential that the States grasps the opportunity to adopt a

longer term strategic plan which has the capacity to deliver a sustainable property portfolio.

APPENDIX SIX:

HOUSING DEPARTMENT AND THE HOUSING TRANSFORMATION PROJECT

Appendix Six – Housing Department and the Housing Transformation Project

662.  House our Community is a key strategic priority for the States, as set out in its Strategic

Plan 2012, with the aim that all Island residents should be housed adequately.

663.  Social rented housing plays a major role in providing good quality, affordable housing

to a significant proportion of the population of Jersey and impacts the way the whole housing market operates. The States has the largest residential property portfolio in the Island, has actively pursued initiatives aimed at making homes affordable and built a significant number of homes for first time buyers. In addition a number of Housing Trusts have been supported to develop affordable housing. These initiatives have assisted in ensuring that Jersey has an active and well functioning housing market and that the vast majority of the population are housed in appropriate good quality homes.

664.  However, there is not enough social housing for everyone who may need it. The

population is ageing and social housing is not currently aligned with all those who may need it. There has been under-investment in the States Social Housing stock and as a result, a quarter of it fails to meet the Decent Homes Standard established by the UK Government.

665.  Change is needed and Housing have developed a Housing Transformation Project and

issued a White Paper - Achieving Decent Homes - An Affordable Housing Framework for the Future . This is based on some growth in the social rented sector and the strengthening of the governance and financial sustainability of the sector through appropriate regulation. The conclusion is that the best means of improving the long term housing strategy is through:-

Theestablishment of a new Strategic Housing Unit, incorporating the Affordable Housing Gateway, to co-ordinate activities across Departments and with housing providers.

The establishment of an independent regulator for the affordable housing sector.

Establishinga financially sustainable wholly owned States owned Housing Association to take over the landlord function for the 4,500 States rental homes. The planned date for this is July 2014.

Changingthe manner in which rents are accounted for to increase transparency by removing the current hidden subsidy and moving to have Fair Rent levels at 90% of market rents (from a current 70% level). This would be the maximum rent level for all social rented homes let by the Housing Department and Housing Trusts. The additional funding generated will allow increased long term investment in the improvement and maintenance of the housing stock, to ensure the Decent Homes standard is met. The planned date for this increase to be applied is April 2014.

Financial Implications arising in the MTFP

666.  There are a number of financial impacts resulting from the planned Housing

Transformation Project (HTP). These are set out in the following table and the key elements are explained in more detail below:-

Income Support & Housing's Annual Return to the States

667.  A key requirement of the proposed HTP is that the current level of annual return from

the Housing Department to the Consolidated Fund (to part fund Income Support) is maintained in real terms.

668.  One impact of the HTP will be to increase the cost of the housing component of Income

Support. By increasing rents from 70% to 90% of market rents, additional income will be generated for both the new independent Housing organisation and the Trusts. This has the impact of increasing the costs of Income Support, it being recognised that those on Income Support will not be able to pay the additional rent and will need to be protected. It is also recognised that the increase in social housing rents is likely to lead to some increase in private sector rent levels, which will in turn lead to increased Income Support costs.

669.  In order to fund these additional Income Support costs:-

Theannual return from the Housing Department will increase to include the additional income arising from the proposed increase in rents from 70% to 90% of market rents, for those on Income Support at the time of transition. This commitment will continue when the Housing Department changes to a Housing Association.

Similarly the increase to 90% will generate additional income for the Trusts. To the extent that this increase relates to tenants on Income Support at the time of transition the Housing Trusts will make a return to the States to recompense for their element of the increased cost of Income Support.

An amount (£750k in 2014 & £1 million in 2015) has been included in the Revenue Growth Bids to fund the increase in Income Support arising from private sector rental increases.

Strategic Housing unit & Office of the Housing Regulator

670.  The changes proposed will lead to the transfer of certain posts and funding from the

Housing Department to other States Departments in 2014. These are:-

Policypost (1) to the Strategic Housing Unit - £79k

AffordableGateway staff (2) to the Strategic Housing Unit - £103k

671.  It is intended that the role and costs of the independent Regulator are met from a levy on

regulated landlords.

Medium Term Financial Plan 2013 - 2015

Revenue Financial Implicatons

 

Medium Term Financial Plan - Expenditure

2013 £'000

2014 £'000

2015 £'000

Potential Expenditure Adjustments from Housing Incorporation

Removal of Contribution to Net Expenditure from Housing Cash Limit 27,972 29,339 Social Security Department

- Impact of New rents policy - additional I.S. (States sector) 5,625 7,500

- Impact of New rents policy - additional I.S. (Housing Trust sector) 825 1,100

- Impact of New rents policy - additional I.S. (Private sector) 750 1,000

Offset in Housing Cash Limit in 2013 upto Incorporation 1/1/2014

Transfer of Policy Post to Chief Minister's Department 79

Transfer of Gateway Staff to Chief Minister's Department 103

Establishment of "Office of the Housing Regulator" - funded by fees

Current Year's Cash Limit (excl Dep'n) 0 35,354 38,939

The Majority of these costs will be offset by a return from the new Housing Association and agreements which will be reached with the Housing trusts where a return broadly equivalent to the increased Income Support cost will be negotiated

 

Medium Term Financial Plan - States Income

2013 £'000

2014 £'000

2015 £'000

Potential Impact on States Income of Housing incorporation

- Indicative Return from new Housing Association 33,665 36,292

- Indicative Return to be negotiated from Housing Trusts 825 1,100

- Housing Past Service Pension Liability Debt - repayment 2,250

0 36,740 37,392

 

Medium Term Financial Plan - Growth

2013 £'000

2014 £'000

2015 £'000

Bid for Growth - Housing our Community

- Impact of New rents policy - additional I.S. (Private sector) 750 1,000

The principle impact of Housing Incorporation on the revenue budget will be in respect of the replacement of the current rental flow with a return from the Housing Association which will be received in States Income. The direct impact on Social Security will be the increase required in the housing component as rents are increased and these will be compensated by returns from the Housing Association and existing Housing trusts. A growth bid has been identifed to provide for the effect in private sector social housing.

The relationship between housing rent increases, income support and the Housing association return will need to be monitorred as the intention is that this would be neutral.

Capital Programme 2013 – 2015

672.  The Housing Department does not receive an annual capital allocation to undertake

refurbishment and new build projects, but must rely upon sales of existing housing stock under P6/2007. Recent initiatives under Fiscal Stimulus and P40/2012 have brought forward funding, allowing a number of schemes to commence that otherwise would have been delayed until sufficient house sales had been made. A key element of the Housing White paper proposing the HTP is a new funding strategy to address this issue.

673.  House sales will continue to be a key source of income. However the new independent

Housing organisation will also be able to borrow and finance this borrowing from its

rental income which will be enhanced by the increase in rent levels proposed. This

allows both refurbishment and new build projects to be better planned and delivered. 674.  The proposed Housing capital programme for the period 2013-2015 is as follows:-

 

New Build Projects:-

2013 £000

2014 £000

2015 £000

Lesquende - Phase 2

 

 

 

Ann Court

 

 

 

Le Squez - Phase 4

 

 

 

Le Squez Phase 5-7

 

 

 

Victoria Cottage Homes - Phase 1

 

 

 

La Collette - Block B

 

 

 

La Collette Blocks C & D

 

 

 

Former JCG Site

 

 

 

Former Le Coin Site

 

 

 

La Motte Street Site (Sound Workshop)

 

 

 

Summerland Site

 

 

 

Total

12,871

23,436

39,666

Major Refurbishment Projects:-

 

 

 

Journeaux Street intensification

 

 

 

Hampshire Gardens

 

 

 

De Quetteville Court High Rise

 

 

 

Total

5,930

7,954

6,207

Grand Total

18,801

31,390

45,873

N.B. The estimated costs of individual schemes are not shown for commercial reasons, as it is considered prudent not to release these publically.

APPENDIX SEVEN:

PROPOSALS FOR PORTS INTEGRATION AND INCORPORATION

Appendix Seven: Proposals for Ports Integration & Incorporation

675.  In September 2011 the Minister for Economic Development advised the States that a

Business Case was to be prepared for incorporation of the Harbours and Airport Trading operations. The process of integrating the two businesses will be complete in 2012 and a Report & Proposition seeking a States decision to approve the incorporation of Jersey Airport and Jersey Harbours as a single limited company wholly owned by the States is to be lodged and debated before the end of 2012. The target date for the incorporation to take place is 1st January 2014.

676.  The benefits offered by the proposed incorporation are the opportunity not only to grow

the businesses and increase efficiencies which will remove a potentially major financial burden for the States, but also generate a positive return to stakeholders, in the form of taxation and possibly dividends paid to the States as well as enhanced services to users of the Ports. Whilst there is a cost of incorporation, both a one off element and through ongoing expenditure, the Ports believe the overwhelming balance of evidence from the Jersey Telecoms and Jersey Post experience illustrates that the commercial disciplines required by incorporation will repay this investment many times over.

677.  A financial model has been developed by the Ports which indicates that they will be

self-sustaining contributors to the States for the long-term. The model will be subject to further external verification and review if States approval to the Report and Proposition is given.

Financial implications of proposed incorporation, in the MTFP 678.  Current position

As Trading Operations of the States, both the Harbours and the Airport are required

to be self financing in terms of both their revenue and capital expenditure. In addition the Harbours have historically made a financial return to the States. The MTFP is based on this current basis. Therefore if Incorporation is approved and proceeds as planned, changes will be required to the MTFP. These will be identified and approved as part of the Incorporation approval process.

679.  The MTFP assumes that Harbours and Airport will remain self financing both in terms of

revenue and capital expenditure for the period 2013 2015 and that the Harbours will make an annual return to the States of £100k per annum.

Potential Financial implications of Incorporation

680.  The primary goal in incorporating Jersey Harbours and Jersey Airport is to enable

them to continue to provide essential, lifeline public services to the Island, but to do so in a commercial and sustainable manner that will improve services for customers and generate a positive return to the States.

681.  The process of Incorporation will require a number of important decisions to be made,

relating to the initial transfer of the Ports into a single limited company and also its ongoing operation. Key amongst these will be:-

682.  Ports Estate there is a clear need to preserve the integrity of the port and airport

operational estates to ensure the ports can adequately address future demands, changing needs and regulatory requirements. A balance will need to be achieved to

APPENDIX SEVEN: PROPOSALS FOR PORTS INTEGRATION AND INCORPORATION  PAGE 300

Medium Term Financial Plan 2013 - 2015

ensure that the Ports have sufficient flexibility to optimise the use of their asset base to support ongoing financial viability, continued investment in operational infrastructure and the provision of continuing service obligations. Assets to be transferred will be subject to negotiation and agreement with the Minister for Treasury & Resources.

683.  Community Services/Service obligations there are a number of activities currently

undertaken by the Ports which they consider to be non commercial and undertaken on behalf of the States. These include the Coastguard, maintenance of the Island s historic harbours and opening the airport especially for emergency flights. Within the incorporated structure, an appropriate legal and contractual framework will need to be developed between the incorporated body and the States to protect such services and ensure their viability. Services provided by the States at the Airport - Customs, Immigration & Police will similarly need to be agreed.

684.  Use of States Services Harbours and Airport both currently use a range of States

services and systems including payroll, JD Edwards accounting systems, HR, Law Officers etc. These are generally provided at no, or minimal cost by the States. There are also specific significant service level agreements in place e.g. between the Harbour

& Transport & Technical Services, for the provision of engineering and maintenance services (£2.4 million pa), which involved the earlier transfer of staff. This is linked to

an agreed contract period. Negotiations will need to be held and agreement reached

as to how all of these services will be delivered post incorporation and at what cost, if still States provided. A balance will need to be struck between the need to allow the incorporated Ports the freedom to operate commercially, the added complexity that incorporation may bring to existing systems along with any additional cost or loss of operational efficiency that may result if States services are not used. In the vast majority of instances this is not believed to be significant, although the agreement with TT&S because of the value and staff numbers involved is significant.

685.  Staff Resources staff will be transferred to the incorporated entity. At December 2011

the Harbours & Airport had 250 employees. Upon incorporation the Ports would repay the pre-1987 PECRS debt, currently estimated at £18 million.

686.  Return to the States The Ports will be required to provide a return to the States

commensurate with the fair value of the assets made available to the company, adjusted to reflect community and heritage obligations undertaken by the company. The incorporated business would be treated as any other utility in Jersey and hence provide income through taxation, dividends and licences.

687.  Harbour & Airports Capital Programme 2013 -2015

688.  The details of the capital programme are set out elsewhere in this report. Currently and

post incorporation the Ports will be responsible for fully funding the programme, with no allocation from the Capital Fund.

PAGE 301 APPENDIX SEVEN: PROPOSALS FOR PORTS INTEGRATION AND INCORPORATION

APPENDIX EIGHT: MTFP ASSUMPTIONS

Appendix Eight – MTFP Assumptions

 Current Base Budgets Forecast Inflation Assumptions 2012 -

2012 2013 2014 2015 2015

% % % %

Price Inflation - Dept  2.5% provision. Estimated based on 2012 Income

2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50

Expenditure and Expenditure ratios

2.5% provision. Estimated based on 2012 Income Price Inflation - Dept Income 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50

and Expenditure ratios

Price s - Housing Rents (October)

Base Pay Provision Corporate Terms and Conditions Savings June 2012 Offer

- Non Consolidated

- Consolidated

MTFP Proposal for 2015 Income Support Model Adjustment Supplementation Formula Calculation

Health Growth @ 2% Overseas Aid Growth


3.44 3.61 3.60 3.95 In line with Housing component of Income Support

2.00 2.00 2% provision 2012/13

2.00 2.00 Equivalent to 2% saving in 2012 and 2013

1.00 1.00

1.00 4.00 Latest provision. Subject to ongoing negotiations

2.50

* * * * New model

Proposed extention to certainty formula for 3 year

* * * *

period of MTFP

2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00

5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00

Note: From the original provision of 2.5% for 2012 and 2013 in the 2012 Business Plan some funding was provided for Nurses Terms and Conditions and other pay related growth, leaving a 2% provision which is offset against the required CSR Terms and Conditions savings.

APPENDIX EIGHT: MTFP ASSUMPTIONS PAGE 304

APPENDIX NINE:

STATES INVESTMENT STRATEGY

Appendix Nine:

Investment Strategies - Introduction

Introduction

689.  This strategy document is presented in accordance with the terms of the Public

Finances (Jersey) Law 2005 (Article 6) (the Finance Law) and Public Finances (Transitional Provisions) (no.2) Jersey Regulations 2005 (Regulation 4), which requires that the Minister for Treasury and Resources presents his investment strategies for States funds.

690.  The States agreed the Establishment of a States of Jersey - Common Investment Fund

in P35/2010, approved by the States on 11th May 2010. Under this arrangement the majority of States Funds will be pooled for investment purposes.

691.  Each States Fund will maintain its own Investment Strategy which it may achieve by investing in the States of Jersey Common Investment Fund Investment Pools.

692.  This report outlines the Investment Strategies for each of The States of Jersey

Common Investment Fund s Investment Pools. It also outlines the individual Investment Strategies for each Specific States Fund.

693.  The strategies reflect the Minister s long term investment aims for each fund. The current

position of each fund reflects current market conditions. The Minister s intention is that each fund will move towards its strategic aim as investment opportunities and market conditions allow.

Overarching Strategies

694.  The Minister for Treasury and Resources has adopted an ethical investment Strategy that

will be applied to all States Investments; this is included in Appendix 1.

695.  Governance arrangements are being reviewed during 2011 however the current

arrangements are detailed in Appendix 2.

States Major Funds

696.  The States Major Funds Investment Strategies are summarised in the table below. Full

details of each Investment Strategy are available in Appendices 3 to 8.

Alternative  Participating in Equities  Investments  Bonds  Cash  Common Inv.

Funds % Class % % % Fund States of Jersey Major Funds

Strategic Reserve Fund 50 10 40 - Yes Stabilisation Fund 80 20 Yes Social Security (Reserve)

80 10 10 Yes - Part Fund

Health Insurance Fund 40 45 15 Yes (1) Consolidated Fund 100 Yes (1) Currency Notes and Coins

20 60 10 10 Yes (1) Fund

(1) monies required for working balances will be held outside of the States of Jersey Common

  Investment Fund

Pension Funds

697.  The two major Pension Funds, Public Employees Contributory Retirement Scheme

(PECRS) and Teachers Superannuation Fund (JTSF) Investment Strategies are summarised in the table below. Full details of each Investment Strategy are available in Appendix 9.

698.  The Minister for Treasury and Resources approves these strategy based on

recommendations from the Management Board (JTSF) or Committee of Management (PECRS). The Management Board/Committee of Management are responsible for these Funds and they take independent professional investment advice and guidance from appropriately qualified and experienced persons on the Investment Strategies

for the Funds to follow. When approving the Investment Strategies, the Minister takes appropriate investment advice from the States Investment Adviser.

Participating Equities  Property  in Common

Funds % Alternatives % % Bond/Cash % Inv. Fund Pension Funds

PECRS  45 10 7.5 37.5 (1) no JTSF (2) 80 10 10 no

  1. this Figure includes capital value of futurepayments for certain liabilities.
  2. assetallocation is basedonassets in thecurrent Fund and excludes the value of futurecontributions to be made in respect of liabilities for increases to pensions in payment.

Special Funds

699.  The Special Funds Investment Strategies are summarised in the table below. Full details

of each Investment Strategy are available in Appendices 10 to 12.

Alternative  Participating Equities  Investments  in Common

Funds % Class % Bonds % Cash % Inv. Fund Special Funds

Tourism Development Fund - - - 100 Yes(1) Channel Islands Lottery

- - - 100 Yes(1)

(Jersey) Fund

Dwelling-Houses Loan Fund - - 75 25 Yes(2)

  1. moniesrequired for workingbalances will beheldoutside of theStates of Jersey Common Investment Fund
  2. theloanbook will beheldoutside of theStates of Jersey Common Investment Fund

Trust And Bequest Funds

700.  The Trust and Bequest Funds Investment Strategies are summarised in the table below.

Full details of each Investment Strategy are available in Appendices 13 to 21.

 

Funds

Equities %

Alternative Investments Class %

Bonds %

Cash %

Participating in Common Inv. Fund

Trust & Bequest Funds

 

 

 

 

 

Estate of A A Rayner Fund

65

10

25

-

Yes

The Rivington Travelling Scholarship

50

10

40

-

Yes

Estate of H E Le Seelleur

65

-

30

5

Yes(3)

Estate of E J Bailhache

65

-

30

5

Yes (1)

Le Don de Faye Trust Fund

50

10

40

-

Yes (2)

Greville Bathe Fund

65

10

25

-

Yes

Estate of A H Ferguson Bequest

50

10

40

-

Yes

Ecology Fund

50

10

40

-

Yes(3)

The Lord Portsea Gift Fund

50

10

40

-

Yes(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. all JerseyProperties will beheldoutside of theStates of Jersey Common Investment Fund
  2. the holding in Jersey Water will beheldoutside of theStates of Jersey Common Investment Fund
  3. moniesarecurrently not invested throughtheStates of Jersey Common Investment Fund, however thereare plans going forward.

Other Funds

701.  The Other Funds Investment Strategies are summarised in the table below. Full details of

each Investment Strategy are available in Appendix 22.

Alternative  Participating in Investments  Common Inv.

Funds Equities % Class % Bonds % Cash % Fund Other Funds - - - - - Confiscation Funds - - - 100 No

Jersey Post Office Pension

- - 93 7 No

Fund

States Of Jersey – Common Investment Fund

702.  The States of Jersey Common Investment Fund currently operates eight Investment

Pools (see Appendix 23 for full details of each Investment Strategy for each pool). States Funds can participate in any of the pools in accordance with their Investment Strategies. The Investment Pools currently available are as follows:-

UKEquities Pool

2Global Equities Pools

Global Passive Equity

ShortTerm Corporate Bonds Pool

LongTerm Corporate Bonds Pool

Short Term Government Bonds Pool

Long Term Government Bonds Pool (currently closed)

UKIndex Linked Gilts Pool

Long Term Cash and Cash Equivalents Pool

703.  It is anticipated that new pools will be created for Alternative Investment Asset classes.

The main types of Alternative Investments are Commodities, Hedge Funds, Private Equity, Real Estate, Derivatives and Infrastructure investments. See Section 9 for further details about these types of Alternative Investments.

704.  Over the forthcoming year, it is planned for further Special and Trust and Bequest Funds

to join and partake in the Fund. As a result all Investment Strategies will continue to be reviewed and revised to reflect investment in the Fund. Once this process is complete the Minister will present revised investment Strategies for all Funds.

Types of Alternative Investments

705.  Alternative Investments are an alternative asset class compared to traditional types of

Investments which States Funds can invest in. Examples of Traditional Investments are equities, bonds and cash and cash equivalents.

706.  Factors to consider when investing in new alternative asset classes are Investment risk

versus return; additional diversification of the Funds Investment to manage risk profile

and liquidity of the new asset class and the Fund s overall liquidity.

707.  There are numerous types of alternative investments however the main types, which

some of the States Funds could possibly invest in, in line with their investment strategies, are as follows:

Commodities

HedgeFunds

Private Equity

RealEstate

ManagedFunds

Derivatives

InfrastructureInvestments

708.  Definitions for each of the main types of alternative assets are as follows:-

709.  Commodities these are any inputs in the production of other goods or services (e.g.

oil, gold, steel, intangible rights). It is believed that they can act as a hedge again unexpected inflation in the economy over a longer time period (5 years). Commodities generally achieve higher expected returns than bonds.

710.  Hedge Funds these privately managed funds are allowed by regulators to invest in

more investment types (stocks, bonds, commodities, currencies) through more tools than ordinary funds. Hedge funds incorporate investment strategies aimed at securing positive returns on investments regardless of the overall market performance. They can combine both long and short positions, use gearing, enter into high-concentration positions, invest in illiquid assets and trade derivatives.

711.  There are opportunities to invest in Fund of Funds this is where a Fund s primary

activity is investing in other hedge funds. This can be a way of reducing the specific risk associated with investing with a single manager and achieve greater diversification.

712.  An allocation of hedge funds can be made through investing in one or a combination of

the following:-

Amulti-strategy fund of hedge funds.

Asingle strategy fund of hedge funds

Asingle manager fund.

713.  Private Equity this involves providing capital to unquoted companies in return for

a share of the company s profits. There are numerous sub-classifications of private equity, but they can be broadly classified as early stage venture capital; expansion/ development capital and management buy-outs/buy-ins. Capital can either be provided directly or by investing in a private equity fund or Fund of Funds.

714.  Typically institutional investors will utilise the fund of funds approach which tends to be a

long-term investment with a substantial lock-in period.

715.  Real Estate Examples of Real Estate Investments (property) are land, office buildings,

retail shopping centers, multifamily housing and industrial warehouse properties.

The most common type is income-producing real estate. Large income-producing

real estate properties are commonly purchased by high net-worth individuals and institutions, such as life insurance companies, real estate investment trusts (REITs) and pension funds.

716.  There are two main types of Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs):-

EquityREITs - these invest mainly in actual real estate properties, such as office buildings, apartment complexes, warehouses and shopping centres. Equity REITs are usually not highly leveraged.

MortgageREITs - these invest mainly in mortgages and construction loans for commercial properties and tend to use leverage to a greater degree than equity REITs.

717.  One of the main differences between investing in a piece of real estate as compared

to stocks or bonds is that real estate is an investment in the bricks and mortar of a building and the land it is built upon, therefore it is highly tangible. Real estate is an asset class that offers protection against inflation, as well as potential tax benefits. However, lack of both liquidity and diversification are drawbacks to investing directly in real estate.

718.  Managed Funds these are like mutual funds (pooled funds) but are allowed long

or short positions in commodity and currency futures contracts, and options in such contacts. There are four main types of managed funds Unit trusts, Group Investment Funds, Superannuation Funds and Insurance Bonds.

719.  Derivatives these are traded contracts (e.g. future contracts, convertible bonds or

stocks) securities or financial instruments whose values derive from values of transitional investments (e.g. stocks or assets such as gold).

720.  Infrastructure investments This type of investment involves taking an ownership interest

in an infrastructure business (commonly defined as providing an essential service to the community.) Most infrastructure assets are either bought from a government, a private equity firm, or are part of a listed company that is sold off. This is a long term investment option providing higher returns than the Long Term Cash Pool while generating positive externalities for the Island.

721.  Infrastructure investments can be split into two main categories, Economic or Social,

examples as follows:-

Economic Social

Transport Utilities & Energy Communications Schools Toll roads Oil & gas pipelines Cable networks Hospitals Bridges Electricity generation  Communication towers Housing

Ferries/Ports and transmission Select satellite systems Courts Public transport Water distribution and

treatment

Airports

Appendices Contents Page

Overarching Investment Policies  315 AP1: Ethical Investment Strategy  315 AP2: Governance Arrangements (relates to all except Pension Funds)  316 States Of Jersey Major Funds  318 AP3: Strategic Reserve Fund Investment Strategy  318 Ap4: Stabilisation Fund Investment Strategy  320

Ap5: Social Security (Reserve)

Fund Investment Strategy  321 AP6: Health Insurance Fund Investment Strategy  323 AP7: Consolidated Fund Investment Strategy  324

AP8: Currency Notes

And Coins Funds Investment Strategies  326 AP9: Pension Funds and Their Investment Strategies  327 Special Funds  329

AP10: Tourism Development Fund

(TDF) Investment Strategy  330 AP11: Channel Islands Lottery (Jersey) Fund Investment Strategy  333

AP12: Dwelling-Houses Loan Fund

Investment Strategy  336 Trust & Bequest Funds  339

AP13: Estate Of A A Rayner

Fund Investment Strategy  340 AP14: The Rivington Travelling Scholarship Investment Strategy  343 AP15: Estate Of H E Le Seelleur Investment Strategy  346 AP16: Estate Of E J Bailhache Investment Strategy  349

AP17: Le Don De Faye Trust Fund

Investment Strategy  352 AP18: Greville Bathe Fund Investment Strategy  356

AP19: Estate Of A H Ferguson

Bequest Investment Strategy  360 AP20: Ecology Fund Investment Strategy  363

AP21: The Lord Portsea

Gift Fund Investment Strategy  366 AP22: Other Funds and Their Investment Strategies  370

AP23: States Of Jersey

Common Investment Fund Strategies  371

Overarching Investment Policies

AP1: Ethical Investment Strategy

722.  The Minister for Treasury and Resources is mindful of ethical issues and recognises the

importance of acting in an ethically responsible manner when managing investments on behalf of the States of Jersey. In January 2011 the States Investment Adviser carried out a review into Ethical Investments for the States Funds.

723.  Fund Managers' Investment Decisions

724.  When making investment decisions fund managers, for which the Minister is responsible,

are required to give consideration to ethical risks in their assessment of a company s value, having regard to the information that is readily available at the time of the decision. The Minister intends for this to encourage investment in companies with good governance and responsible management.

725.  Corporate Governance

726.  All Fund managers are required to follow the Institutional Shareholders Committee s

Statement of Principles (ISCSP) in respect of the corporate governance of companies in which shares are owned. In particular, fund managers are required to:-

dischargethe States voting rights and

when appropriate, engage with company management whilst having reasonable regard, where relevant to the ethically positive and negative contributions as set out below.

727.  In seeking to identify companies that make a positive ethical contribution, the Minister

pays particular attention to their record in the following areas:-

Conservationof energy or natural resources;

Environmental improvements and pollution control;

Providing high quality products and services that are of long term use;

Strong community involvement;

Good employee practices and equal opportunities record;

Training and education;

Goodrelations with customers and suppliers; and

Openness about company activities.

728.  In seeking to identify companies that may have an ethically negative impact the Minister

pays particular attention to activities that are counter to the States laws and policies such as:-

Environmentaldamage and pollution;

Unnecessary exploitation of animals;

Trade with or operations in oppressive regimes;

Exploitation of third world countries;

Sale and distribution of weapons to terrorists or oppressive regimes; and

Offensive or misleading advertising.

AP2: Governance Arrangements (relates to all except Pension Funds)

729.  The Minister and the Treasurer may invest money and do so through the Treasury

Advisory Panel (formerly the Treasury Investments Sub-Committee). The Minister determines the Treasury Advisory Panel s membership, which includes the Assistant Treasury and Resources Minister. The Treasury Advisory Panel makes recommendations to the Minister.

Termsof reference for the Treasury Advisory Panel are as follows:-

Investment Strategy development and review of movements within the acceptable bands;

Appointmentand removal of managers advisers;

Establishbenchmarks;

Monitorperformance against benchmarks;

Regularlymeets with investment managers for performance updates and

Foreignexchange management.

730.  The Minister and the Treasury Advisory Panel are able to appoint appropriately

experienced and qualified advisers and managers to assist in developing and administering the approved strategies.

731.  The States Independent Investment Adviser is consulted on major events and decisions

taken documented in the minutes of the Treasury Advisory Panel. The Treasurer is responsible for implementing decisions.

732.  Investment Advice

733.  In setting and reviewing his investment strategies the Minister consults with independent

professional investment advisers and guidance from appropriately qualified and experienced persons.

734.  Appointment of Fund managers

735.  Where appropriate independent Investment Managers are appointed to manage the

various assets of the Funds. These Managers are appointed by the Minister/ Treasurer on the recommendation of the Treasury Advisory Panel following a rigorous selection process and after receiving and fully considering independent advice. Their terms and conditions of appointment are set by the Treasurer and endorsed by the Minister for Treasury and Resources.

736.  Performance monitoring

737.  The appointment of advisers and managers and their performance is regularly assessed

by the Treasury Advisory Panel.

738.  The States Investment Adviser provides appropriate advice to the Minister, the Treasury

Advisory Panel and Treasurer through written reports and attendance at meetings as well as through the provision of ad hoc reports when circumstances dictate.

739.  The 2008 States Financial Report and Accounts have been presented by the Minister to

the States which includes details of the various States Funds.

740.  Performance management

741.  As a part of the operational management of these Funds; individual performance

targets are set for investment managers in line with the Funds specific strategies. The performance targets are set using key indices like FTSE.

742.  Actual performance is regularly monitored against target by the Treasury Advisory Panel.

Investment managers are subject to challenge by the Treasury Advisory Panel; who require explanations of any shortfalls against target together with Investment managers plans to return to target.

743.  Where the Treasury Advisory Panel believes a manager is performing consistently below

expectation, it recommends to the Minister that a replacement manager is sought.

744.  Reporting

745.  The Minister will report on the performance of the States main Funds in the Annual

Accounts and once during the year as at the six months to June.

746.  Independent Custodians

747.  In order to safeguard States interests and assets and to mitigate risks independent

custodians are appointed to provide safe keeping for all assets, except direct property and policies of assurance, directly invested by the investment managers.

States Of Jersey Major Funds

AP3: Strategic Reserve Fund Investment Strategy

748.  Purpose of the Fund

749.  On 5 December 2006, the States approved P133/2006 and thereby confirmed the policy

for the Strategic Reserve as:

750.  the Strategic Reserve is a permanent reserve, where the capital value is to be used

in exceptional circumstances to insulate the Island s economy from severe structural decline such as the sudden collapse of a major Island industry or from major natural disaster.

751.  The States approved P84/2009 which proposed that this policy is varied to enable the

Strategic Reserve to be used, if necessary, for the purposes of providing funding up to £100 million for a Bank Depositors Compensation Scheme.

752.  The clarification of the purpose of the Fund by the States enables greater emphasis to

be given to increasing the longer term value of the Fund rather than the need to generate annual income. This has enabled an increase in the proportion of the Fund being allocated to return seeking assets from previous levels, but considerable emphasis still needs to be given to capital preservation and liquidity.

753.  Strategy

754.  In order to meet the purpose of this fund the Minister has set a strategic aim of investing

60% in return seeking assets (equities and alternative investment class) and 40% in risk reducing assets as detailed below:-

Strategic Aim % Range %

Stock market assets

Equities 50 45 55 Bonds 40 36 - 44 Cash -  0 - 3

Non Stock market assets

Alternative Investments

10 n/a Class

755.  The ranges for stock market assets only indicate tolerable variations according to

investment conditions at any time. Due to the practicalities of Alternative Investments, it is not appropriate to manage these within a small control range.

756.  As the financial environment changes the composition of the Fund s investments will

change to reflect a move towards the strategic aim of the fund.

757.  Investment Structure

758.  The Fund can carry out its investments through the available Common Investment Pools. 759.  Until the Alternative Investment class investment pools are operational monies will be

invested in the bonds equivalent investment pools.

760.  Investment in Jersey

761.  Investment is not generally made in Jersey, or in Jersey quoted companies. This is to

ensure that as far as possible, the assets are diversified away from the effects of the Jersey economy.

762.  Controlling Interest

763.  The States of Jersey will not acquire share holdings greater than 3% of the issued share

capital in UK companies.

Ap4: Stabilisation Fund Investment Strategy

764.  Purpose of the Fund

765.  The purpose of this Fund is to provide a reserve which can be used to make

Jersey s fiscal policy more countercyclical in order to create a more stable economic environment. The Fund receives cash allocations in more buoyant economic conditions and makes payments at times of anticipated economic downturn.

766.  At least until the Stabilisation Fund has been built up to a much higher level it needs to

be:

highly liquid;

heldin assets which will not lose value if a quick sale is required and

available at times of an economic downturn.

767.  Strategy

768.  In order to meet the purpose of this Fund, the long term aim of the Fund is to invest

within the parameters indicated below:-

Strategic Aim % Range % Cash and cash equivalents 20 18 - 22

Government bonds

50 45 55 (indexed or conventional)

Corporate bonds (indexed

30 27 - 33 or conventional)

769.  It is intended to use the remainder of the Funds balance during 2012, therefore the

strategy for the fund is to hold monies in cash and cash equivalents.

770.  The cash holdings in this Fund are subject to the same restrictions placed on the cash in

the Consolidated Fund (please see section 3).

771.  Investment Structure– States of Jersey - Common Investment Fund

772.  The Fund can carry out its investments through the available Common Investment Pools.

Ap5: Social Security (Reserve) Fund Investment Strategy

773.  Purpose of the fund

774.  The Social Security (Reserve) Fund (the Reserve Fund ) is both the mechanism by

which contribution rates and ceiling changes which fund pension and benefit costs

of the Social Security Fund are smoothed over time and effectively act as a buffer to contribute towards the rising burden of pension costs as the Island faces up to the pressures arising from an ageing population. The Minister for Treasury and Resources is responsible for the investment of the Fund s assets. The Minister for Social Security has responsibility for the development of a strategy to deal with meeting future pension provisions for eligible islanders.

775.  The number of persons in receipt of a State pension as a percentage of the working

population is expected to increase over time. The purpose of this Fund is to build up a reserve for the future provision of pension benefits for those currently in employment, so as to reduce the impact of pensions on future generations, as well as to smooth contributions for social security benefits over time.

776.  Long term growth is one of the main aims for the Social Security (Reserve) Fund and

therefore any income generated is reinvested back into the Fund. It is expected that there will be no requirement to draw on the assets of the Fund in the near term and during this period there will continue to be net cash inflows to the Fund.

777.  Strategy  

778.  In order to ensure that the Fund can work towards its objective of longer term growth its

strategy is to place a high proportion of its assets in return seeking investments.

779.  The longer term strategic aim for the fund is to invest within the parameters indicated

below:-

Asset Class Strategic Aim % Range % Stock market assets

Equities 80 72 88 Bonds 10 9-11 Cash - 0-3

Non Stock market assets

Alternative Investments

10 n/a Class

780.  As the Reserve Fund is subject to three yearly actuarial reviews the outcomes may result

in a need to redefine the Fund s investment strategy. All strategy revisions will be brought to the attention of the States.

781.  The ranges for stock market assets only indicate tolerable variations according to

investment conditions at any time. Due to the practicalities of Alternative Investments, it is not appropriate to manage these within a small control range.

782.  Investment Structure

783.  As a pension fund, the Social Security (Reserve) Fund can enter the insurance products

restricted to the pension funds market which are designed to follow general market movements. This enables the Fund to participate in large pools of indexed assets available in the UK, at very low management costs and provides the flexibility to easily change asset allocation by increases or decreases to the indexed holdings in each market.

784.  These indexed funds are provided by an insurance company using a policy of assurance, but operate in a broadly similar way to a series of unit trusts.

785.  The Fund can invest around half of its equity assets through the Common Investment

Global Equity Pools, therefore carrying out investment under active management.

786.  Until the Alternative Investments class pools are operational, monies will be invested in

short term government bonds.

787.  Investment in Jersey

788.  Investments are not made in Jersey except where a Jersey company is part of an

established index. This is to ensure that as far as possible, the assets are diversified away from the effects of Jersey s economy.

AP6: Health Insurance Fund Investment Strategy

789.  Purpose of the fund

790.  The Health Insurance Fund is established under the Health Insurance (Jersey) Law 1967.

The Fund receives allocations from Social Security Contributions, as specified under Article 30 of the Social Security (Jersey) Law 1974 for the use of paying all claims for money benefit (GP subsidy) and pharmaceutical benefit. The Minister for Social Security has responsibility for the control and management of the Fund.

791.  The Minister for Treasury and Resources is responsible for the investment of the Fund s

assets. The Minister for Treasury and Resources may, after consultation with the Minister for Social Security appoint one or more investment managers for the Fund.

792.  Strategy  

793.  In order to meet the fund s purpose the strategy set is a mix between capital growth

and income distribution. The Minister has set a strategic aim of investing 40% in return seeking assets (equities) to produce long term returns, with the remainder, 60% in risk reducing assets to provide some stability and in the case of corporate bonds, income returns.

794.  The longer term strategic aim for the fund is to invest within the parameters indicated

below:-

Asset Class Strategic Aim % Range % Equities 40 37 - 43 Bonds 45 40 50 Cash 15 13 - 17

795.  The ranges indicate tolerable variations according to investment conditions at any time. 796.  Investment Structure

797.  The Fund can carry out its investments through the available Common Investment Pools.

AP7: Consolidated Fund Investment Strategy

798.  Purpose of the Fund

799.  The Consolidated Fund is established under the Public Finances (Jersey) Law 2005

and effectively represents the States current account were it a household. Income from taxation, duties, chargeable services, fees and fines are paid in and expenditure approved by the States Assembly, on employees salaries, equipment, supplies, services and capital projects etc are paid out from the consolidated fund.

800.  Any balance on the fund is invested on a short term basis, until it is required to meet on-

going approved expenditure.

801.  Strategy

802.  In order to meet the Fund s purpose the strategy set is risk adverse with capital

preservation, liquidity and flexibility being the over-riding factors governing its requirements.

803.  Investment should be made in cash deposits, certificates of deposits and limited

amounts of commercial paper and floating rate notes.

804.  Investment Structure

805.  The Fund can carry out its longer term investments through the available Common

Investment Pools.

806.  The remainder of the Fund s assets, required for daily cash-flow transactions, will

be held with a single investment manager who specialises in investing in cash and near cash equivalent investments. The investment manager should operate within the following allocation limits:-

Maximum Asset Class Maximum Maturity Allocation %

Call & Overnight Deposits One Day 100 Certificates of Deposit 2 Years 100 Fixed Deposits 3 Months 25 Commercial Paper 3 Months 25 Floating Rate Notes 5 Years 25

807.  No more than 25% of the portfolio can exceed one year to maturity.

808.  In order to mitigate risks further the investment manager responsible for the

Consolidated Fund portfolio is limited to holding no more than 10% of the States portfolio with any one financial institution. Deposits can only be made with institutions which fall into the following categories:-

Deposit term Rating

Short-term deposit (up to 12 months) Standard & Poors A1 and Moody s P1 Longer-term deposit (over 12 months) Standard & Poors AA and Moody s Aa3

809.  The Treasurer may allow deposits to be placed with institutions outside the minimum

industry ratings described above in cases where the Treasurer has agreed a specific

exemption and deems the overall chance of default not to be significantly increased. 810.  No derivatives, overseas currency and off balance sheet vehicles are permitted.

AP8: Currency Notes

And Coins Funds Investment Strategies

811.  Purpose of the Fund

812.  The States Currency and Coinage Funds are provided for under the Public Finances

(Jersey) Law 2005 and the Currency Notes (Jersey) Law 1959. The principal purpose of these Funds is to hold assets that match the value of Jersey currency in circulation, such that the holder of Jersey currency could on request be repaid.

813.  Strategy

814.  In order to meet the purpose of the Funds the strategy is based mainly on the

requirement to invest in low risk cash based assets to protect and maintain the capital value of the investments and to ensure that currency and coinage in circulation is matched and that investments could be liquidated fairly quickly should a need arise.

815.  In order to maximise the potential return to the Funds a relatively small element of the

Fund should be held in Equities and Short Term Government Bonds.

816.  Operational cash represents the maximum expected short term fluctuation in the

currency in circulation which may be called upon by the banks and therefore is not deemed to be available for Investment purposes.

817.  The long term strategic aims of the Funds, for the investable balance (i.e. non operating stock of cash) are to invest in the parameters indicated below. In addition a further

£2 million is to be held in cash as a buffer to provide against volatility of currency in circulation :-

Strategic Aim Range Asset Class % %

Equities 20 18 - 22 Bonds 10 9 - 11 Cash 10 9 - 11 Non Stock Market Assets

Alternative Investments Class 60 n/a

818.  The ranges for stock market assets only indicate tolerable variations according to

investment conditions at any time. Due to the practicalities of Alternative Investments, it is not appropriate to manage these within a small control range.

819.  The fund will invest in Jersey Infrastructure Investments as a part of its Alternative asset

class using various instruments to carry out the investment. It is further anticipated that these investments provide returns in excess of cash, be a viable investment option and offer investment diversification.

820.  Investment Structure

821.  The Currency Notes and Coinage Funds can carry out their investments through the

available Common Investment Pools.

AP9: Pension Funds and Their Investment Strategies

822.  Background

823.  The Minister for Treasury and Resources approves strategy based on recommendations

from the relevant Board or Committee of Management responsible for the individual pension fund. In approving the relevant Investment Strategy the Minister takes appropriate investment advice from the States Investment Adviser.

824.  Governance arrangements

825.  Investment Advice

826.  The Management Committee/Board responsible for these Funds takes independent

professional investment advice and guidance from appropriately qualified and experienced persons on the strategy to be followed.

827.  Appointment of Fund managers

828.  Independent Investment Managers are appointed to manage the various assets

of the pension funds. These Managers are appointed by the Committee/Board following a selection process and after receiving independent advice and guidance. The appointment of managers needs ratification from the Minister for Treasury and Resources.

829.  Performance monitoring

830.  As with those funds which fall under the Minister s direct responsibility, the appointment

of advisers and managers and their performance for pension funds is regularly assessed by individual Investment Sub-Committees, set up by the Pension funds Management Committee/Board.

831.  Independent Custodians

832.  In order to safeguard the pension funds interests and assets and to mitigate risks

independent custodians are appointed to provide safe keeping for all those assets which are directly invested by the investment managers.

833.  Public Employees Contributory Retirement Scheme (PECRS)

834.  Purpose of the Fund  

835.  The Public Employees Contributory Retirement Scheme (PECRS) is the States pension

scheme set up to meet retirement benefits of all contributing public sector employees (excluding teachers) over 20 years of age.

836.  Investment issues are considered by the Scheme s Investment Sub-Committee under

advice from an Independent Investment Adviser and recommendations made to the Committee of Management for endorsement and/or referral to the Minister for Treasury and Resources as appropriate.

837.  Strategy

838.  The aim of the investment strategy is to invest the assets of the Scheme prudently to

ensure that the benefits promised to members are provided.

839.  The current strategy followed is:-

 Asset Class Strategic Aim % Range % Growth Investments

Equities 45 35 55 Alternatives 10 5 - 15 Bond Like Investments

Property 7.5 2.5 12.5 Bonds 20 10 30 Cash and Cash Equivalents - 0 10

840.  Any requirement for rebalancing between the asset classes is reviewed on a quarterly

basis with advice from the Scheme s Investment Adviser.

841.  The States has recognised responsibility for the pre 1987 Debt for PECRS which it has

agreed to repay over an 82 year period. This represents approximately 17.5% of PECRS total assets (referred to as Debt in the table above) and these payments can be regarded like a salary related index linked gilt issued by the States.

842.  Jersey Teachers' Superannuation Fund (JTSF)

843.  Purpose of the Fund

844.  Membership of the Jersey Teachers Superannuation Fund (JTSF) is compulsory for all

teachers in full time employment and optional for those who work part-time.

845.  The fund receives pension contributions from working teaching staff and also from the

Education, Sport and Culture Department.

846.  Strategy

847.  The strategy for the Fund is based on the Board s aim to invest the assets of the Scheme

prudently to ensure that the benefits promised to members are provided.

848.  The long term strategy is to hold one fifth of the assets in risk reducing categories (e.g.

bonds and property) and four fifths in return seeking assets (e.g. equities). Tactical moves diverging away from this strategic distribution may occur according to prevailing market conditions and prospective returns from each asset class.

849.  The table below illustrates the long term asset allocation strategy:-

Strategic Aim  Range

% %

Equities 80 76 - 84 Property 10 0 - 10 Bonds/Cash 10 6 - 14

850.  The above strategy is applied to the assets which are currently invested in the JTSF

and does not take account of the future contributions which will be received to cover increases to pensions in payments which have been recently added to the scheme liabilities. The current Investment Strategy therefore contains a higher level of return seeking assets than may otherwise be the case.

851.  Any rebalancing between the asset classes is carried out on a quarterly basis on advice

from the Scheme s Investment Adviser.

852.  Investment Structure  

853.  The Management Board appoints individual investment managers, and has currently

appointed one specialist equity manager and one passive manager.

Special Funds

854.  Purpose of the Funds

855.  The States has a number of Special funds set up for specific purposes. Funds falling

into this category include the Tourism Development Fund, Channel Islands Lottery (Jersey) Fund and the Dwelling-Houses Loan Fund.

AP10: Tourism Development Fund (TDF) Investment Strategy

856.  Introduction

857.  This strategy document is presented in accordance with the terms of the Public

Finances (Jersey) Law 2005 (Article 6) (the Finance Law) and Public Finances (Transitional Provisions) (no.2) Jersey Regulations 2005 (Regulation 4), which requires that the Minister for Treasury and Resources presents his investment strategies for States Funds.

858.  Under and Public Finances (Transitional Provisions) (no.1) Jersey Regulations 2005

(Regulation 9) the Tourism Development Fund (TDF) is given Special Fund status. 859.  The strategy set by the Minister pays particular regard to the need for diversification in

both the management of the money available and the level of funds to be invested. 860.  The Treasurer of the States is responsible for ensuring that States investments are

properly managed, controlled and accounted for in accordance with the relevant

investment strategies.

861.  This document provides details on:

InvestmentStrategy for the Fund

Statesof Jersey - Common Investment Fund

862.  The strategy reflects the Minister s long term investment aim for this Fund with the

intention to move towards the Fund s strategic aim as investment opportunities and market conditions allow. Initially until the Common Investment Fund is established it is anticipated that assets will continue to be invested in the Consolidated Fund in the form of cash balances and short term instruments, such as Certificates of Deposits.

863.  The report includes information on matters solely relating to this Fund s strategy. This

information is for this specific purpose only and should not be used for any other purpose.

864.  Tourism Development Fund

865.  Purpose of the Fund

866.  The Tourism Development Fund (TDF) was established by proposition P170/2001,

lodged by the former Tourism Committee (now the Minister for Economic Development) entitled - Investing in Tourism s future au Greffe. This was approved by the States of Jersey on 18th December 2001.

867.  The purpose of the proposition was for the Tourism Development Fund to replace the old

Tourism Investment Fund (TIF) and for the States to agree a principal £10 million to be deposited into the Fund over a 5 year period. In 2003 £1.2 million was transferred into the Fund and in 2006 a further £1 million, however since then no further monies have been deposited into the Fund. The aim and objectives of the Fund are as follows:-

868.  Aim - to stimulate investment in tourism infrastructure in order to improve Jersey s

competitiveness and sustain a flourishing tourism industry as a second pillar of the economy.

869.  Funds objectives: 1) improve quality of visitor experience 2) enhance distinctiveness

and environmental quality 3) improve cost efficiency and focused use of resources and

4) secure implementation of the tourism strategy.

870.  The Economic Development Department is responsible for the administration of the

Fund. The Department is also responsible for the assessment of all initial project proposals before they are submitted to the Tourism Development Fund Panel (Advisory Panel).

871.  The Advisory Panel comprises of nine members from the private sector and senior

officers from the Economic Development Department. The Advisory Panel usually meets four times a year.

872.  Grants are awarded by the Tourism Development Fund Panel; where an application

exceeds £0.5 million, this is referred to the Minister for Treasury and Resources for prior approval.

873.  Investment Strategy

874.  In order to meet the Fund s purpose the investment strategy set is to maintain the

monetary value of the Fund, excluding investment income, to provide a high level of security and a good level of liquidity to finance projects as required.

875.  It is recommended that the annual cash requirement for Tourism projects is forecast and

that any surplus cash balances not required in the current year be invested into short- dated gilts to maximise the investment returns for the Fund.

876.  The longer term strategy for the Fund is to hold assets in cash and cash equivalents.

Therefore the Minister has set a strategic aim of investing all monies in risk reducing assets as detailed below:-

Strategic Aim  Range

% %

Government Bonds - 0 - 70 Cash 100 0 - 100

877.  The intention is that this Fund; apart from any monies required as a working balance;

will be able to participate in the Common Investment Fund, as explained in Section 3 of this appendix. Initially assets will be held in the Consolidated Fund in the form of cash balances and short term instruments, such as Certificates of Deposits.

878.  The cash holdings invested in the Consolidated Fund are subject to the following

restrictions:-

879.  Investment Manager Allocation Limits

880.  Investment is made in cash deposits, certificates of deposits and limited amounts of

commercial paper and floating rate notes. The investment manager operates within the following allocation limits:-

Asset Class Maximum Maturity Maximum Allocation % Call & Overnight Deposits One Day 100 Certificates of Deposit 2 Years 100

Fixed Deposits 3 Months 25 Commercial Paper 3 Months 25

Floating Rate Notes 5 Years 25

881.  No more than 25% of the portfolio can exceed one year to maturity.

882.  Deposits, held by Investment Cash Managers, can only be made with institutions which

fall into the following categories:-

Deposit term Minimum Industry Rating

Short-term deposit (up to 12 months) Standard & Poor s A1 and Moody s P1 Longer-term deposit (over 12 months) Standard & Poor s AA and Moody s Aa3

883.  Where deposits are held directly with Banks a minimum AA rating Standard & Poor s (or

Aa3 Moody s) is required.

884.  The Treasurer may allow deposits to be placed with institutions outside the minimum

industry ratings described above in cases where the Treasurer has agreed a specific exemption and deems the overall chance of default not to be significantly increased.

885.  No off-balance sheet vehicles are permitted.

886.  Investment Structure

887.  The Fund s assets are invested with a single investment manager who specialises in

investing in cash and near cash equivalent investments as a temporary measure until it invests in the States of Jersey Common Investment Fund.

AP11: Channel Islands Lottery (Jersey) Fund Investment Strategy

888.  Introduction

889.  This strategy document is presented in accordance with the terms of the Public Finances

(Jersey) Law 2005 (Article 6) and Public Finances (Transitional Provisions) (no.2) Jersey Regulations 2005 (Regulation 4), which requires that the Minister for Treasury and Resources presents his investment strategies for States Funds.

890.  The strategy set by the Minister pays particular regard to the need for diversification in

both the management of the money available and the level of funds to be invested. 891.  The Treasurer of the States is responsible for ensuring that States investments are

properly managed, controlled and accounted for in accordance with the relevant

investment strategies.

892.  This document provides details on:

InvestmentStrategy for the Fund

Statesof Jersey - Common Investment Fund

893.  The strategy reflects the Minister s long term investment aim for this Fund with the

intention to move towards the Fund s strategic aim as investment opportunities and market conditions allow. Initially until the Common Investment Fund is established it is anticipated that assets will continue to be invested in the Consolidated Fund in the form of cash balances and short term instruments, such as Certificates of Deposits.

894.  The report includes information on matters solely relating to this Fund s strategy. This

information is for this specific purpose only and should not be used for any other purpose.

895.  Channel Islands Lottery (Jersey) Fund

896.  Purpose of the Fund

897.  The Channel Islands Lottery is one of the longest running small lotteries in the world. It

began in Jersey in the mid 1960s and raised millions of pounds for the development of Fort Regent. In 1975, Jersey and Guernsey Channel Islands joined together to form the Channel Islands Lottery and have been successful in raising money for sport leisure and recreation in the Islands and supporting the Association of Jersey Charities; which is made up of approximately 245 charities (February 2010).

898.  Under the Gambling (Jersey) Law 1964 (article 3), the Gambling (Channel Islands

Lottery) (Jersey) Regulations 1975 were made, setting out the Funds constitution, operations and administration provisions.

899.  The promotion of the lottery is carried out by the Minister for Economic Development

jointly with the Guernsey Committee ( States of Guernsey Gambling Control

Committee ).

900.  In Jersey the Public Lotteries Board has been set up for the purpose of advising and

assisting the Minister for Economic Development in all matters concerning the promotion and conduct in Jersey of the Channel Islands Lottery. The Board holds office for five years and consist of a chairman and not less than six other persons who have integrity and are ordinary residents in Jersey.

901.  The Fund is administered by the Treasurer of the States of Jersey.

902.  The Minister for Economic Development has powers to set aside reserves to exercise his

or her functions under the regulations. In 2009, proposition P.155/2009 was approved by the States to retain 10% of the 2009/10 profits in order to boost the Fund s reserves as a contingency measure, prior to distributing the Lottery s profit.

903.  Under P.123/2011 in the 2012 Business Plan it summarises that once the Channel Islands

Lottery activities are expanded, it is the intention that in addition to supporting the Association of Jersey Charities the Fund will also provide support to the Jersey Heritage Trust from 2013.

904.  Currently there is some debate around the future of the Lottery if Islanders start playing

the UK Lottery in Jersey. This situation remains under review pending resolution of legal difficulties.

905.  Investment Strategy  

906.  During the year monthly trading cash receipts from sales of tickets after deduction of

prize monies continue to grow. Historically, by December the Fund holds substantial cash balances due to compounding monthly ticket net inflows and large ticket sales from the Christmas Charity Draw.

907.  Each year in March/April a substantial payment is made to the Association of Jersey

Charities, which coincides with the presentation of the previous years annual accounts to the States.

908.  In order to meet the Fund s purpose the investment strategy s emphasis is on security,

maintenance of capital value, flexibility and a very high level of liquidity rather than on investment growth.

909.  The long term investment strategy is to hold all assets in cash and short term

instruments, such as Certificates of Deposits. As many of the significant cash flows occur annually, some of the cash may be invested on a longer term basis (i.e. greater than 3 months).

910.  The intention is that this Fund; apart from any cash balances required as working

balances; will be able to participate in the Common Investment Fund, as explained in

Section 3 of this appendix. Initially assets will be held in the Consolidated Fund in the

form of cash balances and short term instruments, such as Certificates of Deposits. 911.  The cash holdings invested in the Consolidated Fund are subject to the following

restrictions:-

912.  Investment Manager Allocation Limits

913.  Investment is made in cash deposits, certificates of deposits and limited amounts of

commercial paper and floating rate notes. The investment manager operates within the following allocation limits:-

Asset Class Maximum Maturity Maximum Allocation % Call & Overnight Deposits One Day 100 Certificates of Deposit 2 Years 100

Fixed Deposits 3 Months 25 Commercial Paper 3 Months 25

Floating Rate Notes 5 Years 25

914.  No more than 25% of the portfolio can exceed one year to maturity.

915.  Deposits, held by Investment Cash Managers can only be made with institutions which

fall into the following categories:-

916.

Deposit term Minimum Industry Rating

Short-term deposit (up to 12 months) Standard & Poor s A1 and Moody s P1 Longer-term deposit (over 12 months) Standard & Poor s AA and Moody s Aa3

917.  Where deposits are held directly with Banks a minimum AA rating Standard & Poor s (or

Aa3 Moody s) is required.

918.  The Treasurer may allow deposits to be placed with institutions outside the minimum

industry ratings described above in cases where the Treasurer has agreed a specific exemption and deems the overall chance of default not to be significantly increased.

919.  No off-balance sheet vehicles are permitted.

920.  Investment Structure

921.  The Fund can carry out its longer term investments through the available Common

Investment Pools.

922.  Each year in March/April monies will need to be available to meet the annual large

payment made to the Association of Jersey Charities.

AP12: Dwelling-Houses Loan Fund Investment Strategy

923.  Introduction

924.  This strategy document is presented in accordance with the terms of the Public

Finances (Jersey) Law 2005 (Article 6) and Public Finances (Transitional Provisions) (no.2) Jersey Regulations 2005 (Regulation 4), which requires that the Minister for Treasury and Resources presents his investment strategies for States Funds.

925.  The strategy set by the Minister pays particular regard to the need for diversification in

both the management of the money available and the level of funds to be invested. 926.  The Treasurer of the States is responsible for ensuring that States investments are

properly managed, controlled and accounted for in accordance with the relevant

investment strategies.

927.  This document provides details on:

Investmentstrategy for the Fund

Statesof Jersey - Common Investment Fund

928.  The strategy reflects the Minister s long term investment aim for this Fund with the

intention to move towards the Fund s strategic aim as investment opportunities and market conditions allow. Initially until the Common Investment Fund is established it is anticipated that cash will continue to be invested in the Consolidated Fund in the form of cash balances and short term instruments, such as Certificates of Deposits.

929.  The report includes information on matters solely relating to this Fund s strategy. This

information is for this specific purpose only and should not be used for any other purpose.

930.  Dwelling-Houses Loan Fund

931.  Purpose of the Fund  

932.  The Building Loans (Jersey) Law 1950 ( the Law ), article 2 established the Dwelling-

Houses Loan Fund for the following purpose:-

933.  to establish a building loans scheme to enable residentially qualified first-time buyers,

who have never owned residential freehold property in Jersey, to purchase their first home. They must be able to demonstrate they have a deposit and can meet the loan repayments.

934.  The Fund was created at a time when Building Societies did not exist in the Island and

Banks had not yet become extensively involved in lending monies for house purchases. 935.  Under the Law and Building Loans (Miscellaneous Provisions) (Jersey) Regulations 1961,

loans are granted by the Minister for Housing (former Housing Committee). The current

maximum loan available is £120,000 and the maximum life of a loan cannot exceed 40

years from the date of the contract.

936.  Loans issued are currently charged an interest rate of 7.5% under the Building Loans

(Prescribed Rate of Interest) (Jersey) Order 2003. The Fund s interest rate is determined by the Minister for Housing after consultation with the Minister for Treasury and Resources.

937.  In recent years, the Funds cash balance has increased as fewer loans are being issued

and current loan balances are being repaid, as part of normal business or repaid early as borrowers transfer their loans to commercial lenders.

938.  Under Article 2 of the Law, the States have powers to pay into and take monies out of the

Fund. In 2006 the States agreed to transfer £32 million out of the Fund to the Stabilisation Fund (P.40/2006) and during 2009 a further £18 million was transferred out of the Fund to the Stabilisation Fund (P.55/2009).

939.  Investment Strategy  

940.  In order to meet the Fund s purpose the investment strategy set is to maintain security

and a high level of liquidity so as to provide lending when required; ensuring that the asset value of the Fund is only subject to small fluctuations.

941.  The strategy is designed to maintain the asset value of the Fund in monetary, rather than

real terms and any income received will help to offset the effects of inflation on monetary values.

942.  The long term investment strategy for the Fund is to hold assets (excluding the loan

book) in cash and cash equivalents and short dated government bonds.

943.  The short term cash holding at any one time should be sufficient to cover potential loans

to be issued in the forthcoming year. Therefore the Minister has set a strategic aim of investing all monies in risk reducing assets as detailed below:-

Strategic Aim % Range % Government Bonds 75 72 - 83 Cash 25 22 - 28

944.  The intention is that this Fund; apart from loan book; will be able to participate in the

Common Investment Fund, as explained in Section 3 of this appendix. Initially assets will be held in the Consolidated Fund in the form of cash balances and short term instruments, such as Certificates of Deposits.

945.  The cash holdings invested in this Fund are subject to the following restrictions:-

946.  Investment Manager Allocation Limits

947.  Investment is made in cash deposits, certificates of deposits and limited amounts of

commercial paper and floating rate notes. The investment manager operates within the following allocation limits:-

Asset Class Maximum Maturity Maximum Allocation % Call & Overnight Deposits One Day 100 Certificates of Deposit 2 Years 100

Fixed Deposits 3 Months 25 Commercial Paper 3 Months 25

Floating Rate Notes 5 Years 25

948.  No more than 25% of the portfolio can exceed one year to maturity.

949.  Deposits, held by Investment Cash Managers, can only be made with institutions which

fall into the following categories:-

Deposit term Minimum Industry Rating

Short-term deposit (up to 12 months) Standard & Poor s A1 and Moody s P1 Longer-term deposit (over 12 months) Standard & Poor s AA and Moody s Aa3

950.  Where deposits are held directly with Banks a minimum AA rating Standard & Poor s (or

Aa3 Moody s) is required.

951.  The Treasurer may allow deposits to be placed with institutions outside the minimum

industry ratings described above in cases where the Treasurer has agreed a specific exemption and deems the overall chance of default not to be significantly increased.

952.  No off-balance sheet vehicles are permitted.

953.  Investment Structure

954.  The Fund can carry out its longer term investments through the available Common

Investment Pools.

Trust & Bequest Funds

955.  Purpose of the Funds

956.  These are Funds which have been left to the States as a legacy or bequest to be used

for the purpose specified by the benefactor.

957.  Strategy

958.  Many of these Funds have been left with the intention that they will be spent and

therefore unallocated funds need to be held in liquid assets. This means that the strategy for these types of Funds is to hold these assets in cash balances.

959.  Larger States Funds which are more significant in value have their own tailored

Investment Strategies. The intention is that many of these larger funds will be able to

participate in the Common Investment Fund in order to carry out their strategic aims. 960.  Below are published investment strategies for the first group of larger funds. It is

the intention of the Minister for Treasury and Resources to continue to develop and implement individual strategies for many of larger funds over the forthcoming year.

AP13: Estate Of A A Rayner Fund Investment Strategy

961.  Introduction

962.  This strategy document is presented in accordance with the terms of the Public

Finances (Jersey) Law 2005 (Article 6) (the Finance Law) and Public Finances (Transitional Provisions) (no.2) Jersey Regulations 2005 (Regulation 4), which requires that the Minister for Treasury and Resources presents his investment strategies for States Funds.

963.  The strategy set by the Minister pays particular regard to the need for diversification in

both the management of the money available and the level of funds to be invested.

964.  For Trust and Bequest Funds, the Minister recognises the responsibility to protect the

interests of both present and future beneficiaries of the Fund when deciding on the investment strategy for the Fund, focusing on investments which are expected to give optimal performance in terms of their overall return, rather than on investments which will give the right balance between capital and income returns.

965.  The Treasurer of the States is responsible for ensuring that States investments are

properly managed, controlled and accounted for in accordance with the relevant investment strategies.

966.  This document provides details on:

InvestmentStrategy for the Fund

Statesof Jersey - Common Investment Fund

967.  The strategy reflects the Minister s long term investment aim for this Fund with the

intention to move towards the Fund s strategic aim as investment opportunities and market conditions allow.

968.  The strategy for this Fund has been developed with reference to the UK Charity

Commissions statement of recommended practice (SORP 2005) and other UK Charity Commission publications.

969.  The report includes information on matters solely relating to this Fund s strategy. This

information is for this specific purpose only and should not be used for any other purpose.

970.  The A A Rayner Fund

971.  Purpose of the Fund

972.  The late Mrs Ann Alice Blason (nee Colclough) (wife of Charles Henry Blason and the

widow of John Edward Rayner the late Lord Mayor of Liverpool) bequeathed assets, to the States of Jersey for specific purposes, as detailed within her will dated 30th October 1945.

973.  The acceptance of the bequest by the States and resolution on how the Fund was to

be administered was expressed in R&O 2536 which was adopted by the States on 16th November 1949.

974.  In 2001 the States approved amendments to the objects of the Fund (P38/2001 dated

27th March 2001 raised by Finance and Economics Committee (now the Minister for Treasury and Resources)), as the view was that the initial objectives of the Fund had

been over taken with time and events. The revised objectives are as follows:-

975.  1) the provision of pecuniary relief to needy persons residing in Jersey and 2) such

other objectives or purposes of a charitable or philanthropic nature as the States may hereafter in their absolute discretion determine.

976.  P38/2001 also made amendments to the administration of the Fund, thus rescinding

R&O 2536 and a later act dated 11th September 1979. Under P38/2001, the Fund s income is now administered by a Delegation which consists of 4 Jurat s of the Royal Court of Jersey.

977.  The Minister for Treasury and Resources (formerly the Finance and Economics

Committee) is responsible for any changes to the investment of the Fund after consultation with the Delegation.

978.  Day to day administration and accounting is the responsibility of the Treasury and

Resources Department.

979.  The will bequeaths the income of the Fund to be used for its objectives and further gives

the States discretion to distribute capital to an amount not exceeding one half of the total capital of the Fund. In practice all bequeaths historically have only been made out the income of the Fund.

980.  Investment Strategy  

981.  P38/2001 gives the Minister for Treasury and Resources (formerly the Finance and

Economics Committee) responsibility for any changes to the investments of the Fund after consultation with the Delegation. It further provides the opportunity to invest in immovable property situated in or outside the Island which will be held by the States of Jersey for and on behalf of the Fund.

982.  In order to meet the Fund s purpose the strategy set is to work towards its objective of

maintaining, with a target to exceeding the real value of the Fund over a rolling five year period coupled with generating sufficient levels of income for distribution.

983.  The strategy assumes that the distributions will be paid from investment income and that

long term there will be no requirement to have a separate strategic aim for the holding of cash.

984.  Therefore the Minister has set a strategic aim of investing 75% in return seeking assets

(equities and alternative investments class) and 25% in risk reducing assets as detailed below:-

Strategic Aim % Range %

Stock market assets

Equities 65 58 - 72 Bonds 25 22 - 28 Cash - 0 - 3

Non Stock market assets

Alternative Investments

10 n/a Class

985.  The Fund participates in the Common Investment Fund, as explained in Section 3 of this

appendix.

986.  The ranges for stock market assets only indicate tolerable variations according to

investment conditions at any time. Due to the practicalities of Alternative Investments, it is not appropriate to manage these within a small control range.

987.  Investigations are currently being carried into the selection of appropriate Alternative

Investment Classes whilst being conscious that the Fund achieves the desired levels of returns within the agreed risk profile.

988.  The cash holdings in this Fund are subject to the following restrictions:-

989.  Investment Manager Allocation Limits

990.  Investment is made in cash deposits, certificates of deposits and limited amounts of

commercial paper and floating rate notes. The investment manager operates within the following allocation limits:-

Asset Class Maximum Maturity Maximum Allocation % Call & Overnight Deposits One Day 100 Certificates of Deposit 2 Years 100

Fixed Deposits 3 Months 25 Commercial Paper 3 Months 25

Floating Rate Notes 5 Years 25

991.  No more than 25% of the portfolio can exceed one year to maturity.

992.  Deposits, held by Investment Cash Managers can only be made with institutions which

fall into the following categories:-

Deposit term Minimum Industry Rating

Short-term deposit (up to 12 months) Standard & Poor s A1 and Moody s P1 Longer-term deposit (over 12 months) Standard & Poor s AA and Moody s Aa3

993.  Where deposits are held directly with Banks a minimum AA rating Standard & Poor s (or

Aa3 Moody s) is required.

994.  The Treasurer may allow deposits to be placed with institutions outside the minimum

industry ratings described above in cases where the Treasurer has agreed a specific exemption and deems the overall chance of default not to be significantly increased.

995.  No off-balance sheet vehicles are permitted.

996.  Investment Structure

997.  The Fund can carry out its longer term investments through the available Common

Investment Pools.

998.  Until the Alternative Investments class pools are operational monies will be invested in

the bond investment pools.

AP14: The Rivington Travelling Scholarship Investment Strategy

999.  Introduction

1000. This strategy document is presented in accordance with the terms of the Public Finances

(Jersey) Law 2005 (Article 6) and Public Finances (Transitional Provisions) (no.2) Jersey Regulations 2005 (Regulation 4), which requires that the Minister for Treasury and Resources presents his investment strategies for States Funds.

1001. The strategy set by the Minister pays particular regard to the need for diversification in

both the management of the money available and the level of funds to be invested.

1002. For Trust and Bequest Funds, the Minister recognises the responsibility to protect the

interests of both present and future beneficiaries of the Fund when deciding on the investment strategy for the Fund, focusing on investments which are expected to give optimal performance in terms of their overall return, rather than on investments which will give the right balance between capital and income returns.

1003. The Treasurer of the States is responsible for ensuring that States investments are

properly managed, controlled and accounted for in accordance with the relevant investment strategies.

1004. This document provides details on:

InvestmentStrategy for the Fund

Statesof Jersey - Common Investment Fund

1005. The strategy reflect the Minister s long term investment aim for this Fund with the

intention to move towards the Fund s strategic aim as investment opportunities and market conditions allow. Initially until the Common Investment Fund is established it is anticipated that assets will be held in cash balances.

1006. The strategy for this Fund has been developed with reference to the UK Charity

Commissions statement of recommended practice (SORP 2005) and other UK Charity Commission publications.

1007. The report includes information on matters solely relating to this Fund s strategy. This

information is for this specific purpose only and should not be used for any other purpose.

1008. The Rivington Travelling Scholarship Fund

1009. Purpose of the Fund

1010. The late Mr William Charles Richmond-Pickering ( testator ) bequeathed the remainder

of his estate, to establish The Rivington Travelling Scholarship for the following purposes, as detailed within his will dated 17th April 1980:-

1011.  to enable a person, male or female, of any age, to visit such museums or art galleries

out of the Island as would further his or her appreciation of arts, crafts and/or history. The only other criteria of the award to be the sincerity of the applicant s intention and lack of funds.

1012. The will provided that in the event that the States did not accept the legacy on the terms set out by the testator that the residue of his estate would be given to SociØtØ Jersiaise.

1013. The acceptance of the bequest by the States was expressed in proposition P.117/2004

made by the Education, Sport and Culture Committee (now the Minister for Education, Sport and Culture), which was adopted on 20th July 2004.

1014. The administration of the Fund is carried out by a delegation of three persons; one

person nominated by the Minister for Education Sports and Culture; one person representing the Jersey Arts Trust and one person representing Jersey Heritage Trust. executive and secretarial support is provided by officers of the Department for Education, Sport and Culture.

1015. The will makes no differentiation as to whether distributions should be made out of

the capital or income of the Fund. However, the delegation, at their inaugural meeting decided to only allow grants to be made out of the annual income of the Fund in order to preserve the capital of the Fund.

1016. Investment Strategy  

1017.  The will provides no guidance as to how the investments of the Fund should be carried

out therefore the Public Finances (Transitional Provisions) (no.2) Jersey Regulations 2005 requires the Minister for Treasury and Resources to be responsible for the development of the Fund s investment strategy in consultation with the States Investment Advisor (Regulation 3) as he sees fit.

1018. In order to meet the Fund s purpose the investment strategy set is for half of the Fund s

assets to work towards an objective of maintaining, with a target to exceeding the real value of the Fund over a rolling five year period and for the remainder of the Fund s assets to provide sufficient high levels of income for distribution.

1019. It is assumed that providing the required distribution income is generated that the

Trustees will accept some price volatility in their assets in the pursuit of longer term investment returns.

1020. The strategy assumes that the distributions will be paid from investment income and that

long term there will be no requirement to have a separate strategic aim for the holding of cash.

1021. Therefore the Minister has set a strategic aim of investing 60% in return seeking assets

(equities and alternative investments class) and 40% in risk reducing assets as detailed below:-

Strategic Aim % Range %

Stock market assets

Equities 50 45 55 Bonds 40 36 - 44 Cash - 0 - 3

Non Stock market assets

Alternative Investments

10 n/a Class

1022. The intention is that this Fund will be able to participate in the Common Investment Fund,

as explained in section 3 of this appendix.

1023. The ranges for stock market assets only indicate tolerable variations according to

investment conditions at any time. Due to the practicalities of Alternative Investments, it is not appropriate to manage these within a small control range.

1024. Investigations are currently being carried into the selection of appropriate Alternative

Investment Classes whilst being conscious that the Fund achieves the desired levels of returns within the agreed risk profile.

1025. The cash holdings in this Fund are subject to the following restrictions:-

1026. Investment Manager Allocation Limits

1027. Investment is made in cash deposits, certificates of deposits and limited amounts of

commercial paper and floating rate notes. The investment manager operates within the following allocation limits:-

Asset Class Maximum Maturity Maximum Allocation % Call & Overnight Deposits One Day 100 Certificates of Deposit 2 Years 100

Fixed Deposits 3 Months 25 Commercial Paper 3 Months 25

Floating Rate Notes 5 Years 25

1028. No more than 25% of the portfolio can exceed one year to maturity.

1029. Deposits, held by Investment Cash Managers can only be made with institutions which

fall into the following categories:-

Deposit term Minimum Industry Rating

Short-term deposit (up to 12 months) Standard & Poor s A1 and Moody s P1 Longer-term deposit (over 12 months) Standard & Poor s AA and Moody s Aa3

1030. Where deposits are held directly with Banks a minimum AA rating Standard & Poor s (or

Aa3 Moody s) is required.

1031. The Treasurer may allow deposits to be placed with institutions outside the minimum

industry ratings described above in cases where the Treasurer has agreed a specific exemption and deems the overall chance of default not to be significantly increased.

1032. No off-balance sheet vehicles are permitted.

1033. Investment Structure

1034. The Fund can carry out its longer term investments through the available Common

Investment Pools.

1035. Until the Alternative Investments Class pools are operational monies will be invested in

the bond investment pools.

AP15: Estate Of H E Le Seelleur Investment Strategy

1036. Introduction

1037. This strategy document is presented in accordance with the terms of the Public

Finances (Jersey) Law 2005 (Article 6) and Public Finances (Transitional Provisions) (no.2) Jersey Regulations 2005 (Regulation 4), which requires that the Minister for Treasury and Resources presents his investment strategies for States Funds.

1038. The strategy set by the Minister pays particular regard to the need for diversification in

both the management of the money available and the level of funds to be invested.

1039. For Trust and Bequest Funds, the Minister recognises the responsibility to protect the

interests of both present and future beneficiaries of the Fund when deciding on the investment strategy for the Fund, focusing on investments which are expected to give optimal performance in terms of their overall return, rather than on investments which will give the right balance between capital and income returns.

1040. The Treasurer of the States is responsible for ensuring that States investments are

properly managed, controlled and accounted for in accordance with the relevant investment strategies.

1041. This document provides details on:

InvestmentStrategy for the Fund

Statesof Jersey - Common Investment Fund

1042. The strategy reflects the Minister s long term investment aim for this Fund with the

intention to move towards the Fund s strategic aim as investment opportunities and market conditions allow.

1043. The strategy for this Fund has been developed with reference to the UK Charity

Commissions statement of recommended practice (SORP 2005) and other UK Charity Commission publications.

1044. The report includes information on matters solely relating to this Fund s strategy. This

information is for this specific purpose only and should not be used for any other purpose.

1045. Estate Of H E Le Seelleur

1046. Purpose of the Fund

1047. Harold Ernest Le Seelleur died on 22 October 1996, bequeathing assets to the States

of Jersey for itself and its successors in perpetuity, for the following purpose as detailed under his will dated 28 December 1988 (The will was registered in Royal Court on 27 November 96):-

1048.  for the benefit of aged, infirm and needy residents of the Island.

1049. The acceptance of the bequest by the States was expressed in the terms of proposition

P.71/97 of the Health & Social Services Committee, adopted by the States on 2 June 1997. Under the proposition it was decided that the administration of the Fund should be carried out by the Minister for Health and Social Services (formerly known as The Health and Social Services Committee).

1050. The assets originally settled into the Fund comprised of Jersey based property. Life long

enjoyment was provided for two properties; number 1 and 4 The Denes, Greve D Azette, St Clements.

1051. The Testator, expressly wished that the Executor, Mrs Pugsley, be consulted with a

particular view towards the use of the properties for the benefit of aged, infirm and needy residents of the Island.

1052. The will makes no differentiation between whether bequests should be made out

of capital or income of the fund. Therefore this gives the administrators of the Fund the power to distribute all available assets to needy causes as they arise. (excluding properties held for life interest).

1053. Investment Strategy  

1054. The will provides no guidance as to how the investments of the Fund should be carried

out therefore the Public Finances (Transitional Provisions) (no.2) Jersey Regulations 2005 requires the Minister for Treasury and Resources to be responsible for the development of the Fund s investment strategy in consultation with the States Investment Advisor (Regulation 3).

1055. For the non property assets, in order to meet the Fund s purpose, the investment

strategy set is to work towards an objective of maintaining, with a target to exceeding the real value of the Fund, over a rolling five year period coupled with providing reasonable levels of income for distribution.

1056. The Fund has been left with the intent that life-interest properties are to be held

within the Fund until the life interests cease. It has been assumed that for all other property assets that they will be maintained at least in the short-term. These assets are professionally valued every three years and as part of this process advice should be sought on current market rental returns in order to take a view as to whether to retain the Jersey properties (except life interest properties) in the longer-term investment strategy for the Fund.

1057. Therefore the Minister has set a strategic aim, excluding Jersey Property, of investing

65% in return seeking assets (equities) designed to produce long term returns and 35% in risk reducing assets designed to provide stability and income, as detailed below:-

Strategic Aim % Range % Equities 65 58 - 72 Bonds 30 27 - 33 Cash 5 4 - 6

1058. The intention is that this Fund will be able to participate in the Common Investment Fund, as explained in section 3 of this appendix. All Jersey Property will remain outside of

the Common Investment Fund. Initially all other assets will be held in the form of cash balances and short term instruments, such as Certificates of Deposits.

1059. The ranges indicate tolerable variations according to investment conditions at any time. 1060. As the financial environment changes the composition of the Fund s investments will

change to reflect a move towards the strategic aim of the Fund.

1061. The cash holdings in this Fund are subject to the following restrictions:-

1062. Investment Manager Allocation Limits

1063. Investment is made in cash deposits, certificates of deposits and limited amounts of

commercial paper and floating rate notes. The investment manager operates within the following allocation limits:-

Maximum Allocation Asset Class Maximum Maturity %

Call & Overnight Deposits One Day 100 Certificates of Deposit 2 Years 100

Fixed Deposits 3 Months 25 Commercial Paper 3 Months 25

Floating Rate Notes 5 Years 25

1064. No more than 25% of the portfolio can exceed one year to maturity.

1065. Deposits, held by Investment Cash Managers can only be made with institutions which

fall into the following categories:-

Deposit term Minimum Industry Rating

Short-term deposit (up to 12 months) Standard & Poor s A1 and Moody s P1

Standard & Poor s AA and Moody s Longer-term deposit (over 12 months)

Aa3

1066. Where deposits are held directly with Banks a minimum AA rating Standard & Poor s (or

Aa3 Moody s) is required.

1067. The Treasurer may allow deposits to be placed with institutions outside the minimum

industry ratings described above in cases where the Treasurer has agreed a specific exemption and deems the overall chance of default not to be significantly increased.

1068. No off-balance sheet vehicles are permitted.

1069. Investment Structure

1070. The Fund s assets excluding Jersey Properties are invested with a single investment

manager who specialises in investing in cash and near cash equivalent investments. This is a temporary measure until longer term investments are carried out through the States of Jersey Common Investment Fund.

1071. All of the Jersey Properties will remain outside of the Common Investment Fund.

AP16: Estate Of E J Bailhache Investment Strategy

1072. Introduction

1073. This strategy document is presented in accordance with the terms of the Public Finances

(Jersey) Law 2005 (Article 6) and Public Finances (Transitional Provisions) (no.2) Jersey Regulations 2005 (Regulation 4), which requires that the Minister for Treasury and Resources presents his investment strategies for States Funds.

1074. The strategy set by the Minister pays particular regard to the need for diversification in

both the management of the money available and the level of funds to be invested.

1075. For Trust and Bequest Funds, the Minister recognises the responsibility to protect the

interests of both present and future beneficiaries of the Fund when deciding on the investment strategy for the Fund, focusing on investments which are expected to give optimal performance in terms of their overall return, rather than on investments which will give the right balance between capital and income returns.

1076. The Treasurer of the States is responsible for ensuring that States investments are

properly managed, controlled and accounted for in accordance with the relevant investment strategies.

1077. This document provides details on:

InvestmentStrategy for the Fund

Statesof Jersey - Common Investment Fund

1078. The strategy reflects the Minister s long term investment aim for this Fund with the

intention to move towards the Fund s strategic aim as investment opportunities and market conditions allow.

1079. The strategy for this Fund has been developed with reference to the UK Charity

Commissions statement of recommended practice (SORP 2005) and other UK Charity Commission publications.

1080. The report includes information on matters solely relating to this Fund s strategy. This

information is for this specific purpose only and should not be used for any other purpose.

1081. Estate Of E J Bailhache Fund

1082. Purpose of the Fund

1083. The late Mrs Eunice Jane Bailhache (nØe Hubert), who died on 15th June 1979,

bequeathed assets for the following purposes, as detailed in her will dated 20th September 1974:-

1084.  Public of the Island of Jersey for the benefit of the Public Health Committee (now the

Minister for Health and Social Services) of the States of Jersey for the general welfare of persons elderly, and/or blind or sick at the General Hospital.

1085. The States Law Officers department in their letter dated 24th October 1994 provided a

definition of welfare as health, happiness and general wellbeing.

1086. The acceptance of the bequest by the States was delayed for quite a few years as the

will was contested. Eventually in March 1984, a settlement was agreed on the basis that 60% of the estate should be retained by the public of the Island. This was passed in Court on 25th January 1985.

1087. The States accepted the bequest, made up mostly of properties, under proposition

(P.13/85) made by the Public Health Committee on 12th March 1985. The proposition resolved that the administration of the Fund should be carried out by the Minister for Health and Social Services (formerly known as The Public Health Committee).

1088. Since the States acceptance of the Fund, the Fund still continues to hold mainly

properties, which are all based in Jersey and are rented out. Over recent years some of the original bequeathed properties have been sold as there was no further use for them and the sale proceeds were reinvested into new properties.

1089. The will makes no differentiation between whether distributions should be made out of

capital or income of the Fund. Therefore this gives administrators of the Fund powers to distribute all available assets to projects as they arise.

1090. Investment Strategy

1091. The will provides no guidance as to how the investments of the Fund should be carried

out, therefore the Public Finances (Transitional Provisions) (no.2) Jersey Regulations 2005 requires the Minister for Treasury and Resources to be responsible for the development of the Fund s investment strategy in consultation with the States Investment Advisor (Regulation 3) as he sees fit.

1092. For the non property assets, in order to meet the Fund s purpose, the investment

strategy set is to work towards an objective of maintaining, with a target to exceeding the real value of the Fund, over a rolling five year period coupled with providing reasonable levels of income for distribution.

1093. For the property assets held, it has been assumed that these will be maintained at least

in the short-term. These assets are professionally valued every three years and as part of this process advice should be sought on current market rental returns in order to

take a view as to whether to retain the Jersey properties in the longer-term investment strategy for the Fund.

1094. Therefore the Minister has set a strategic aim, excluding Jersey Property, of investing

65% in return seeking assets (equities) designed to produce long term returns and 35% in risk reducing assets designed to provide stability and income, as detailed below:-

 

 

Strategic Aim %

Range %

Equities

65

58 - 72

Bonds

30

27 - 33

Cash

5

 4 - 6

1095. The intention is that this Fund will be able to participate in the Common Investment Fund,

as explained in section 3 of this appendix. Jersey Property will remain outside of the Common Investment Fund.

1096. The ranges indicate tolerable variations according to investment conditions at any time. 1097. As the financial environment changes the composition of the Fund s investments will

change to reflect a move towards the strategic aim of the Fund.

1098. The cash holdings in this Fund are subject to the following restrictions:- 1099. Investment Manager Allocation Limits

1100. Investment is made in cash deposits, certificates of deposits and limited amounts of

commercial paper and floating rate notes. The investment manager operates within the following allocation limits:-

Asset Class Maximum Maturity Maximum Allocation % Call & Overnight Deposits One Day 100 Certificates of Deposit 2 Years 100

Fixed Deposits 3 Months 25 Commercial Paper 3 Months 25

Floating Rate Notes 5 Years 25

1101. No more than 25% of the portfolio can exceed one year to maturity.

1102. Deposits, held by Investment Cash Managers can only be made with institutions which

fall into the following categories:-

Deposit term Minimum Industry Rating

Short-term deposit (up to 12 months) Standard & Poor s A1 and Moody s P1 Longer-term deposit (over 12 months) Standard & Poor s AA and Moody s Aa3

1103. Where deposits are held directly with Banks a minimum AA rating Standard & Poor s (or

Aa3 Moody s) is required.

1104. The Treasurer may allow deposits to be placed with institutions outside the minimum

industry ratings described above in cases where the Treasurer has agreed a specific exemption and deems the overall chance of default not to be significantly increased.

1105. No off-balance sheet vehicles are permitted.

1106. Investment Structure

1107.  The Fund can carry out investment through the States of Jersey Common Investment

Fund.

1108. All of the Jersey Properties which will remain outside of the Common Investment Fund.

AP17: Le Don De Faye Trust Fund Investment Strategy

1109. Introduction

1110.  This strategy document is presented in accordance with the terms of the Public

Finances (Jersey) Law 2005 (Article 6) and Public Finances (Transitional Provisions) (no.2) Jersey Regulations 2005 (Regulation 4), which requires that the Minister for Treasury and Resources presents his investment strategies for States Funds.

1111.  The strategy set by the Minister pays particular regard to the need for diversification in

both the management of the money available and the level of funds to be invested.

1112.  For Trust and Bequest Funds, the Minister recognises the responsibility to protect the

interests of both present and future beneficiaries of the Fund when deciding on the investment strategy for the Fund, focusing on investments which are expected to give optimal performance in terms of their overall return, rather than on investments which will give the right balance between capital and income returns.

1113.  The Treasurer of the States is responsible for ensuring that States investments are

properly managed, controlled and accounted for in accordance with the relevant investment strategies.

1114.  This document provides details on:

InvestmentStrategy for the Fund

Statesof Jersey - Common Investment Fund

1115.  The strategy reflects the Minister s long term investment aim for this Fund with the

intention to moves towards the Fund s strategic aim as investment opportunities and market conditions allow. Initially until the Common Investment Fund is established it is anticipated that assets will be held in cash balances and unquoted investments.

1116.  The strategy for this Fund has been developed with reference to the UK Charity

Commissions statement of recommended practice (SORP 2005) and other UK Charity Commission publications.

1117.  The report includes information on matters solely relating to this Fund s strategy. This

information is for this specific purpose only and should not be used for any other purpose.

1118.  Le Don De Faye Trust Fund

1119.  Purpose of the Fund  

1120. Jurat Percy Chambers Cabot died on 24th April 1959 and bequeathed his assets to the

Treasurer of the States of Jersey ( Trustee ), to set up a Trust Fund called Le Don de Faye after the death of the annuitant, his unmarried sister, Alice Jane Chambers ( Lilian ) Cabot. The Trust Fund was created in memory of his late wife Vera Mary de Faye and of her late father Thomas Louis de Faye, Major, Royal Militia of Island of Jersey.

1121.  The will dated 7th June 1958, states that the assets are to be held in trust, for the

following purpose (the will was probated on 29th April 1959):-

1122.  to distribute the annual income of the Fund (not necessarily in equal sums) for the sole

discretion of the Rectors and their Churchwardens of the twelve parishes, for them to have sole discretion to distribute to needy parishioners of all social standing in each parish.

1123. Under the terms of the will, the income of the Fund is to be apportioned and distributed

in the name of the bequest Le Don de Faye , 2/13th to the Rector and Churchwardens of St Clements in the first week of December and 1/13th to each of the Rectors and Churchwardens of the other 11 parishes in the third week of December.

1124. The Treasurer as trustee for the fund is required to carry out the following duties:-

Tohold the capital of the Trust Fund together with the accumulated income as shall have accrued, together with any other liquid assets of the personal estate in the Trust.

Toinvest the residue and proceeds of the Trust Fund as directed by the Committee of the States responsible for the controlling and supervising the finances of the States of Jersey (formerly known as the Finance and Economics Committee now the Minister for Treasury and Resources)

1125. The will clearly states that the bequests should only be made out of the income of

the Fund and therefore the capital of the Trust Fund should be preserved and not distributed.

1126. Investment Strategy  

1127.  The will provides no guidance as to how the investments of the Fund should be carried

out therefore the Public Finances (Transitional Provisions) (no.2) Jersey Regulations 2005 requires the Minister for Treasury and Resources to be responsible for the development of the Fund s investment strategy in consultation with the States Investment Advisor (Regulation 3) as he sees fit.

1128. In order to meet the Fund s purpose the investment strategy set is for half of the Fund s

assets to work towards an objective of maintaining, with a target to exceeding, the real value of the Fund over a rolling five year period and for the remainder of the Fund s assets to provide sufficient high levels of income for distribution.

1129. It is assumed that providing the required distribution income is generated, the Trustees

will accept some price volatility in their assets in the pursuit of longer term investment returns.

1130. The strategy assumes that the distributions will be paid from investment income and that

long term there will be no requirement to have a separate strategic aim for the holding of cash.

1131.  Therefore the Minister has set a strategic aim of investing 60% in return seeking assets

(equities and alternative Investments class) and 40% in risk reducing assets as detailed below:-

Strategic Aim % Range %

Stock market assets

Equities 50 45 55 Bonds 40 36 - 44 Cash - 0 - 3

Non Stock market assets

Alternative Investments

10 n/a Class

1132. The intention is that this Fund will be able to participate in the Common Investment Fund,

as explained in Section 3 of this appendix. Initially assets will continue to be held in

their current holding percentages of unquoted equities, cash balances and short term instruments, such as Certificates of Deposits.

1133. The ranges for stock market assets only indicate tolerable variations according to

investment conditions at any time. Due to the practicalities of Alternative Investments, it is not appropriate to manage these within a small control range.

1134. Investigations are currently being carried into the selection of appropriate Alternative

Investment Classes whilst being conscious that the Fund achieves the desired levels of returns within the agreed risk profile.

1135. The cash holdings in this Fund are subject to the following restrictions:-

1136. Investment Manager Allocation Limits

1137.  Investment is made in cash deposits, certificates of deposits and limited amounts of

commercial paper and floating rate notes. The investment manager operates within the following allocation limits:-

Asset Class Maximum Maturity Maximum Allocation % Call & Overnight Deposits One Day 100 Certificates of Deposit 2 Years 100

Fixed Deposits 3 Months 25 Commercial Paper 3 Months 25

Floating Rate Notes 5 Years 25

1138. No more than 25% of the portfolio can exceed one year to maturity.

1139. Deposits, held by Investment Cash Managers can only be made with institutions which

fall into the following categories:-

Deposit term Minimum Industry Rating

Short-term deposit (up to 12 months) Standard & Poor s A1 and Moody s P1

Longer-term deposit (over 12 months) Standard & Poor s AA and Moody s Aa3

1140. Where deposits are held directly with Banks a minimum AA rating Standard & Poor s (or

Aa3 Moody s) is required.

1141.  The Treasurer may allow deposits to be placed with institutions outside the minimum

industry ratings described above in cases where the Treasurer has agreed a specific exemption and deems the overall chance of default not to be significantly increased.

1142. No off-balance sheet vehicles are permitted.

1143. Investment Structure

1144. The Fund can carry out investment through the States of Jersey Common Investment

Fund.

1145. Until the Alternative Investment class pools are operational monies will be invested in the

bond investment pools.

1146. The Fund s holding in Jersey Water will be retained and be held outside of the Common

Investment Fund.

AP18: Greville Bathe Fund Investment Strategy

1147.  Introduction

1148. This strategy document is presented in accordance with the terms of the Public

Finances (Jersey) Law 2005 (Article 6) and Public Finances (Transitional Provisions) (no.2) Jersey Regulations 2005 (Regulation 4), which requires that the Minister for Treasury and Resources presents his investment strategies for States funds.

1149. The strategy set by the Minister pays particular regard to the need for diversification in

both the management of the money available and the level of funds to be invested.

1150. For Trust and Bequest Funds, the Minister recognises the responsibility to protect the

interests of both present and future beneficiaries of the Fund when deciding on the investment strategy for the Fund, focusing on investments which are expected to give optimal performance in terms of their overall return, rather than on investments which will give the right balance between capital and income returns.

1151.  The Treasurer of the States is responsible for ensuring that States investments are

properly managed, controlled and accounted for in accordance with the relevant investment strategies.

1152. This document provides details on:

InvestmentStrategy for the Fund

Statesof Jersey - Common Investment Fund

1153. The strategy reflects the Minister s long term investment aim for this Fund with the

intention to move towards the Fund s strategic aim as investment opportunities and market conditions allow. Initially until the Common Investment Fund is established it is anticipated that assets will be held in cash balances.

1154. The strategy for this Fund has been developed with reference to the UK Charity

Commissions statement of recommended practice (SORP 2005) and other UK Charity Commission publications.

1155. The report includes information on matters solely relating to this Fund s strategy. This

information is for this specific purpose only and should not be used for any other purpose.

1156. The Greville Bathe Fund

1157.  Purpose of the Fund

1158. The late Mr Greville Inverness Bathe bequeathed assets, to the Treasurer of the States of

Jersey, for himself and his successors to be held in Trust for and on behalf of the States for the following purposes, as detailed within his will dated 9th October 1961:- (This will was deposited and proved in the Registry in Florida on 17th December 1964.)

1159.  half the income of the fund should be available for relief & pensions to needy persons

of either sex whose legal domicile is in the Island of Jersey, who have rendered service to the Island of Jersey either in an honorary or remunerated administrative or clerical capacity, or whose ancestors were employed or engaged in such service to the Island, but excluding persons who have benefited under the Alice Rayner Fund (Fund A) The other half of the fund is to distribute income for grants to sick or aged persons of either sex & of any age or denomination, resident in the Island of Jersey (Fund B).

1160. Note the terminology of Fund A and B was introduced in a Royal Court Judgement made

in 1973 (JJ 2513)

1161. The will expressed that the administrators of the Fund should be four persons resident

and domiciled in the Island of Jersey who are not members of the States Assembly and would prefer those appointed by the States of Jersey be Jurats of the Royal Court, as they are non-political and have been elected by an Electoral College established under the law.

1162. The acceptance of the bequest by the States and the former Finance and Economics

Committee (now the Minister for Treasury and Resources) together with clarification of how the Fund was to be administered was adopted by the States on 29th April 1964 (84/6(1))

1163. On 23 January 1974 the Royal Court made a judgement around the administration of

the Fund (Page 2534), stating that the administrators need to maintain at the end of December each year a balance of not less than three times the current years payments in Fund A and that any remaining balances could be transferred into Fund B. In recent years the use of Fund A and Fund B terminology has been withdrawn as there were few requests for donations out of Fund A and a decision taken that all future claimants be diverted to the Ann Alice Rayner Fund.

1164. Day to day administration and accounting is the responsibility of the Treasury and

Resources Department.

1165. Investment Strategy  

1166. The Public Finances (Jersey) Law 2005 (Article 6) requires that the investment of monies

be applied in accordance with provisions set out in any special fund or trust. Under the provisions of the will, the Treasurer of the States (Trustee) is given powers to manage and maintain the investments of the Fund (including the replacement of investments held to liquid assets) and to invest the capital as thought fit and proper. Securities should be held within banks of good standing.

1167.  In order to meet the Fund s purpose the investment strategy set is to work towards

an objective of maintaining, with a target to exceeding the real value of the Fund over

a rolling five year period coupled with providing sufficient high levels of income for distribution.

1168. The strategy assumes that the distributions will be paid from investment income and that

long term there will be no requirement to have a separate strategic aim for the holding of cash.

1169. Therefore the Minister has set a strategic aim of investing 75% in return seeking assets

(equities and alternative Investments class) and 25% in risk reducing assets as detailed below:-

Strategic Aim  Range

% %

Stock market assets

Equities 65 58 72 Bonds 25 22 - 28 Cash - 0 - 3 Non Stock market assets

Alternative Investments

10 n/a Class

1170. The Fund participates in the Common Investment Fund, as explained in Section 3 of this

appendix.

1171.  The ranges for stock market assets only indicate tolerable variations according to

investment conditions at any time. Due to the practicalities of Alternative Investments, it is not appropriate to manage these within a small control range.

1172. Investigations are currently being carried into the selection of appropriate Alternative

Investment Classes whilst being conscious that the Fund achieves the desired levels of returns within the agreed risk profile.

1173. The cash holdings in this Fund are subject to the following restrictions:-

1174.  Investment Manager Allocation Limits

1175. Investment is made in cash deposits, certificates of deposits and limited amounts of

commercial paper and floating rate notes. The investment manager operates within the following allocation limits:-

Asset Class Maximum Maturity Maximum Allocation % Call & Overnight Deposits One Day 100 Certificates of Deposit 2 Years 100

Fixed Deposits 3 Months 25 Commercial Paper 3 Months 25

Floating Rate Notes 5 Years 25

1176. No more than 25% of the portfolio can exceed one year to maturity.

1177.  Deposits, held by Investment Cash Managers can only be made with institutions which

fall into the following categories:-

Deposit term Minimum Industry Rating

Short-term deposit (up to 12 months) Standard & Poor s A1 and Moody s P1

Longer-term deposit (over 12 months) Standard & Poor s AA and Moody s Aa3

1178. Where deposits are held directly with Banks a minimum AA rating Standard & Poor s (or

Aa3 Moody s) is required.

1179. The Treasurer may allow deposits to be placed with institutions outside the minimum

industry ratings described above in cases where the Treasurer has agreed a specific exemption and deems the overall chance of default not to be significantly increased.

1180. No off-balance sheet vehicles are permitted.

1181.  Investment Structure

1182. The Fund can carry out investment through the States of Jersey Common Investment

Fund.

1183. Until the Alternative Investment Class pools are operational monies will be invested in the

bond investment pools.

AP19: Estate Of A H Ferguson Bequest Investment Strategy

1184. Introduction

1185. This strategy document is presented in accordance with the terms of the Public

Finances (Jersey) Law 2005 (Article 6) and Public Finances (Transitional Provisions) (no.2) Jersey Regulations 2005 (Regulation 4), which requires that the Minister for Treasury and Resources presents his investment strategies for States Funds.

1186. The strategy set by the Minister pays particular regard to the need for diversification in

both the management of the money available and the level of funds to be invested.

1187.  For Trust and Bequest Funds, the Minister recognises the responsibility to protect the

interests of both present and future beneficiaries of the Fund when deciding on the investment strategy for the Fund, focusing on investments which are expected to give optimal performance in terms of their overall return, rather than on investments which will give the right balance between capital and income returns.

1188. The Treasurer of the States is responsible for ensuring that States investments are

properly managed, controlled and accounted for in accordance with the relevant investment strategies.

1189. This document provides details on:

InvestmentStrategy for the Fund

Statesof Jersey - Common Investment Fund

1190. The strategy reflects the Minister s long term investment aim for this Fund with the

intention to move towards the Fund s strategic aim as investment opportunities and market conditions allow.

1191. The strategy for this Fund has been developed with reference to the UK Charity

Commissions statement of recommended practice (SORP 2005) and other UK Charity Commission publications.

1192. The report includes information on matters solely relating to this Fund s strategy. This

information is for this specific purpose only and should not be used for any other purpose.

1193. A H Ferguson Bequest Fund

1194. Purpose of the Fund

1195. The late Mr Alexander Hugh Ferguson, who died on 20th September 1982, bequeathed

the remainder of his assets, for the following purposes, as detailed within his will dated 13th November 1980:-

1196.  I give all my estate wheresoever and whatsoever (save and except Real Estate situate in

the said Island of Jersey) unto the Public Health Committee (now the Minister for Health and Social Services) of the States of Jersey and I desire them to apply the same for the benefit of the Intensive Care Unit at the Jersey General Hospital.

1197.  This means that the administration of the Fund is the responsibility of the Minister for

Health and Social Services (formerly The Public Health Committee).

1198. The will makes no differentiation as to whether distributions should be made out of the

capital or income of the fund. Therefore this gives administrators of the Fund powers to distribute all available assets to projects as they arise.

1199. Investment Strategy  

1200. The will provides no guidance as to how the investments of the Fund should be carried

out therefore the Public Finances (Transitional Provisions) (no.2) Jersey Regulations 2005 requires the Minister for Treasury and Resources to be responsible for the development of the Fund s investment strategy in consultation with the States Investment Advisor (Regulation 3) as he sees fit.

1201. In order to meet the Fund s purpose an Investment Strategy has been set to enable

income distributions of £9,000 per annum, working towards its objective of maintaining,

with a target to exceeding the real value of the Fund over a rolling five year period. 1202. It is assumed that providing the required distribution income is generated that the

Trustees will accept some price volatility in their assets in the pursuit of longer term

investment returns.

1203. The strategy assumes that the distributions will be paid from the investment income

and that long term there will be no requirement to have a separate strategic aim for the holding of cash.

1204. Therefore the Minister has set a strategic aim of investing 60% in return seeking assets

(equities and alternative investments class) and 40% in risk reducing assets as detailed below:-

Strategic Aim% Range%

Stock market assets

Equities 50 45 55 Bonds 40 36 - 44 Cash - 0 - 3 Non Stock market assets

Alternative Investments

10 n/a Class

1205. The intention is that this Fund will be able to participate in the Common Investment Fund,

as explained in section 3 of this appendix. Initially assets will continue to be held in their current holding percentages of equity, bond and cash balances.

1206. The ranges for stock market assets only indicate tolerable variations according to

investment conditions at any time. Due to the practicalities of Alternative Investments, it is not appropriate to manage these within a small control range.

1207. Investigations are currently being carried into the selection of appropriate Alternative

Investment Classes whilst being conscious that the Fund achieves the desired levels of returns within the agreed risk profile.

1208. The cash holdings in this Fund are subject to the following restrictions:-

1209. Investment Manager Allocation Limits

1210. Investment is made in cash deposits, certificates of deposits and limited amounts of

commercial paper and floating rate notes. The investment manager operates within the following allocation limits:-

Asset Class Maximum Maturity Maximum Allocation % Call & Overnight Deposits One Day 100 Certificates of Deposit 2 Years 100

Fixed Deposits 3 Months 25 Commercial Paper 3 Months 25

Floating Rate Notes 5 Years 25

1211.  No more than 25% of the portfolio can exceed one year to maturity.

1212. Deposits, held by Investment Cash Managers can only be made with institutions which

fall into the following categories:-

Deposit term Minimum Industry Rating

Short-term deposit (up to 12 months) Standard & Poor s A1 and Moody s P1 Longer-term deposit (over 12 months) Standard & Poor s AA and Moody s Aa3

1213. Where deposits are held directly with Banks a minimum AA rating Standard & Poor s (or

Aa3 Moody s) is required.

1214. The Treasurer may allow deposits to be placed with institutions outside the minimum

industry ratings described above in cases where the Treasurer has agreed a specific exemption and deems the overall chance of default not to be significantly increased.

1215. No off-balance sheet vehicles are permitted.

1216. Investment Structure

1217.  The Fund can carry out investment through the States of Jersey Common Investment

Fund

1218. Until the Alternative Investments Class pools are operational monies will be invested in

the bond investment pools.

AP20: Ecology Fund Investment Strategy

1219. Introduction

1220. This strategy document is presented in accordance with the terms of the Public Finances

(Jersey) Law 2005 (Article 6) (the Finance Law) and Public Finances (Transitional Provisions) (no.2) Jersey Regulations 2005 (Regulation 4), which requires that the Minister for Treasury and Resources presents his investment strategies for States Funds.

1221. The strategy set by the Minister pays particular regard to the need for diversification in

both the management of the money available and the level of funds to be invested.

1222. For Trust and Bequest Funds, the Minister recognises the responsibility to protect the

interests of both present and future beneficiaries of the Fund when deciding on the investment strategy for the Fund, focusing on investments which are expected to give optimal performance in terms of their overall return, rather than on investments which will give the right balance between capital and income returns.

1223. The Treasurer of the States is responsible for ensuring that States investments are

properly managed, controlled and accounted for in accordance with the relevant investment strategies.

1224. This document provides details on:

InvestmentStrategy for the Fund

Statesof Jersey - Common Investment Fund

1225. The strategy reflects the Minister s long term investment aim for this Fund with the

intention to move towards the Fund s strategic aim as investment opportunities and market conditions allow.

1226. The strategy for this Fund has been developed with reference to the UK Charity

Commissions statement of recommended practice (SORP 2005) and other UK Charity Commission publications.

1227. The report includes information on matters solely relating to this Fund s strategy. This

information is for this specific purpose only and should not be used for any other purpose.

1228. Ecology Fund

1229. Purpose of the Fund  

1230. The Ecology Fund was established on 26 March 1991 by the States of Jersey (P.32/1991)

with a sum of money received as an insurance settlement from the Amoco Cadiz oil tanker disaster of 1978, with the following purpose, as detailed in the proposition:-

1231.  the interest from the investment of which would be available for use by the trustees

to grant aid, wholly or partially, for any activity designed to promote or protect the environment or ecology of Jersey .

1232. The Fund rules and administrative structure were laid out in P.32/1991 by the former

Finance and Economics Committee (now the Minister for Treasury and Resources). 1233. On 29 September 2005, the States approved amendments to the Fund rules, under

P.192/2005; impacting the future management of the Ecology Fund, presentation of

annual reports to the States and the process for the appointment of Trustees.

1234. The Fund is managed by Trustees, under P.192/2005, the Chairman of the Trustees

should be a member of the States and on the recommendation of the Planning and

Environment Committee there should be five trustees appointed by the States on the nomination of former the Environment and Public Services Committee.

1235. The Treasurer of the States is responsible for investing the Capital of the Fund.

Administration and accounting is the responsibility of the Planning and Environment Department.

1236. Investment Strategy

1237. Whilst P.32/1991 gives the Treasurer of the States the responsibility for investing the

capital of the Fund, the two propositions provide no guidance as to how the investments of the Fund should be carried out. Therefore the Public Finances (Transitional Provisions) (no.2) Jersey Regulations 2005 applies, where it requires the Minister for Treasury and Resources to be responsible for the development of the Fund s investment strategy in consultation with the States Investment Advisor (Regulation 3) as he sees fit.

1238. In order to meet the Fund s purpose the investment strategy set is for half of the Fund s

assets to work towards an objective of maintaining, with a target to exceeding, the real value of the Fund over a rolling five year period and for the remainder of the Fund s assets to provide sufficient high levels of income for distribution.

1239. It is assumed that providing the required distribution income is generated, the Trustees

will accept some price volatility in their assets in the pursuit of longer term investment returns.

1240. The strategy assumes that the distributions will be paid from investment income and that

long term there will be no requirement to have a separate strategic aim for the holding of cash.

1241. Therefore the Minister has set a strategic aim of investing 60% in return seeking assets

(equities and alternative investments class) and 40% in risk reducing assets as detailed below:-

Strategic Aim% Range%

Stock market assets

Equities 50 45 - 55 Bonds 40 36 - 44 Cash - 0 - 3 Non Stock market assets

Alternative Investments

10 n/a Class

1242. The intention is that this Fund will be able to participate in the Common Investment Fund,

as explained in section 3 of this appendix.

1243. The ranges for stock market assets only indicate tolerable variations according to

investment conditions at any time. Due to the practicalities of Alternative Investments, it is not appropriate to manage these within a small control range.

1244. Investigations are currently being carried into the selection of appropriate Alternative

Investment Classes whilst being conscious that the Fund achieves the desired levels of returns within the agreed risk profile.

1245. The cash holdings in this Fund are subject to the following restrictions:-

1246. Investment Manager Allocation Limits

1247.  Investment is made in cash deposits, certificates of deposits and limited amounts of

commercial paper and floating rate notes. The investment manager operates within the following allocation limits:-

Asset Class Maximum Maturity Maximum Allocation % Call & Overnight Deposits One Day 100 Certificates of Deposit 2 Years 100

Fixed Deposits 3 Months 25 Commercial Paper 3 Months 25 Floating Rate Notes 5 Years 25

1248. No more than 25% of the portfolio can exceed one year to maturity.

1249. Deposits, held by Investment Cash Managers can only be made with institutions which

fall into the following categories:-

Deposit term Minimum Industry Rating

Short-term deposit (up to 12 months) Standard & Poor s A1 and Moody s P1 Longer-term deposit (over 12 months) Standard & Poor s AA and Moody s Aa3

1250. Where deposits are held directly with Banks a minimum AA rating Standard & Poor s (or

Aa3 Moody s) is required.

1251. The Treasurer may allow deposits to be placed with institutions outside the minimum

industry ratings described above in cases where the Treasurer has agreed a specific exemption and deems the overall chance of default not to be significantly increased.

1252. No off-balance sheet vehicles are permitted.

1253. Investment Structure

1254. The Fund can carry out its longer term investments through the available Common

Investment Pools.

1255. Until the Alternative Investments class pools are operational monies will be invested in

the bond investment pools.

AP21: The Lord Portsea

Gift Fund Investment Strategy

1256. Introduction

1257. This strategy document is presented in accordance with the terms of the Public

Finances (Jersey) Law 2005 (Article 6) (the Finance Law) and Public Finances (Transitional Provisions) (no.2) Jersey Regulations 2005 (Regulation 4), which requires that the Minister for Treasury and Resources presents his investment strategies for States Funds.

1258. The strategy set by the Minister pays particular regard to the need for diversification in

both the management of the money available and the level of funds to be invested.

1259. For Trust and Bequest Funds, the Minister recognises the responsibility to protect the

interests of both present and future beneficiaries of the Fund when deciding on the investment strategy for the Fund, focusing on investments which are expected to give optimal performance in terms of their overall return, rather than on investments which will give the right balance between capital and income returns.

1260. The Treasurer of the States is responsible for ensuring that States investments are

properly managed, controlled and accounted for in accordance with the relevant investment strategies.

1261. This document provides details on:

InvestmentStrategy for the Fund

Statesof Jersey - Common Investment Fund

1262. The strategy reflects the Minister s long term investment aim for this Fund with the

intention to move towards the Fund s strategic aim as investment opportunities and market conditions allow.

1263. The strategy for this Fund has been developed with reference to the UK Charity

Commissions statement of recommended practice (SORP 2005) and other UK Charity Commission publications.

1264. The report includes information on matters solely relating to this Fund s strategy. This

information is for this specific purpose only and should not be used for any other purpose.

1265. The Lord Portsea Gift Fund

1266. Purpose of the Fund  

1267. On 15th December 1957 a sum of £17,000 was bequeathed by the late Miss Albina

Bertram Falle to the Royal Court and the States of Jersey in accordance with the wishes of her brother, the late Lord Portsea of Portsmouth, for the following purpose:-

1268.  I give and bequeath to the Royal Court and the States of Jersey the sum of £17,000 to

be known as the Lord Portsea Gift Fund, to help all young Jersey and Guernsey boys (of Jersey and Guernsey Parentage) entering the Royal Navy, Army, Air Force and Civil Services who are in need of Financial help.

1269. The States accepted the bequest, under a proposition made by the former Education

Committee (now the Minister for Education, Sports and Culture) on 23 January 1968. 1270. The Fund rules and administrative structure were laid out in Lord Portsea Gift Fund

(Jersey) Act 1971 which was later amended under the Lord Portsea Gift Fund (Jersey)

Act 1971 (amendment) Act 1981 and the Lord Portsea Gift Fund (Jersey) Act 1971

(amendment No.2) Act 1997.

1271. The purpose of the fund was extended under the 1981 and 1997 amendments to include

females as well as males; to increase the upper age limit for grants to 30 years old and to widen the range of occupations applicable.

1272. The Fund is administered by a Delegation of eight persons four Jurats of the Royal

Court appointed from time to time by the Superior Number of the Royal Court and four members of the former Education Committee (now the Minister for Education, Sports and Culture). The President of the former Education Committee for the time being acts as chairman of the Delegation and shall have a casting vote.

1273. The delegation has powers to approve grants, these meetings generally occur twice a

year in March and September. Grants can only be funded from the current year income and accumulated income.

1274. In the 1971 Act, the former Finance and Economics Committee (now the Minister for

Treasury and Resources) has the powers to make changes to the investments of the Fund as from time to time considered necessary or expedient.

1275. Investment Strategy

1276. Whilst the 1971 Act gives the Minister for Treasury and Resources the responsibility for

investing the capital of the Fund, the Act provide no guidance as to how the investments of the Fund should be carried out. Therefore the Public Finances (Transitional Provisions) (no.2) Jersey Regulations 2005 applies, where it requires the Minister for Treasury and Resources to be responsible for the development of the Fund s investment strategy in consultation with the States Investment Advisor (Regulation 3) as he sees fit.

1277. In order to meet the Fund s purpose the investment strategy set is for half of the Fund s

assets to work towards an objective of maintaining, with a target to exceeding, the real value of the Fund over a rolling five year period and for the remainder of the Fund s assets to provide sufficient high levels of income for distribution.

1278. It is assumed that providing the required distribution income is generated, the delegation

will accept some price volatility in their assets in the pursuit of longer term investment returns.

1279. The strategy assumes that the distributions will be paid from investment income and that

long term there will be no requirement to have a separate strategic aim for the holding of cash.

1280. Therefore the Minister has set a strategic aim of investing 60% in return seeking assets

(equities and alternative investments class) and 40% in risk reducing assets as detailed below:-

Strategic Aim  Range

% %

Stock market assets

Equities 50 45 55 Bonds 40 36 - 44 Cash - 0 - 3

Non Stock market assets

Alternative Investments Class 10 n/a

The intention is that this Fund will be able to participate in the Common Investment Fund, as explained in section 3 of this appendix.

1281. The ranges for stock market assets only indicate tolerable variations according to

investment conditions at any time. Due to the practicalities of Alternative Investments, it is not appropriate to manage these within a small control range.

1282. Investigations are currently being carried into the selection of appropriate Alternative

Investment Classes whilst being conscious that the Fund achieves the desired levels of returns within the agreed risk profile.

1283. The cash holdings in this Fund are subject to the following restrictions:-

1284. Investment Manager Allocation Limits

1285. Investment is made in cash deposits, certificates of deposits and limited amounts of

commercial paper and floating rate notes. The investment manager operates within the following allocation limits:-

Maximum Allocation Asset Class Maximum Maturity %

Call & Overnight Deposits One Day 100 Certificates of Deposit 2 Years 100

Fixed Deposits 3 Months 25 Commercial Paper 3 Months 25

Floating Rate Notes 5 Years 2

1286. No more than 25% of the portfolio can exceed one year to maturity.

1287. Deposits, held by Investment Cash Managers can only be made with institutions which

fall into the following categories:-

Deposit term Minimum Industry Rating

Short-term deposit (up to 12 months) Standard & Poor s A1 and Moody s P1

Longer-term deposit (over 12 months) Standard & Poor s AA and Moody s Aa3

1288. Where deposits are held directly with Banks a minimum AA rating Standard & Poor s (or

Aa3 Moody s) is required.

1289. The Treasurer may allow deposits to be placed with institutions outside the minimum

industry ratings described above in cases where the Treasurer has agreed a specific exemption and deems the overall chance of default not to be significantly increased.

1290. No off-balance sheet vehicles are permitted.

1291. Investment Structure

1292. The Fund can carry out its longer term investments through the available Common

Investment Pools.

1293. Until the Alternative Investments class pools are operational monies will be invested in

the bond investment pools.

AP22: Other Funds and Their Investment Strategies

1294. Background

1295. The Treasury and Resources Department manages the investments of over 250 States

 other funds. These can be split into four main categories:-

Trustand bequest funds;

Confiscationfunds;

Special funds; and

Jersey Post Office Pension Fund.

1296. Trust and Special Funds have been dealt with above appendices.

1297. Confiscation funds

1298. Purpose of the Funds

1299. The Criminal Offences Confiscation Fund and the Drugs Trafficking Confiscation Fund

fall into this category.

1300. Strategy

1301. These Funds invest in cash balances as the legislation governing them states that funds

whilst not applied for any of the purposes required by the governing legislation will be placed in a current or deposit account .

1302. Legal advice is being sought to ascertain whether it is possible to use other investment

vehicles in order to maximise returns to these funds. Once received, the strategy relating to these funds may be amended.

1303. Jersey Post Office Pension Fund

1304. Purpose of the Fund

1305. When Jersey Post International Limited was incorporated under the provisions of the

Postal Services (Transfer) (Jersey) Regulations 2006 the liability for the provision of pensions from the Jersey Post Office Pension Scheme, a closed scheme, transferred to the States.

1306. In order to meet this liability the States also transferred the Jersey Post Office Pension

Fund consisting of assets that exactly matched the future pension liabilities of the scheme (fully funded).

1307. Strategy

1308. As the scheme is closed to new entrants and its liabilities (future pension payments) are

linked to the cost of living, the investment strategy seeks to invest in assets that closely match these liabilities. As such the fund is predominantly invested in index linked gilts as these are likely to provide the best match against the scheme s future liabilities.

Asset Allocation % Index linked Gilts  93

Cash or near cash equivalents 7

AP23: States Of Jersey –

Common Investment Fund Strategies

1309. Introduction

1310. This strategy document is presented in accordance with the terms of the Public Finances

(Jersey) Law 2005 (Article 6) (the Finance Law) and Public Finances (Transitional Provisions) (no.2) Jersey Regulations 2005 (Regulation 4), which requires that the Minister for Treasury and Resources presents his investment strategies for States funds.

1311.  The strategies set by the Minister pay particular regard to the need for diversification in

both the management of the money available; and the level of funds to be invested. 1312. The Treasurer of the States is responsible for ensuring that States investments are

properly managed, controlled and accounted for in accordance with the relevant

investment strategies.

1313. This document provides details on the Investment strategies for the States of Jersey

Common Investment Fund and its various investment pools.

1314. The Common Investment Fund is an administrative arrangement open to only to States of

Jersey Funds. It provides Funds with the opportunity to pool their resources and benefit from greater investment opportunities and economies of scale. Each Fund will hold units in the Common Investment Fund s asset pools in line with their individual investment strategies.

1315. The strategy reflects the Minister s long term investment aims for the States of Jersey -

Common Investment Fund.

1316. The report includes information on matters relating to the States of Jersey investment

strategies. This information is for this specific purpose only and should not be used for any other purpose.

1317.  Investment Strategy

1318. States of Jersey – Common Investment Fund

1319. Purpose of the Fund

1320. The States of Jersey Common Investment Fund was established by proposition

P35/2010, lodged by the Minister for Treasury and Resources. The proposition was entitled Draft Public Finances (Transitional Provisions) (No.2) (Amendment) (Jersey) Regulations 2010. The purpose of the proposition was to amend several existing regulations and to create a new regulation under the Public Finances (Transitional Provisions) (No.2) (Jersey) Regulations 2005 to enable the pooling of States Funds assets for Investment Purposes. This was approved by the States of Jersey on 12th May 2010.

1321. The purpose of the States of Jersey Common Investment Fund is to create an

administrative arrangement which is open only to States of Jersey Funds ( participants ) to provide them with the opportunity to pool their resources and benefit from greater investment opportunities and economies of scale.

1322. The Funds objectives are:-

Tooffer investment pools to participants to enable them to effectively carry out their Investment Strategies.

Forall participants to continue to control their own asset allocations under the current

governance arrangements.

Ensurethe Fund operates effectively so as not to disadvantage any of its participants in relation to issuing of units and the monthly market valuation for those units. (Monthly unit valuation includes the allocation of monthly pool income and costs)

Togain efficiencies in relation to the number of Investment Managers appointed by the Fund; by benefiting from reduced number of Investment Manager appointments and reduced management of day to day relationships therefore resulting in lower administration overheads.

Toendeavour where feasible to increase the net return for all participants through economies of scale.

Forthe States of Jersey Treasury Advisory Panel and the States of Jersey Common Investment Fund Manager to ensure the Fund's performance is regularly reviewed and that it complies with its internal scheme rules; at all times ensuring adequate controls in place to manage its exposure of associated Investment and Operational risks.

1323. The following Investment Pools will be available to all participants of the States of Jersey

- Common Investment Fund:-

EquityPools

UK Equities Pool

GlobalEquities Pools

Passive Global Equities Pool

FixedIncome Pools

UKCorporate Bonds Pools

GlobalBond Absolute Return Pools

UKGovernment Bonds Pools

Cash Pools

LongTerm Cash and Cash Equivalents Pool

AlternativeInvestment Pools*

UKProperty Pools

Absolute Return/ Hedge Fund of Funds Pool

InfrastructureInvestment Pools

*AlternativePools are in the process of being established

1324. Each Participant will hold units in the Common Investment Fund s individual asset pools

in line with their individual investment strategies.

1325. Larger Special Funds and Separately Constituted Funds will have the opportunity to

invest in the Fund as permitted by their legislation/ Trust deeds.

1326. The Treasury and Resources Department is responsible for the administration of the

Fund.

1327. The pools will offer accumulation units only to participants and trading in units is only

permitted monthly.

1328. The following section outlines investment approach of each respective CIF pool. Each

pool is managed by an investment manager operating under a specific mandate stipulating investment objectives, limitations and conditions designed to manage both the scope of investment and risk/return characteristics of the pool. These underlying

investment conditions are constantly monitored and may be subject to change as market conditions shift. Key investment restrictions are maintained in the scheme rules.

1329. Changes to the underlying mandate of any pool will be assessed against the investment

approach detailed below. Any mandate changes deemed significant enough to modify the investment approach of the pool will require the States of Jersey Investment Strategies to be resubmitted to the States.

Investment Strategies For Each Investment Pool

1330. Equity Pools: UK Equities Pool

1331. The focus of the UK equities pool is to invest in UK equities which are constituents of

the FTSE All Share Index. Although the focus of the pool is to generate returns through investment in UK equity some sectors of the FTSE All-Share index can be concentrated in a small number of stocks. Accordingly to allow the pool to build an appropriately balanced portfolio the strategy provides the flexibility to invest a small proportion of the pool in non-UK equities or cash when deemed desirable by the investment manager.

1332. The pool seeks to generate returns which are in excess of those generated by the UK

Market benchmark.

1333. The UK equity pool seeks to earn long term returns by allocating its assets to a well

diversified mix of UK equities. At the same time, the equity portfolio assumes a larger amount of risk. During shorter periods of time, it is quite possible for the portfolio to produce lower returns than the risk reducing asset pools (bonds/cash). Therefore the equity portfolio is particularly appropriate for Funds which choose to invest monies with a longer term horizon and therefore should serve as one of the main sources of long term portfolio growth.

1334. The pool is not permitted to trade in derivatives such as options or futures (no shorting) 1335. Equity Pools: Global Equities Pools

1336. The focus of the global equities pools is to invest in global equities which are

constituents of the MSCI All Country World Index. The pool is permitted some flexibility to invest a small portion of its overall portfolio in equity from countries outside the MSCI All Country World Index or in cash when deemed desirable by the investment manager.

1337. The pool seeks to generate returns which are in excess of those generated by the global

market benchmark.

1338. The global equity pool seeks to earn long term capital returns by allocating its assets to

a well diversified mix of Global equities. At the same time, all equity portfolios assume a larger amount of risk. During shorter periods of time, it is quite possible for the portfolio to produce lower returns than the risk reducing asset pools (bonds/cash). Therefore the equity portfolio is particularly appropriate for Funds which choose to invest monies with a longer term horizon and therefore should serve as one of the main sources of long term portfolio growth.

1339. The pool is permitted to purchase foreign exchange type derivatives such as forwards,

but only for the purpose of hedging or in respect of the settlement of equity transactions/ dividend receipts which are in currencies other than Sterling (no shorting).

1340. Equity Pools: Global Passive Equity Pool

1341. The global passive equity pool seeks to mimic the returns of the FTSE World Index. The

pool will seek to be 100% invested in equity, holding cash only on a transitional basis between equity purchases and withdrawals from the pool.

1342. As a passive pool it will not actively seek outperformance but will instead replicate the

FTSE World Index at a lower cost than the actively managed pools.

1343. The global passive equity pool seeks to earn long term capital returns by allocating its

assets to replicate the makeup of the FTSE World Index. All equity portfolios assume a larger amount of risk, during shorter periods of time it is quite possible for the portfolio to produce lower returns than the risk reducing asset pools (bonds/cash). Therefore the equity portfolio is particularly appropriate for Funds which choose to invest monies with a longer term horizon and therefore should serve as one of the main sources of long term portfolio growth.

1344. The pool is permitted to purchase foreign exchange type derivatives such as forwards,

but only for the purpose of hedging or in respect of the settlement of equity transactions/ dividend receipts which are in currencies other than sterling (no shorting).

1345. Fixed Income Pools: Corporate Bond Pools

1346. The corporate bond pools will invest in sterling denominated corporate debt. This

includes debt issued by overseas subsidiaries where the holding company is a UK company, sterling denominated debt guaranteed by overseas quoted companies or supranationals. The pools are permitted some flexibility to invest a small portion of their overall portfolios in cash when deemed desirable by the investment managers.

1347. The pools seek to generate returns which are in excess of those generated by the UK

corporate bond benchmark.

1348. The pools seek yields that are more durable and usually higher than those available from

the cash pool. It is suited for funds that can accept the market-value volatility associated with fluctuations in interest rates in order to earn a higher level of income over time

than in generally available in the cash pools. The corporate bond pools complement

the global bond absolute return pools offering; the former offering a more constrained sterling centric approach to investment in corporate debt and the latter following a less constrained multi-currency strategy.

1349. At the date of issue of this strategy document the structure of the corporate bond pools

are split between a long term pool and a short term pool. It is intended to combine these pools into a single pool to improve the pool managers ability to actively manage duration. This will not impact the overall strategy of the corporate bond pools and will not necessitate reissue of this strategy document.

1350. The combined pool will allow limited use of derivative instruments to modify duration

set without incurring the underlying trading costs of purchasing and selling corporate bonds. The use of these instruments enables the investment manager to implement their strategic views on overall duration in a more cost efficient and timely manner.

1351. Fixed Income Pools: Global Bond Absolute Return Pools

1352. The global bond absolute return pools are unconstrained debt focused pools following a

global mandate building a portfolio selecting the market/type of bond on a relative value basis. The pools are permitted some flexibility to invest a small portion of their overall portfolio in cash when deemed desirable by the investment managers.

1353. The pools will pursue absolute return strategies and seek to consistently achieve positive

returns regardless of market conditions.

1354. The pools aim to exhibit low correlation with fixed income benchmarks and so

complement investment in the corporate bond pool to reducing the overall volatility of fixed income returns. Through active management the pool seeks to earn a higher level

of income over time than in generally available in the cash pools.

1355. The pools are permitted to purchase forward foreign exchange contracts for the purpose

of hedging or in respect of the settlement of transactions/interest receipts which are in currencies other than sterling. The pools are also permitted to utilise derivatives in the form of options and futures or order to take both long and short positions.

1356. Fixed Income Pools: Government Bonds Pools

1357. The UK government bonds pools are split between a short term government bond pool,

a long term government bond pool and an index linked government bond pool, each will invest in debt issued by the UK government.

1358. The pools are not actively managed but passively follow a benchmark. As passive pools

they will not actively seek outperformance but will instead replicate their respective index at a lower cost than the actively managed pools.

1359. The pools will seek to be 100% invested in sterling denominated debt of the UK

government, holding cash only on a transitional basis between gilt purchases and withdrawals from the pool.

1360. The pools are not permitted to trade in derivatives such as options or futures (no

shorting).

1361. Car Pools: Long Term Cash and Cash Equivalents Pool

1362. The long term cash and cash equivalents pool will invest in cash and cash equivalent

type instruments including cash deposits, commercial paper, Treasury bills, certificates of deposit and floating rate notes. The long term cash pool is expected to produce higher returns than the operational short-term cash as it is able to purchase instruments with a longer maturity, though the rate of return for this pool is expected to vary with available interest rates.

1363. The pool seeks to generate returns which are in excess of short term LIBOR.

1364. Deposits held by the manager of the long term cash and cash equivalent pool can only

be made with institutions which fall into the following categories:-

Deposit term Minimum Industry Rating Short-term deposit (up to 12 months) Standard & Poor s A1 and Moody s P1 Longer-term deposit (over 12 months) Standard & Poor s AA and Moody s Aa3

1365. Unless otherwise instructed by the Treasurer, assets should be sold when they are

downgraded to A3 or lower.

1366. The Treasurer may allow deposits to be placed with institutions outside the minimum

industry ratings described above in cases where the Treasurer has agreed a specific exemption and deems the overall chance of default not to be significantly increased.

1367. No off-balance sheet vehicles, foreign exchange exposure, convertible bonds or

investments which suffer withholding tax are permitted.

1368. Alternative Investment Pools: Property Pools

1369. The property pools are to invest in existing pooled funds investing both directly and

indirectly in UK property; this will allow diversification across several properties without acquiring a directly held portfolio. The property portfolio will focus on commercial

property investing principally but not exclusively in the retail, office and industrial/ warehouse sectors. The pools are permitted some flexibility to invest a small portion of their overall portfolio in cash when deemed desirable by the investment managers.

1370. The pools seek to generate returns which are in excess of appropriate UK property

benchmarks.

1371. The property pools seek to earn long term capital returns by allocating assets

either directly or indirectly where the managers believe that over the medium term occupational demand for accommodation will be strong or supply restricted, thus providing the foundation for good rental growth and consequently enhanced capital values. During shorter periods of time, it is quite possible for the portfolio to produce lower returns than the risk reducing asset pools (bonds/cash). Combined with reduced liquidity due limits placed on redemptions the portfolio is particularly appropriate for Funds which choose to invest monies with a longer term horizon.

1372. The pool is not permitted to trade in derivatives such as options or futures.

1373. Alternative Investment Pools: Absolute Return/Hedge Fund of Funds Pool

1374. The absolute return/ hedge fund of funds pool is expected to be brought into

operation in 2012/2013. The pools investment approach will be published once further investigation into the underlying strategy has been concluded.

1375. Alternative Investment Pools: Infrastructure Investment Pools

1376. The infrastructure pools are expected to be brought into operation in 2013. The pools

investment approach will be published once further investigation into the underlying strategy has been concluded.

APPENDIX TEN:

PROPOSED REDEMPTION OF ALL

JT GROUP LIMITED 9% CUMULATIVE PREFERENCE SHARES

Appendix Ten

Proposed redemption of all of JT Group limited's 9% cumulative preference shares and the proposed use of these additional funds

Summary of the Proposals which are all mutually inclusive of each other:-

1377. As part of the MTFP, the States are recommended under Article 32 (5(a)) of the

Telecommunications (Jersey) Law 2002, to consider and approve the redemption (disposal) of all of the States 9% Preference Shares held in JT Group Limited (£20 million), a Strategic Investment of the States of Jersey. This transaction is not the transfer of shares to a 3rd Party but instead represents the repayment in full by JT group Limited for all the 9% Preference Shares held by the States. This will not dilute the States 100% ownership of JT Group Limited.

To allocate these monies as follows:-

1378. £10 million of these monies to be spent on specific capital projects, which form part

of the Capital Programme 2013-2015 (see details below). The plan indicates spending requirements of £8.5 million in 2013 and £1.5 million in 2014.

1379. To consider and approve :-

1380. the establishment of a new Separately Constituted Special Fund to be known as The

Innovation Fund, under Article 3 of the Public Finances (Jersey) Law 2005.

1381. Further, to approve the allocation of £5 million in 2012 to this fund. This will be managed

by the Economic Development Department and an independent board. This is currently not included within the main section of the MTFP report.

SUMMARY OF THE IMPACTS ON THE MTFP

 

 

£'000 2013

£'000 2014

£'000 2015

Included in the MTFP

 

 

 

Repayment of JT (part)

(8,500)

(4,743)

(1,757)

Allocate funds to:- Capital Expenditure

8,500

4,743

1,757

Total Included in MTFP

-

-

-

Excluded from the MTFP

 

 

 

Repayment of JT (part)

(5,000)

-

-

Allocate funds to:-

The Establishment of the Innovation Fund

5,000

-

-

Total Excluded from the MTFP

-

-

-

Background to this Proposition

1382. This proposition is based around the redemption of the 9% Cumulative Preference

Shares held in JT. The following proposed methods for allocating these cash-flows are solely dependent on the States firstly approving the redemption of these shares.

Information in relation to the States' Shareholding in JT

1383. The States wholly owns (100%) of all the Shares issued by JT Group Limited ( JT ).

These are reported as Strategic Investments and include:-

1384. 20,000,000 9% Cumulative Preference Shares

1385. 20,000,000 Ordinary £1 shares.

1386. The Currency Fund owns 2.5% Preference Shares in JT, as part of an Infrastructure

Investment for Gigabit Jersey (approved in December 2011).

1387. The 9% Preference shares currently earn £1.8m dividend (gross) per annum and the

income is reported as Dividend Income in the Strategic Investments. For 2012 £1.8 million is forecast and then zero for future years (2013-2015). This decline in future dividend returns is shown in the Summary of Dividend Forecasts from Strategic Investments in the main report together with a detailed explanation of the movements.

1388. In the 2011 States Accounts, the £20 million preference shares were valued at £29.5

million, using the adoption of the Financial Instruments Accounting Standards. The overall value of the States investment in JT is £210.3 million.

Proposed Disposal of the 9% Cumulative Preference Shares

1389. The main reasons for the proposed redemption of these shares are as follows:-

1390. This will help JT to adopt a revised capital structure for the Company and aid the revision

of their dividend policy, allowing JT to develop its business in line with the industry s peer groups with the intention of maintaining and delivering long term growth in shareholder value for the States.

1391. This transaction will not dilute our 100% ownership of JT, as no shareholding will be

transferred to another organisation outside of the States.

1392. Under the Public Finances (Jersey) Law 2005, Article 68 the Minister will act as a

responsible shareholder, protecting the States financial interest in the company, by encouraging its growth and development, in line with Industry peers. Therefore long term we will protect and expect to see our dividend returns grow from JT.

1393. By encouraging growth, it maintains financial stability for the Company, the Jersey

Economy and its employers.

1394. It further protects and enhances the capital value of our strategic Investment. This

transaction is not anticipated to reduce the overall value of our Investment in JT.

1395. It is recommended, after discussions with the Law Officers that under Article 32 (5(a))

of the Telecommunications (Jersey) Law 2002, that the proposed redemption of the 9% Cumulative Preference shares may be interpreted as a Disposal of our shareholding. Therefore as a separate proposition within the MTFP, the States are asked to consider this proposal for the redemption of these shares separately.

1396. This transaction does not represent the transfer of preference shares to a 3rd Party but

instead is the repayment in full by JT for all the 9% Cumulative Preference Shares held by the States.

Proposed allocation of £15 million to Capital Expenditure Projects

1397. It is proposed to allocate £15 million in total to the following Capital Expenditure Projects,

as set out in the Capital Expenditure section of the main report.

Capital Projects included within the Combined Capital Programme

Health & Social Services

Replacement General Hospital - feasibility 350 - - Mental Health Facility at Overdale feasibility 350 - - Relocation of Ambulance and Fire Station - feasibility 100 - - Adult Care Homes 4,000 - - Children s Homes 2,000 - -

Replacement General Hospital planning

- 1,500 -

(part of the spend)(1)

Replacement Assets - unfunded

Health and Social Services 942 606 - Home Affairs 200 - - Transport and Technical Services

Ash Cells & La Collette Headland (part of the spend) 558 1,051 1,076 EFW La Collette Replacement Assets 1,586 681 Total Included in MTFP 8,500 4,743 1,757

(1) Note: if this proposition is not approved, then this expenditure will be funded instead from borrowing. Further details for each project can be found within the Capital Programme 2013- 2015 section of the MTFP.

Proposed Establishment of a New Innovation Fund and the allocation of £5 million to this new Fund.

1398. The key objective of this Economic Growth and Diversification Strategy is to deliver

growth, improved competitiveness, diversify the local economy and create employment. The Strategy advises that this will be achieved by the States working in partnership with business and the population to prioritise efforts and resources against the following four main strategic aims:-

1399. Encourage innovation and improve Jersey s international competitiveness; 1400. Grow and diversify the financial services sector, capacity and profitability;

1401. Create new businesses and employment in high value sectors and

1402. Raise the productivity of the whole economy and reduce the reliance on inward

migration.

1403. In order to achieve the first strategic aim, it is recommended for the States to consider

and approve the establishment of a new Separately Constituted Special Fund, under Article 3 of the Public Finances (Jersey) Law 2005, to be known as the Innovation Fund .

1404. The States has a role to play, in partnership with business, in encouraging innovation

that will improve the Island s competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive international market place. Innovation encompasses a wide range of activities from research and development, to organisational change, training, testing, marketing and design. It contains products, services and other solutions that can be new to the business or the international market. Businesses commonly under invest in innovation and, as a consequence fail to realise their potential. Government policy and financial intervention can remove barriers, bottlenecks or obstacles that impede the innovation process.

1405. Many of the key aspects of innovation policy in Jersey - such as enterprise, skills,

ICT infrastructure, Intellectual Property Rights (IPR), competition policy and inward investment - are covered elsewhere in EDD strategy and form part of the ongoing work of the Economic Development Department (EDD). However, the States will need to do more to increase innovation in Jersey s economy, improve competitiveness and stimulate a return to growth. To achieve this strategic aim, a new Innovation Fund is proposed.

1406. The aim of the Fund is to support innovation and will be available to support a wide

range of activity from direct business support to strategic infrastructure investments, in the private, public and third sectors. The one consistent factor of policies that merit support will be that they improve the rate of innovation in Jersey and lead to significant employment creation.

Governance Arrangements for the proposed new fund

1407. The Fund will be managed by EDD with an independent Board including EDD, Treasury

and Resources, and Chief Ministers Department representatives and non-Executive Directors drawn from the private sector. The Board will have responsibility for evaluating all applications for support and, following thorough analysis, making recommendations to the Economic Development Minister. The Fund will make Investments (examples

are: Loans, Grants, Infrastructure Investments, other Capital Financing mechanisms)

in private and public sector projects to drive greater innovation in Jersey and improve competitive advantage.

Operational Rules for the proposed new fund

1408. Investments will only be made in projects that clearly demonstrate a significant leverage

in terms of improving Island competitiveness, infrastructure improvements, developing innovation and diversification towards high value activity that creates good jobs for local people. Projects will also have to demonstrate how the investment will deliver wider economic benefits to the Island.

1409. The Fund will be used to support projects across all sectors, from enabling investment in

ICT infrastructure, to additional support to attract innovative businesses to the Island. 1410. The Innovation Fund will increase the availability of risk capital for high value

growth companies, and is central to the Islands strategy for economic growth and diversification. The Fund will support private, public and third sector projects that can clearly demonstrate the following:-

Creation of employment for Jersey residents.

1411.  Return on investment in terms of economic benefit for every £1 spent from the Fund. 1412. A quantifiable impact on competitiveness and innovation in sectors which Jersey can

demonstrate a comparative advantage (measured by increased market share).

1413. Encouraging high value added, high quality, high productivity economic activity.

1414. A strong case for States support through alignment with States Strategic Plan priorities,

in particular in areas where market failure is presenting a barrier to innovation.

1415. The Fund will be used to support projects across all sectors through:

1416. Additional support to attract new innovative businesses to the Island.

1417.  Direct support to innovative businesses that may be unable to find finance.

1418. Finance for research and development opportunities.

1419. Enabling investment in ICT infrastructure.

1420. Seed funding for new products/services/processes.

1421. Funding for businesses to establish better links with university research

1422. Eligibility will not be sector-specific but all applications for support must demonstrate, as

a minimum:-

1423. The impact directly/indirectly in terms of expected profits/ revenues/ employment in

future years.

1424. What efforts have been made to access private sector funding.

1425. Why private sector funding is not available.

1426. How the project will bring wider benefits to the Jersey economy and

1427. What funding is necessary and how the Island will benefit.

1428. Applications will be assessed on a consistent and objective basis and only projects that

meet the required criteria and score highly will be progressed. In particular:

1429. Dedicated Officer support will check and make sure compliance in terms of information/

key criteria (those that do not will not go forward to the Officer Board).

1430. The Officer Board will consider applications and decide whether they merit more

detailed consideration.

1431. Projects that merit further consideration would be assessed on their net economic

impact by the Economics Unit and in terms of financial code, etc by Treasury and Resources (and other officers where appropriate).

1432. Given the competitiveness of the inward investment market it is particularly important

that the proposed Jersey Innovation Fund has access to significant resources, of a scale capable of standing comparison with competitor offerings.

1433. Evidence from the UK, Singapore, Malta, Northern Ireland and elsewhere clearly demonstrates that this type of Fund can make a real difference by supporting the

wide range of policies intended and enhance the rate of innovation. The Funds being managed in the aforementioned jurisdictions vary in size and eligibility. Details of these Innovation Investment Funds and their benefit are detailed in the next section of this report, entitled Details of Other Countries Innovation Investment Funds

1434. Whilst the scale of the problems in Jersey do not match those in the UK Europe or

elsewhere it is essential that sufficient resources are allocated to the Innovation Fund to deliver results and attract matching investment. In this respect it is proposed that the new Fund be created with an initial investment of £5 million from Treasury.

1435. The performance of the Innovation Fund will be monitored by the Treasury and

Investments in the Fund will be subject to annual audit, the results of which will be presented to the States.

1436. The proposed new Fund is intended to put Jersey at a competitive advantage, through

investment in innovation, to attract further private sector investment that creates high value businesses resulting in significant new job opportunities in a more diverse economy.

Details of Other Countries' Innovation Investment Funds

1437. Singapore - S$320 million (£158 million) Technology & Innovation Fund - SPRING

Singapore has recently announced a S$320 million funding for SMEs under the Technology Innovation Program (TIP). The funding aims to help as many as 3,500 SMEs to benefit from technology innovation as a competitive strategy over the next five years. The new injection follows the S$220 million funding which has benefited more than 2,500 companies when it was launched in 2006. Analysis from GuideMeSingapore.com shows that this move dovetails with International Enterprise Singapore s announcement in late June 2011 to nurture high-potential businesses into globally-competitive companies.

1438. The fund aims to support four key strategies:-

1439. Catalyzing existing technology projects,

1440. Nurturing technology start-ups,

1441. Developing technology expertise and

1442. Developing technology infrastructure.

1443. For contributing to a more diverse technology project landscape, SMEs that are using

technology to develop or improve products and manufacturing processes can consult SPRING Singapore to have up to 50 70% of their development costs funded. They can also apply for a S$5,000 funding under the Innovation Voucher Scheme which can be used for technology consultation or services at 19 Knowledge Institutions.

1444. Furthermore, high-potential electronics, chemicals, infocomms and biomedical

science start-ups with strong Intellectual Property (IP) and scalable business models can compete for funding worth S$250,000 for a proof-of-concept project and up to S$500,000 for a proof-of-value technology project.

1445. Furthermore, high-potential electronics, chemicals, infocomms and biomedical

science start-ups with strong Intellectual Property (IP) and scalable business models can compete for funding worth S$250,000 for a proof-of-concept project and up to S$500,000 for a proof-of-value technology project. This funding, which come under the Technology Enterprise Commercialization Scheme (TECS), aimed to help tech start- ups with the best commercial potential to achieve the early-stage funding necessary to develop brilliant ideas into products.

1446. To benefit companies must be either Singapore-registered or Singapore incorporated

firms.

1447. Malta - With a focus on R&D and Innovation and co-financed through the European

Regional Development Fund (ERDF) schemes almost 100 enterprises were granted around 8.5 million. This assistance, which also includes tax credits for the costs of work on R&D, assistance to loan qualified experts or to carry out feasibility studies, as well as the significant fiscal benefit through which income from royalties on patents may qualify for tax exemption.

1448. Malta Enterprise is also working on capacity building both in terms of education by

assisting further studies in related fields through its Get Qualified scheme, as well as in terms of infrastructure. The BioMalta Campus, which is currently under construction with a 30 million investment co-funded through the ERDF and which will provide facilities for researchers in the life sciences and related industries, is one such prime example Northern Ireland - Invest Northern Ireland has at its disposal an array of different funding options. Perhaps the most telling measure in the N Ireland Government s Programme for Government is the £50 million Loan Growth Fund which aims to generate £150 million of sales growth per year in small and medium sized businesses, safeguarding and creating over 2,000 jobs over a 10 year period. Invest NI intends to finance its £25 million share principally through the European Regional Development Fund and has an agreement

in principle with NILGOSC which administers the Local Government Pension Scheme for Northern Ireland to provide an additional £25 million in match funding. Managed

by an independent fund manager and expected to make loans of between £50,000

and £500,000 available to small businesses in manufacturing and tradable services. In addition, Invest NI has already begun promoting jobs through the £19 million Jobs Fund launched earlier this year. Added to its existing Co-Investment and Development Funds the Loan Fund will form part of a £100 million fund of funds at Invest NI s disposal.

1449. United Kingdom - In the UK, the £2.4 billion Regional Growth Fund (RGF) is a

successful example of the proposed Innovation Fund. The RGF, operating across England from 2011 to 2015, supports projects and programs that in turn lever private sector investment, to create economic growth and sustainable employment in local communities.

1450. The first two rounds of RGF have been very successful - conditional allocations were

made to 176 bidders which will leverage over £7.5 billion of private sector investment and deliver around 330,000 jobs.

Proposed Allocation of £5 million to the new Innovation Fund

1451. It is proposed to allocate £5 million to this fund in 2013, using some of the proceeds from

the redemption of the JT Cumulative Preference Shares.

1452. This expenditure is currently not included within the MTFP main section of this report.

APPENDIX ELEVEN:

LONG TERM TAX POLICY FOR JERSEY

Appendix Eleven -

Long Term Tax Policy for Jersey

Introduction

1453. The Tax Policy Unit has been asked to consider Jersey s long-term tax policy. In this

case, long-term is taken to mean longer than five years. Advice from the Fiscal Policy Panel is that fiscal policy needs to be focussed on the medium term. The same should apply to tax policy, which forms part of the overall fiscal policy.

1454. It is difficult to be certain about Jersey s long term economic needs and hence tax

policy, particularly in such an unstable economic environment. Further, tax policy should be designed to support rather than drive economic and political policy. This paper is therefore based on the current economic and political desires, further details of which are set out in the background section.

1455. It is not the place of a long-term tax policy in itself to be highly prescriptive about the

types and proportions of taxes applied. Even in less economically uncertain times, it would be impossible to be able to determine precisely what taxes Jersey should apply in a decade s time. As such, it would be unhelpful to stipulate, for example, the percentage of States revenues which should come from different types of taxes. The policy should set out the principles and objectives on which future tax reform, if any, should be based to achieve the economic and political aims. The policy must also be flexible enough to deal with unexpected future changes.

1456. This paper looks at the recommended principles and objectives of Jersey s long term

tax policy, as shaped by economic and political policy objectives. It also goes further to recommend the way forward based on those principles and objectives.

Background

1457. Jersey is a small island economy on the periphery of a large economic power, the

European Union. Traditional industries have been agriculture and tourism, and since the mid-1960s, the provision of financial services. As both agriculture and tourism are relatively low value added, successive States have decided that the Island s economic well-being is best served by focussing resources on the financial services industry,

on the basis that this is one of the few industries which is high value added with a low requirement for geographical resources. As such, it is suited to a small island with a small population.

1458. In the immediate future it seems unlikely that the balance of industries in the Island

will shift dramatically away from finance as it currently exists. This is of course barring

any external events which caused the industry to leave, but in such case the Island s

economic base would be so fundamentally altered as to render current policy obsolete. 1459. Although Jersey s tax system was, until the zero/ten reform, stable and unchanged over

a long period of time, this is unusual. Economic theory on tax has evolved over time

for example the gradual, but inexorable, move away from taxes on income only, to taxes on income and capital including inheritance and capital gains taxes (direct taxes). More recently, globally, states are moving away from a reliance on taxes on income and capital towards taxes on consumption (value added taxes such as GST) and immovable resources (such as taxes on land), known as indirect taxes. Tax bases are broadening rather than narrowing and having a mix of direct and indirect taxes is now considered to make revenues more stable.

1460. Indirect taxes are generally considered to be more efficient for a number of reasons:

Difficultyof avoidance. Indirect taxes are more difficult to avoid than taxes on income because they are charged at the point of transaction. There is no onus on the taxpayer to record and report the taxable event.

Easeof collection. Revenue is assessed on and collected by a small number of businesses and not from the population as a whole. There is no onus on the taxpayer to record and report the taxable event.

Broadtax base. Indirect taxes are paid by the whole population, unlike other taxes. As such, rates can be lower because they are more broadly applied. However, where territories exempt a wide range of goods or services, then the tax base shrinks and the rate applied may have to increase in order to raise sufficient revenues.

Lessdistortionary. Indirect taxes are considered to be less distorting than direct taxes in that they have less of an impact on taxpayer behaviour.

1461. However, indirect taxes may be considered by some to be less equitable than direct

taxes, as those on lower incomes may spend more of their annual income on taxed items and may pay a similar or slightly greater proportion of that income in tax than those on higher incomes. Indirect taxes tend not to contain the progressive element that is contained in most income tax structures. This was a factor Jersey was aware of when introducing GST and as a result the States took steps to minimise the impact on those on lower incomes through increases in Income Support and the introduction of the GST Food Bonus for those on lower incomes but not in receipt of Income Support.

1462. Recent reforms in Jersey have changed the mix of taxes away from reliance on direct

taxes following the introduction of GST. Given the generally accepted view that a broad based tax regime which includes a mix of direct and indirect taxes is more efficient, stable and sustainable, GST, income tax and social security are likely to remain key to Jersey s revenues into the future. It should be noted that not all taxes in every category are necessarily required or desirable for every jurisdiction and economic model.

What is tax for?

1463. At its most basic, the purpose of tax is to raise sufficient revenues to meet government

spending commitments. (A discussion of the relative merits of meeting spending commitments through tax, borrowing or disposal of capital assets is outside the scope of this paper, as is any discussion of how government should spend its revenues.) Governments of developed countries provide policing, a legal system, health, education, basic infrastructure such as roads and sewerage systems, social housing, a social welfare system etc. Different governments will have different priorities but some or all of the above will typically be provided.

1464. Taxes can also be used for other purposes:

Fosteringa sense of communal identity. There is an argument that making a financial contribution to the society in which one lives helps individuals to feel more connected to that community, and to hold their government to account.

Redistributingwealth. Taxation is a basic method of taking money from the wealthy and distributing it to the less-well off, whether directly through payments of pensions, child allowances, income support etc, or indirectly through the provision of public services which the wealthier tend to make less use of, such as public health services.

Influencingtaxpayer behaviour. Taxes can be used to encourage certain actions or discourage undesirable actions. Examples are duties on health-damaging products such as alcohol or tobacco products or environmental taxes. However, tax is a blunt

instrument and its effects are unpredictable. Higher taxes which make, for example, imported goods more expensive than their domestically-produced counterparts can make the imports appear of a higher cachet and therefore more desirable.

Discouragingavoidance of other taxes. Some taxes are introduced not so much

to raise revenue as to discourage avoidance of others. For example, Capital Gains Tax was introduced in the UK to discourage taxpayers from avoiding income tax by converting taxable income into untaxed capital, although in itself raises comparatively little revenue.

Supporting government fiscal policy. Tax policy does have a role, in conjunction with other fiscal policies, in helping getting the balance right for the economic conditions, support counter cyclical policy and possibly to strengthen automatic fiscal stabilisers.

Supporting government social policy. Tax policy can have a role in supporting social policy such as through the provision of tax reliefs and incentives. As with influencing tax behaviour, this can be a blunt instrument unless properly and effectively targeted.

Jersey's long term economic and political policies

1465. As a small island economy, Jersey s tax policy should support the economic and

political aims of the States.

1466. There is no single comprehensive statement which sets out the long term economic and

political aims and so these have had to be drawn from a number of sources. Reference has been made to the following in determining the current long term economic and political aims:

Recommendationsof the Fiscal Policy Panel on Jersey's fiscal policy.

TheStates approved Strategic Plan 2012 entitled Inspiring Confidence in Jersey's Future'.

Thedraft States Economic Growth and Diversification Strategy.

TheStates decisions in recent months and years on tax reform including:

Introduction and defence of the zero/ten tax regime for companies.

Introduction and retention of a low and broad GST regime, with limited exemptions but with direct measures to protect those on the lowest incomes.

Introduction of '20 means 20' ensuring those on the highest incomes pay tax at the highest rate

Retention of the 20% personal tax rate.

Introduction of a new tax regime to encourage inward migration of wealthy individuals and their businesses.

Introduction of enhanced child care relief to support working families.

A desire, as indicated in States debates, to modernise and simplify the personal tax regime, for example through independent taxation and other measures described in recent Budget Statements.

Theoutcomes of the Fiscal Strategy and Business Tax reviews undertaken in 2010.

Jersey'scommitment to comply with international standards on tax matters.

Currentfinancial forecasts.

Jersey's tax policy must support these aims.

1467. The policy objectives indicated by each of these sources are summarised below.

1468. The key message from the Fiscal Policy Panel relating to tax policy, based on the

current state of the Island s finances and the economic climate, is that any change which permanently reduces taxation or increases spending should be accompanied by a compensating measure.

1469. The most urgent priority of the Strategic Plan is getting people into work. This will require

economic growth to assist job creation and continued inward investment. It is important that the tax regime encourages economic growth and inward investment and also does not create disincentives for people to take up work when it is available, for example through high marginal rates and in particular where income tax interacts with income support.

1470. The recently published draft States Economic Growth and Diversification Strategy

contains the following strategic aims:

Encourageinnovation and improve Jersey's international competitiveness.

Growand diversify the financial services sector, capacity and profitability.

Createnew businesses and employment in high value sectors.

Raise the productivity of the whole economy.

1471. The States decided some time ago to focus on the provision of financial services as the

Island s main economic activity. Tax reform since then has supported that, through the existence of corporation tax companies in the 1970s, the development of the exempt company in the 1980s, International Business Company in the 1990s and currently the zero/ten (0/10) company tax regime.

1472. Until the introduction of 0/10 Jersey was in the fortunate position that a high proportion

of its tax revenues came directly from taxes paid by companies. The decision to comply with the European Union s Code of Conduct on Business Taxation, abolish the exempt company and International Business Company regimes and introduce 0/10 has meant that position has had to change. Individual Islanders have been required to contribute more of Jersey s tax revenues, though the introduction of 20 means 20 and GST.

ITIS was also introduced which, among other things, allowed tax to be collected from individuals who came to live and work in Jersey for short periods of time and so ensure that more taxpayers paid the tax that was due.

1473. The alternative to introducing 0/10 was either to maintain the former non-compliant

regime and face the international consequences or to introduce a single, positive rate

of tax for all companies in Jersey. Advice obtained at the time, and subsequently in the 2009 Business Tax Review, concluded that moving to a single, positive rate of tax would have a devastating effect on Jersey s ability to offer a tax neutral vehicle to clients of the finance industry, with a knock-on effect on the industry itself. Maintaining a non- compliant regime would likely have resulted in unilateral action from other jurisdictions which could also have damaged the finance industry. It was estimated that introducing

a positive rate of income tax for corporate clients of finance industry would result in the loss of up to 12,000 jobs. The financial burden on residents, whether individual or corporate, would have been significantly greater in that circumstance.

1474. This reform has inevitably changed the proportion of revenues raised from the taxation

of individuals and the taxation of corporates. As highlighted above, there is a significant risk to the ongoing success of the finance industry, as well as other sectors, and hence a risk to economic activity and employment if there is a shift back in favour of taxation of corporates. Further information on this will be given in the forthcoming report on the taxation of non financial service companies.

1475. The more recent Fiscal Strategy and Business Tax review clearly demonstrated

continued strong support to protect the financial industry.

1476. This support for the continued existence of the finance industry in Jersey has appeared

to pay dividends. While the finance industry has been adversely affected by the ongoing global economic crisis, its existence still provides the greatest contribution, either directly or indirectly, to Jersey s economy.

1477. However, the risks of being highly reliant on one industry have also been felt. There may

be benefit in diversifying the economy but there is also a need to balance diversification with the ability to raise revenues. A strong finance industry which contributes significantly to tax revenues will allow the Island to invest more in diversification.

1478. Current financial forecasts indicate that expenditure can be met from existing revenue

sources but without substantial surpluses. This suggests that there is no need to raise any taxes but also there is little, if any, scope to reduce existing taxes. Further, based on the advice from the Fiscal Policy Panel, future surpluses should be used to rebuild the Stabilisation Fund.

What should Jersey's tax policy deliver

1479. Jersey s tax policy must support the economic and political policy objectives noted in

the previous section.

1480. In order to do this Jersey s tax regime should have the following features:

Stability.Jersey has a reputation for stability in its tax regime, which is a key feature of its global offering. Investors, whether financial services related or not, considering the use of Jersey need to know how they will be taxed for the foreseeable future.

Certainty.This is linked to the point on stability. Changes should be made infrequently, after careful consideration and consultation.

Revenues.Jersey must raise sufficient revenues to meet its spending requirements.

Flexibility.Where a need is identified, whether to attract new business or to defend existing business, Jersey must be able to move quickly.

Competitiveness. In all things, Jersey must ensure that it does not damage the Island's ability to effectively compete for business. In this, the Island must keep aware of events in its key competitors and in the broader world which may affect it.

Efficiency. Any tax changes should distort taxpayer behaviour as little as possible, unless that is one of the reasons for introducing the tax in the first place.

Costeffective. The Fiscal Strategy Review, and resulting decisions by the States to increase GST and social security and retain a maximum income tax rate, suggest that in addition to the factors noted above, taxes should be cost effective for both the States and for taxpayers.

Fairnessand equity. These are extremely difficult to define and mean different

things to different people. Recent decisions on introducing 20 means 20', the desire to modernise and simplify the tax regime and the introduction of GST protection measures' indicate that fairness and equity includes ensuring that the wealthiest pay

a greater proportion of their income in tax while those on the lowest incomes are protected. It has also been recognised in recent decisions that the introduction of

a competitive tax regime to encourage wealthy individuals and their businesses to Jersey is beneficial to the economy. In the absence of the direct and indirect revenues raised and economic activity derived from this inward migration the burden on taxpayers would be greater.

Key tax policy principles

1481. With the above in mind, the following principles are recommended:

Taxationmust be necessary, justifiable and sustainable.

Taxesshould be low, broad and simple.

Everyoneshould make an appropriate contribution to the cost of providing services, while those on the lowest incomes are protected.

Taxesmust be internationally competitive.

Taxationshould support economic development and, where possible, social policy.

Taxation must be necessary, justifiable and sustainable.

1482. Taxes should not be raised for the sake of raising taxes, but with an identifiable spending

need in mind. For example if a potential new source of revenues is identified, it should not automatically be adopted without considering whether the States has a specific requirement for more revenues, or if existing taxes should be reduced in response.

1483. It should be clear why any new tax is being introduced, and if any one sector or type of

taxpayer is more affected, the reasons behind that should be made clear. Where the tax system discriminates between taxpayers, the rationale behind that should be clear.

1484. Taxes should also be sustainable in the long term. As such, it should be clear that

revenues can be projected forward with a reasonable degree of certainty. Taxes should also not affect taxpayer behaviour such that the revenue stream dries up, unless that is the intention of introducing that tax to change behaviour, for example where a decision is made to intentionally increase the cost of unhealthy items like alcohol or tobacco.

Taxes should be low, broad and simple.

1485. Much of the output of Jersey s main industries (finance, tourism and agriculture) is

exported. As a result, most businesses in the Island depend directly or indirectly

on their ability to sell into the global market place. Jersey faces a high degree of competition in all of these sectors, and must remain competitive in order to continue to attract business. Low rates of tax are a feature of this.

1486. Simplicity is also a key selling point for international business, though this is more

important for finance than for other sectors. Where a low or zero rate of tax can be obtained in a competitor jurisdiction with relative ease, international business will not be prepared to achieve the same result in Jersey through a number of complicated steps. Complexity adds cost and risk to a transaction, and business may not be prepared to accept either.

1487. Taxes should also be broad; an economy which relies too heavily on one particular

sector or type of taxpayer or tax base for revenues will be at risk if that sector, taxpayer group or tax base falters. A broader based tax system, where as many sectors and individuals as possible contribute over a wider taxable base, is a more stable one.

1488. A broader tax base also supports the principle that tax rates should be low, as the

greater the number contributing to revenues, the lower the rate of tax that each will be required to pay.

1489. Everyone should make an appropriate contribution to the cost of providing services,

while those on the lowest incomes are protected.

1490. The people who live in Jersey should contribute to the cost of the services they receive

to the best of their ability. There have been many debates by the States in recent months, including those relating to the rate of income tax, the tax regime for wealthy individuals and the GST regime. The outcome of those debates suggests that the States broadly supports the current structure.

1491. This principle can be viewed from another equally relevant angle i.e. that all taxpayers

should pay the tax which is rightly and properly due. To do this both the tax law and the application of that law must be robust.

Taxes must be internationally competitive.

1492. Jersey s tax system must enable it to compete with its key competitors to attract and

retain business. This must apply not only to the types of business which currently use Jersey, but also to new business which the Island would wish to attract.

1493. It is important to monitor developments in competitor onshore and offshore jurisdictions

and to ensure that there is good communication between government and industry on the best way to ensure Jersey s continued competitiveness.

1494. Compliance with international standards may be needed to ensure that international

competitiveness is maintained as to do so can reduce the risk of action being taken against Jersey to deter investment. This is not the only reason for complying with international standards but is an important one.

1495. Taxation should support economic development and, where possible, social policy. 1496. While the tax regime cannot create economic growth in itself, it can work to support

economic growth and it is important that it does not hinder it.

1497. Tax policy can support economic growth by reducing distortions in taxpayer behaviour,

thereby improving economic efficiency. It can act to encourage economic activity to flourish thereby encouraging growth in employment.

1498. Taxes should not serve to deter investment, employment or diversification or act as a

barrier to economic development. For example, the tax treatment of new businesses and start ups should not impose an unnecessary cost which again could act to stifle business growth. In this respect, taxes on income, rather than flat fees or charges, may be less economically damaging.

1499. Tax reforms can also remove incentives to act in a way which is not intended or desired.

For example, the interaction of the income support system and the personal tax system should not act to deter people from taking up employment.

1500. Similarly the tax system cannot, and arguably should not, define social policy but where

there is a clearly defined objective, and where it can be objectively demonstrated that the tax regime can affect taxpayer behaviour, then it may be appropriate to set taxes accordingly. One example of this may be environmental taxes, where taxes are set to encourage or deter a specific type of environmentally damaging behaviour, and the revenue collected is used to further encourage taxpayers to make good choices. Another may be the linking of increases in imp ts to the States strategy on deterring alcohol abuse.

The way forward

1501. A direct comparison of Jersey to other jurisdictions such as the UK or other large

jurisdictions is not necessarily appropriate in all cases. Being a small island, Jersey does not have the ability to develop a highly diversified economy which includes sectors with substantial geographical resource requirements such as manufacturing. As such Jersey needs a tax policy suited to the economic activity which it can support. Not all taxes

will therefore be suitable for or relevant to Jersey and while global trends should be considered, the relevance and suitability of each should be determined by reference to Jersey s economy.

1502. This section takes the tax policy principles, together with the economic and political

policy objectives to develop tax policy objectives and a recommended way forward. 1503. Based on the principles set out above, and taking into account the economic and

political objectives, the recommended key tax policy objectives are:

Supportingeconomic growth, and hence employment growth, through providing a simple, stable and certain tax regime.

Furthersupporting growth in employment by ensuring there are no barriers to people taking up employment.

Maintaininginternational competitiveness through providing a low, broad and simple tax regime which complies with international standards.

Ensuringtaxpayers pay the taxes properly and rightly due to ensure that the current tax regime is sustainable and meets the Island's fiscal requirements. This may require simplification of the personal tax regime, enhancing the robustness of the tax legislation and improving enforcement.

1504. This is not intended to be an exhaustive list of the objectives but those of primary

importance.

1505. To meet these objectives the recommended focus of tax policy development in the

medium to longer term, in the absence of any substantial factors which change the current policy objectives, is as follows:

Nofundamental reform of key aspects of the tax regime. In the absence of any unexpected event, whether external or internal, there should be no fundamental changes to the key aspects of Jersey's tax regime being 0/10, a low, broad and simple GST regime and a stable personal tax rate. Fiscal certainty and stability are critical to encouraging economic growth.

Continuing protection of 0/10 for the foreseeable future. This will include not only ensuring that it remains compliant with international standards but also ensuring that tax revenues are safeguarded so that the provision of a tax neutral environment, which is so important to the success of the finance industry, can be sustained.

Ensuring the tax law applies as it is intended. To ensure that all taxpayers pay the amount of tax rightly and properly due, the tax law has to be robust and be drafted to achieve the policy intention.

Consideration of the relationship between tax and social security contributions and benefits to ensure there are no barriers to people returning to work.

Simplifyingthe personal tax system. Individuals need to understand their tax affairs in order to understand what they are being asked to pay. As Jersey considers the introduction of self assessment for personal tax, it will be necessary to simplify the current complicated regime. This will also help to safeguard tax revenues which in turn

will assist in achieving a number of the economic and political objectives.

Ongoing monitoring of international developments. Jersey does not exist in a vacuum and does not have complete control over the direction its economy takes. International pressures, both governmental and regulatory, will continue to affect the Island and it will be important that these are prepared for, identified and responded to appropriately.

Removalof barriers to competitiveness. Where these are identified, they should be removed. This will continue to be monitored and opportunities to improve competitiveness will be assessed on a regular basis. Flexibility is key. Where opportunities and threats exist, the Island must be alert to identify them and to act quickly in response.

Considerationof the potential to widen the tax base. This would not be undertaken to raise a specific amount of additional revenues but to determine whether there is scope to make Jersey's tax regime more efficient and effective. There may also be opportunities to enhance competitiveness and ensure that everyone makes an appropriate contribution. This will initially focus on the way in which Jersey taxes property as taxes on property are coming under increasing focus globally and is an area which has not been fully explored.

Changes to future tax revenues and States expenditure. The implications of the aging population on Jersey's future revenue and expenditure requirements are an important factor on which a substantial amount of work has already been done. The Tax Policy Unit, as part of Treasury, is linked in to this process and will, if necessary, consider the extent to which tax reform can or should be used to address the funding needs.

Related Publications

Propositions

Amendments

Comments

Votes

Vote: Adopted 8 November 2012

Minutes

Hansard